1. 《出家经》注释显示巴利原文
1. Pabbajjāsuttavaṇṇanā
408 “我将赞说出家”即《出家经》。此经的缘起为何?相传,世尊住在舍卫城时,具寿阿难尊者心生此念:“舍利弗等大弟子的出家因缘已被赞说,比丘们与优婆塞们皆已知晓。然而,世尊的出家却未曾被赞说,我何不将其赞说出来呢?”于是,他在祇树给孤独园中的座上,执起棕榈叶扇,为向比丘们赞说世尊的出家,而诵出此经。显示巴利原文
408.Pabbajjaṃkittayissāmīti pabbajjāsuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Bhagavati kira sāvatthiyaṃ viharante āyasmato ānandassa parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘sāriputtādīnaṃ mahāsāvakānaṃ pabbajjā kittitā, taṃ bhikkhū ca upāsakā ca jānanti. Bhagavato pana akittitā, yaṃnūnāhaṃ kitteyya’’nti. So jetavanavihāre āsane nisīditvā cittabījaniṃ gahetvā bhikkhūnaṃ bhagavato pabbajjaṃ kittento imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
此经中,由于赞说出家,故应赞说其如何出家。而赞说如何出家时,则又应赞说其如何通过审察而择取出家之道。因此,在说了“我将赞说出家”之后,接着说“他如何出家”等。“具眼者”意为具足五眼者,即已具眼之人。其余起始偈颂,其义甚明。显示巴利原文
Tattha yasmā pabbajjaṃ kittentena yathā pabbaji, taṃ kittetabbaṃ. Yathā ca pabbaji, taṃ kittentena yathā vīmaṃsamāno pabbajjaṃ rocesi, taṃ kittetabbaṃ. Tasmā ‘‘pabbajjaṃ kittayissāmī’’ti vatvā ‘‘yathā pabbajī’’tiādimāha. Cakkhumāti pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumā cakkhusampannoti attho. Sesamādigāthāya uttānameva.
409 接下来,为了说明“如何审察”的意思,他说出了“这是狭隘的”这一句。在此,“狭隘”是指因妻子、儿女等系缚以及烦恼逼迫,以致没有行持善法的空间。“尘垢之处”则指如同剑波等地方,是生起欲乐贪求、生起贪等尘垢的处所。“空旷处”是前述狭隘的对立面,如同虚空般开阔无碍。就这样,他观察了过患与利益之后,便出家了。这是指:他在居家与出家二者之间,被病、老、死强力鞭策着内心,审察过患与利益后,作起了伟大的出离;他离开家,来到阿诺摩河畔,以剑斩断头发,就在那时,须发自然变成刚好两指长、适合沙门的相状;他接受了伽提迦罗梵天带来的八种资具;没有人教他“应当这样穿,应当这样披”,而是依着他无数生累积的出家习性,自然地被调伏,就这样出家了。他穿上一件袈裟,再搭上一件郁多罗僧,又将一件衣搭在肩上,将陶钵挂在肩头,就这样确立了出家者的威仪。这便是经文所说的意思,其余部分在此处也很清楚。显示巴利原文
409. Idāni ‘‘yathā vīmaṃsamāno’’ti tamatthaṃ pakāsento āha ‘‘sambādhoya’’nti. Tattha sambādhoti puttadārādisampīḷanena kilesasampīḷanena ca kusalakiriyāya okāsarahito. Rajassāyatananti kambojādayo viya assādīnaṃ, rāgādirajassa uppattideso. Abbhokāsoti vuttasambādhapaṭipakkhabhāvena ākāso viya vivaṭā. Iti disvāna pabbajīti iti gharāvāsapabbajjāsu byādhijarāmaraṇehi suṭṭhutaraṃ codiyamānahadayo ādīnavamānisaṃsañca vīmaṃsitvā, mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā , anomānadītīre khaggena kese chinditvā, tāvadeva ca dvaṅgulamattasaṇṭhitasamaṇasāruppakesamassu hutvā ghaṭikārena brahmunā upanīte aṭṭha parikkhāre gahetvā ‘‘evaṃ nivāsetabbaṃ pārupitabba’’nti kenaci ananusiṭṭho anekajātisahassapavattitena attano pabbajjāciṇṇeneva sikkhāpiyamāno pabbaji. Ekaṃ kāsāvaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ekaṃ cīvaraṃ khandhe karitvā mattikāpattaṃ aṃse ālaggetvā pabbajitavesaṃ adhiṭṭhāsīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamettha uttānameva.
410 如此赞叹世尊的出家后,为了进一步说明他离开阿诺摩河岸、出家后专精修行的过程,他讲述了“出家后,以身……”等全部偈颂。在此,“以身远离恶业”是指远离了三种身恶行。“远离语恶行”是指远离了四种语恶行。“清净活命”则是指舍弃邪命,唯依正命而活。显示巴利原文
410. Evaṃ bhagavato pabbajjaṃ kittetvā tato paraṃ pabbajitapaṭipattiṃ anomānadītīraṃ hitvā padhānāya gamanañca pakāsetuṃ ‘‘pabbajitvāna kāyenā’’tiādiṃ sabbamabhāsi. Tattha kāyena pāpakammaṃ vivajjayīti tividhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ vajjesi. Vacīduccaritanti catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ. Ājīvaṃ parisodhayīti micchājīvaṃ hitvā sammājīvameva pavattayi.
411 就这样,他清净了以正命为第八的戒之后,在七天内从阿诺摩河岸走了三十由旬的路程,抵达王舍城。虽然当他抵达王舍城时尚未成佛,但作为佛陀成佛前的行迹,这么说也是可以的,就像世俗习惯用语说“这位国王生在这里,在这里执掌王权”一样。“摩揭陀人之城”即摩揭陀地区的都城,它又被称为“山城”。因为它坐落在般度山、灵鹫山、毗婆罗山、仙吞山、维补罗山这五座山之间,犹如处于山谷之中,所以称为“山城”。“去托钵”是指为了乞食而在城中行走。据说,他站在城门口思惟:“如果我去向频婆娑罗王通报我的到来,告诉他‘净饭王的儿子、名叫悉达多的太子来了’,他一定会给我很多资具。但作为出家人,这样做并不合适,先通报再接受资具是不妥的。那我就去托钵吧。”于是,他披上如同提婆达多所披的那种粪扫衣,持着陶钵,从东门入城,挨家挨户地步行乞食。因此,阿难尊者说“去托钵”。而“布满殊胜相”是指他的身上就像被刻意安放上去一样,布满了殊妙的相好;或者说,具足极其广大的殊胜相,因为“广大”也有“充满”的意思。显示巴利原文
411. Evaṃ ājīvaṭṭhamakasīlaṃ sodhetvā anomānadītīrato tiṃsayojanappamāṇaṃ sattāhena agamā rājagahaṃ buddho. Tattha kiñcāpi yadā rājagahaṃ agamāsi, tadā buddho na hoti, tathāpi buddhassa pubbacariyāti katvā evaṃ vattuṃ labbhati – ‘‘idha rājā jāto, idha rajjaṃ aggahesī’’tiādi lokiyavohāravacanaṃ viya. Magadhānanti magadhānaṃ janapadassa nagaranti vuttaṃ hoti. Giribbajanti idampi tassa nāmaṃ. Tañhi paṇḍavagijjhakūṭavebhāraisigilivepullanāmakānaṃ pañcannaṃ girīnaṃ majjhe vajo viya ṭhitaṃ, tasmā ‘‘giribbaja’’nti vuccati. Piṇḍāya abhihāresīti bhikkhatthāya tasmiṃ nagare cari. So kira nagaradvāre ṭhatvā cintesi – ‘‘sacāhaṃ rañño bimbisārassa attano āgamanaṃ nivedeyyaṃ, ‘suddhodanassa putto siddhattho nāma kumāro āgato’ti bahumpi me paccayaṃ abhihareyya. Na kho pana me taṃ patirūpaṃ pabbajitassa ārocetvā paccayagahaṇaṃ, handāhaṃ piṇḍāya carāmī’’ti devadattiyaṃ paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ pārupitvā mattikāpattaṃ gahetvā pācīnadvārena nagaraṃ pavisitvā anugharaṃ piṇḍāya acari. Tenāha āyasmā ānando – ‘‘piṇḍāya abhihāresī’’ti. Ākiṇṇavaralakkhaṇoti sarīre ākiritvā viya ṭhapitavaralakkhaṇo vipulavaralakkhaṇo vā. Vipulampi hi ‘‘ākiṇṇa’’nti vuccati. Yathāha – ‘‘ākiṇṇaluddo puriso, dhāticelaṃva makkhito’’ti (jā. 1.6.118; 1.9.106). Vipulaluddoti attho.
412 “他见到了”:据说在那之前的七天,城里曾宣告有星宿节。而到了那一天,表示“星宿节已过,应当开始各项事务”的鼓声响起。于是大众聚集在王宫广场。国王也想:“我要去安排事务了”,便打开狮子窗,当他望向军队时,正好见到这位正在托钵而行的大士。因此,阿难尊者说:“频婆娑罗王站在宫殿上,见到了他”。“讲说了这番含义”:是指对大臣们说明了此事的意义。显示巴利原文
412.Tamaddasāti tato kira purimāni satta divasāni nagare nakkhattaṃ ghositaṃ ahosi. Taṃ divasaṃ pana ‘‘nakkhattaṃ vītivattaṃ, kammantā payojetabbā’’ti bheri cari. Atha mahājano rājaṅgaṇe sannipati. Rājāpi ‘‘kammantaṃ saṃvidahissāmī’’ti sīhapañjaraṃ vivaritvā balakāyaṃ passanto taṃ piṇḍāya abhihārentaṃ mahāsattaṃ addasa. Tenāha āyasmā ānando – ‘‘tamaddasā bimbisāro, pāsādasmiṃ patiṭṭhito’’ti. Imamatthaṃ abhāsathāti imaṃ atthaṃ amaccānaṃ abhāsi.
413 现在,为了显示他对那些大臣所说的话的含义,便说:“诸位,请看这位”。在这里,“这位”是国王指示菩萨;“诸位”是称呼大臣。“请看”即观看。“端严”是指具足端庄悦目的肢节。“梵”是指具足魁梧匀称的身量。“净”是指肤色洁净无瑕。“行步”是指他行走的威仪。显示巴利原文
413. Idāni taṃ tesaṃ amaccānaṃ bhāsitamatthaṃ dassento āha – ‘‘imaṃ bhonto’’ti. Tattha imanti so rājā bodhisattaṃ dasseti, bhontoti amacce ālapati. Nisāmethāti passatha. Abhirūpoti dassanīyaṅgapaccaṅgo. Brahmāti ārohapariṇāhasampanno. Sucīti parisuddhachavivaṇṇo. Caraṇenāti gamanena.
414-5 “似下贱家”:意思是并非如同出身下贱家庭而出家的人。“ma”字是连音助词。“这位比丘将去何处?”:为了让国王的使者们快速前去,以了解这位比丘要去哪里、今日将住于何处,他以“我们渴望见到这位比丘”的意图而说了这句话。“守护根门”:因为双目低垂;“善加防护”:因为具足正念。又或者说,因为正念而守护根门,因为穿着僧伽帝衣的端庄威仪而善加防护。显示巴利原文
414-5.Nīcakulāmivāti nīcakulā iva pabbajito na hotīti attho. Makāro padasandhikaro. Kuhiṃ bhikkhu gamissatīti ayaṃ bhikkhu kuhiṃ gamissati, ajja kattha vasissatīti jānituṃ rājadūtā sīghaṃ gacchantu. Dassanakāmā hi mayaṃ assāti iminā adhippāyena āha. Guttadvāro okkhittacakkhutāya, susaṃvuto satiyā. Guttadvāro vā satiyā, susaṃvuto pāsādikena saṅghāṭicīvaradhāraṇena.
416 「迅速将钵装满」:因为他具足正知、正念,不取过量,于心中作意“以此为足”而适可而止,故能迅速将钵装满。「牟尼」:他虽尚未证得牟尼(圣者寂默)果位,但既为成就牟尼而行道,依此亦可称牟尼;或依世间通称,世人见出家人,虽未证得牟尼境界,也称之为“牟尼”。「登上般度婆山」:即登上了那座山。据说,他向人们询问:“此城中,出家人居于何处?”他们告诉他:“在那般度婆山上朝东的山坡。”他心想:“那里应有住处。”于是便登上了那座般度婆山。显示巴利原文
416.Khippaṃ pattaṃ apūresīti sampajānattā patissatattā ca adhikaṃ agaṇhanto ‘‘alaṃ ettāvatā’’ti ajjhāsayapūraṇena khippaṃ pattaṃ apūresi. Munīti monatthāya paṭipannattā appattamunibhāvopi muniicceva vutto, lokavohārena vā. Lokiyā hi amonasampattampi pabbajitaṃ ‘‘munī’’ti bhaṇanti. Paṇḍavaṃ abhihāresīti taṃ pabbataṃ abhiruhi. So kira manusse pucchi ‘‘imasmiṃ nagare pabbajitā kattha vasantī’’ti. Athassa te ‘‘paṇḍavassa upari puratthābhimukhapabbhāre’’ti ārocesuṃ. Tasmā tameva paṇḍavaṃ abhihāresi ‘‘ettha vāso bhavissatī’’ti evaṃ cintetvā.
419-23 「犹如虎、牛王、狮子居山窟」:意谓他犹如虎、牛王、狮子一般,安坐于山窟之中。因这三种兽类最为殊胜,且远离怖畏恐惧,居于山窟,故作此譬喻。「以殊胜车乘」:即乘象、马、车、轿等最为殊胜的交通工具。「遍历车乘所经之陆地」:凡乘象、马等所能抵达的陆地,皆已遍行。「近前」:即到达、来到近旁之义。「坐下」:即安坐。「年轻」:拥有青春之义。「幼小」:年纪尚轻。「初生之子」:此为修饰前文“年轻”与“幼小”之语。「年轻之子」:义为极其年轻。「初生者」:以最初的青春形相而生起。「虽年幼」:虽年纪尚轻,却显现如婴儿一般。显示巴利原文
419-23.Byagghusabhova sīhova girigabbhareti giriguhāyaṃ byaggho viya usabho viya sīho viya ca nisinnoti attho. Ete hi tayo seṭṭhā vigatabhayabheravā girigabbhare nisīdanti, tasmā evaṃ upamaṃ akāsi. Bhaddayānenāti hatthiassarathasivikādinā uttamayānena. Sayānabhūmiṃ yāyitvāti yāvatikā bhūmi hatthiassādinā yānena sakkā gantuṃ, taṃ gantvā. Āsajjāti patvā, samīpamassa gantvāti attho. Upāvisīti nisīdi. Yuvāti yobbanasampanno. Daharoti jātiyā taruṇo. Paṭhamuppattiko susūti tadubhayavisesanameva. Yuvā susūti atiyobbano. Paṭhamuppattikoti paṭhameneva yobbanavesena uṭṭhito. Daharo cāsīti sati ca daharatte susu bālako viya khāyasīti.
424-5 「军阵」:即军队、军之前锋。于“我施与财富,请享用”一句中,其义相关连,应如此理解:“在鸯伽国与摩揭陀国境内,凡你所需,我便施与你相应财富。你以这些财富庄严自身,与以象群为前导之军阵共享吧。”言“国土正直之国王”时:据传,当国王说出“我施与你财富,请享用,我问你,请说出你的出身”之后,菩萨便思惟:“我若希求王权,即便四大天王也会以各自王权来相邀,我纵然在家,亦能如转轮王般治理天下。但这位国王因不知晓,才如此说——那就让我使他知晓吧。”于是举起手臂,指向自己来时的方向,说道:“大王,国土正直……”其中,所谓“依雪山之侧”,是为显示当地农作物绝无歉收。由于依傍雪山,连生于岩隙中的大沙罗树亦能依五种方式增长,更何况是种植于田间的庄稼。所谓“财富与精进具足”,是为显示七宝无缺,并说明此国王有勇力者守护,其他国王无从图谋。所谓“居止于憍萨罗”,则是否认其为新立之王。因为新王不被称为“居止”。唯有从最初起便世代相传、一直住于此国土者,方得名为“居止”。净饭大王正是这样的国王,正是指他而说“居止于憍萨罗”。显示巴利原文
424-5.Anīkagganti balakāyaṃ senāmukhaṃ. Dadāmi bhoge bhuñjassūti ettha ‘‘ahaṃ te aṅgamagadhesu yāvicchasi, tāva dadāmi bhoge. Taṃ tvaṃ sobhayanto anīkaggaṃ nāgasaṅghapurakkhato bhuñjassū’’ti evaṃ sambandho veditabbo. Ujuṃ janapado rājāti ‘‘dadāmi bhoge bhuñjassu, jātiṃ akkhāhi pucchito’’ti evaṃ kira vutto mahāpuriso cintesi – ‘‘sace ahaṃ rajjena atthiko assaṃ, cātumahārājikādayopi maṃ attano attano rajjena nimanteyyuṃ, gehe ṭhito eva vā cakkavattirajjaṃ kāreyyaṃ. Ayaṃ pana rājā ajānanto evamāha – ‘handāhaṃ, taṃ jānāpemī’’’ti bāhaṃ uccāretvā attano āgatadisābhāgaṃ niddisanto ‘‘ujuṃ janapado rājā’’tiādimāha. Tattha himavantassapassatoti bhaṇanto sassasampattivekallābhāvaṃ dasseti. Himavantañhi nissāya pāsāṇavivarasambhavā mahāsālāpi pañcahi vuddhīhi vaḍḍhanti, kimaṅgaṃ pana khette vuttāni sassāni. Dhanavīriyena sampannoti bhaṇanto sattahi ratanehi avekallattaṃ, pararājūhi atakkanīyaṃ vīrapurisādhiṭṭhitabhāvañcassa dasseti. Kosalesu niketinoti bhaṇanto navakarājabhāvaṃ paṭikkhipati. Navakarājā hi niketīti na vuccati. Yassa pana ādikālato pabhuti anvayavasena so eva janapado nivāso, so niketīti vuccati. Tathārūpo ca rājā suddhodano, yaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘kosalesu niketino’’ti. Tena anvayāgatampi bhogasampattiṃ dīpeti.
426 如此昭示了自身的财富圆满,接着以“姓乔达摩,出身释迦族”点明种族圆满之后,拒绝国王所说的“我施与你财富,你享用吧”,而说道:“我从那家族出家,并不希求诸欲。”意思是:若我希求诸欲,便不会舍弃那样一个财富丰足、精进勇锐、有八万二千英雄围绕的家族而出家了。这便是此处的意趣所在。显示巴利原文
426. Ettāvatā attano bhogasampattiṃ dīpetvā ‘‘ādiccā nāma gottena, sākiyā nāma jātiyā’’ti iminā jātisampattiñca ācikkhitvā yaṃ vuttaṃ raññā ‘‘dadāmi bhoge bhuñjassū’’ti, taṃ paṭikkhipanto āha – ‘‘tamhā kulā pabbajitomhi, na kāme abhipatthaya’’nti. Yadi hi ahaṃ kāme abhipatthayeyyaṃ, na īdisaṃ dhanavīriyasampannaṃ dvāsītisahassavīrapurisasamākulaṃ kulaṃ chaḍḍetvā pabbajeyyanti ayaṃ kirettha adhippāyo.
427 如此拒绝国王的话之后,接着表明自己出家的原因,说道:“观见诸欲之过患,看出离为安稳。”此句应当与“我已出家”联系起来理解。其中“看出”即“看见之后”。此处以及前面那些偈颂中,凡是未加详解之处,皆因文义显明,故不再赘释。如此说明出家的原因后,因为想去修行精进而告知国王,说道:“我将去行精进,我心乐于此。”意思是:大王,我因看出离为安稳而出家,故而渴望那究竟的出离——涅槃甘露。这在一切法中,因是最上义之故而被称作“精进”。我将为这精进而去,我的心喜爱精进,而不喜爱诸欲。据说国王听完后,对菩萨说:“尊者,我先前便听说过:‘净饭王之子悉达多太子,见到四种前兆而出家,将成佛陀。’尊者,我见您的志向,心中生起这样的欢喜之念:‘您必定会证得佛果。’善哉,尊者,当您证得佛果后,请先来我的国土。”显示巴利原文
427. Evaṃ rañño vacanaṃ paṭikkhipitvā tato paraṃ attano pabbajjāhetuṃ dassento āha – ‘‘kāmesvādīnavaṃ disvā, nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato’’ti. Etaṃ ‘‘pabbajitomhī’’ti iminā sambandhitabbaṃ. Tattha daṭṭhūti disvā . Sesamettha ito purimagāthāsu ca yaṃ yaṃ na vicāritaṃ, taṃ taṃ sabbaṃ uttānatthattā eva na vicāritanti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ attano pabbajjāhetuṃ vatvā padhānatthāya gantukāmo rājānaṃ āmantento āha – ‘‘padhānāya gamissāmi, ettha me rañjatī mano’’ti. Tassattho – yasmāhaṃ, mahārāja, nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato pabbajito, tasmā taṃ paramatthanekkhammaṃ nibbānāmataṃ sabbadhammānaṃ aggaṭṭhena padhānaṃ patthento padhānatthāya gamissāmi, ettha me padhāne rañjati mano, na kāmesūti. Evaṃ vutte kira rājā bodhisattaṃ āha – ‘‘pubbeva metaṃ, bhante, sutaṃ ‘suddhodanarañño kira putto siddhatthakumāro cattāri pubbanimittāni disvā pabbajitvā buddho bhavissatī’ti, sohaṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ adhimuttiṃ disvā evaṃpasanno ‘addhā buddhattaṃ pāpuṇissathā’ti. Sādhu, bhante, buddhattaṃ patvā paṭhamaṃ mama vijitaṃ okkameyyāthā’’ti.
第二 《精进经》的解释显示巴利原文
2. Padhānasuttavaṇṇanā
428 「那热切精进的我」是《精进经》。此经由何因缘而生?当阿难尊者以「我将去行精进,我心于此欢喜」结束《出家经》时,世尊正坐于香室中思惟:「我六年之中渴望精进,修习苦行,今日我要为比丘们宣说此事。」于是他从香室出来,坐于佛座,以「那热切精进的我」为始,宣讲了这部经。显示巴利原文
428.Taṃmaṃ padhānapahitattanti padhānasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? ‘‘Padhānāya gamissāmi, ettha me rañjatī mano’’ti āyasmā ānando pabbajjāsuttaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Bhagavā gandhakuṭiyaṃ nisinno cintesi – ‘‘mayā chabbassāni padhānaṃ patthayamānena dukkarakārikā katā, taṃ ajja bhikkhūnaṃ kathessāmī’’ti. Atha gandhakuṭito nikkhamitvā buddhāsane nisinno ‘‘taṃ maṃ padhānapahitatta’’nti ārabhitvā imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
在这里,“那”与“我”这两个词都是指他自己。“热切精进者”是指为了涅槃而将心投入,或已舍弃自身。“前往尼连禅河”是在说明特征:因为热切精进者所依止的正是尼连禅河,故而此处用了宾格。它的意思是“于尼连禅河”,即在尼连禅河的岸边。“极力奋斗后”是指极尽精勤之后。“禅修”是指修习无息禅那。“为了证得离轭安稳”是指为了证得从四种轭中安稳的涅槃。显示巴利原文
Tattha taṃ manti dvīhipi vacanehi attānameva niddisati. Padhānapahitattanti nibbānatthāya pesitacittaṃ pariccattaattabhāvaṃ vā. Nadiṃ nerañjaraṃ patīti lakkhaṇaṃ niddisati. Lakkhaṇañhi padhānapahitattāya nerañjarā nadī. Teneva cettha upayogavacanaṃ. Ayaṃ panattho ‘‘nadiyā nerañjarāyā’’ti, nerañjarāya tīreti vuttaṃ hoti. Viparakkammāti atīva parakkamitvā. Jhāyantanti appāṇakajjhānamanuyuñjantaṃ . Yogakkhemassa pattiyāti catūhi yogehi khemassa nibbānassa adhigamatthaṃ.
429 429.“Namucī”即魔罗。因他不放过那些想要出离自己领域的天与人,反为其制造障碍,故被称为“Namucī”。“说悲悯的话”是指说充满同情的话语。“一边说着话一边走近”这句话意思很明显。那么,他为何走近呢?据说大士有一天这样思惟:“若总是寻求食物而对生命有所期望,便不可能由此期望而证得不死。”于是他开始断食,因此而消瘦,面容憔悴。那时魔罗心想:“他不知道这条路是否通向正觉,正修习极为严酷的苦行,说不定哪一天就会超越我的领域。”他出于恐惧,盘算着“我要用种种话语来阻止他”,便走近了。于是他说道:“你消瘦又憔悴,死亡离你很近了。”显示巴利原文
429.Namucīti māro. So hi attano visayā nikkhamitukāme devamanusse na muñcati, antarāyaṃ nesaṃ karoti, tasmā ‘‘namucī’’ti vuccati. Karuṇaṃ vācanti anuddayāyuttaṃ vācaṃ. Bhāsamāno upāgamīti idaṃ uttānameva. Kasmā pana upāgato? Mahāpuriso kira ekadivasaṃ cintesi – ‘‘sabbadā āhāraṃ pariyesamāno jīvite sāpekkho hoti, na ca sakkā jīvite sāpekkhena amataṃ adhigantu’’nti . Tato āhārupacchedāya paṭipajji, tena kiso dubbaṇṇo ca ahosi. Atha māro ‘‘ayaṃ sambodhāya maggo hoti, na hotīti ajānanto atighoraṃ tapaṃ karoti, kadāci mama visayaṃ atikkameyyā’’ti bhīto ‘‘idañcidañca vatvā vāressāmī’’ti āgato. Tenevāha – ‘‘kiso tvamasi dubbaṇṇo, santike maraṇaṃ tavā’’ti.
430 这样说完之后,为了让菩萨知道死亡已很近,魔罗接着又说:“死有千分,你的命唯有一分。”它的意思是:sahassaṃ bhāgānaṃ assā(具有千分),因此称为“死有千分”。那是什么?那是死亡的因缘,这是依上下文省略的。eko aṃso(一分),因此称为“唯有一分”。这是说:这无息禅那等千分,就是你死亡的因缘,而其中你活命的部分只有一分,如此一来,死亡离你已很近。这样告知死亡逼近之后,接着,为了鼓励他活下去,他又说:“活吧,先生!活着更好。”为什么更好?因为活着你就能修积福德。显示巴利原文
430. Evañca pana vatvā athassa maraṇasantikabhāvaṃ sāvento āha – ‘‘sahassabhāgo maraṇassa, ekaṃso tava jīvita’’nti. Tassattho – sahassaṃ bhāgānaṃ assāti sahassabhāgo. Ko so ? Maraṇassa paccayoti pāṭhaseso. Eko aṃsoti ekaṃso. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ayaṃ appāṇakajjhānādisahassabhāgo tava maraṇassa paccayo, tato pana te eko eva bhāgo jīvitaṃ, evaṃ santike maraṇaṃ tavāti. Evaṃ maraṇassa santikabhāvaṃ sāvetvā atha naṃ jīvite samussāhento āha ‘‘jīva bho jīvitaṃ seyyo’’ti. Kathaṃ seyyoti ce. Jīvaṃ puññāni kāhasīti.
431 接着,魔罗显示自己所认可的福德,而说:“当你行持梵行……”这里的“梵行”,指苦行者所修,即时常远离淫欲。“祭祀”,指行祭祀者。其余的意义很清楚。显示巴利原文
431. Atha attanā sammatāni puññāni dassento āha – ‘‘carato ca te brahmacariya’’nti. Tattha brahmacariyanti kālena kālaṃ methunaviratiṃ sandhāyāha, yaṃ tāpasā karonti. Jūhatoti juhantassa. Sesamettha pākaṭameva.
432 “难行的道”这半颂,是为激发对精进的厌离而说。其中,由于无息禅定等极为深奥难入,须艰难地行进,故称“难行的道”;因其须以身心痛苦的方式修持,故称“难行”;纵使濒临死亡,也如此难以企及,故称“难证得”——应当这样来理解它的含义。此后,魔罗说了这些偈颂,“立于佛前”这半颂,是结集者们所说。也有人认为整首偈颂都是魔罗所说。然而,世尊似乎是以如后所述的方式指称自己,此处所说的一切都是关于这一类情形的说明——这是我们的理解。其中,“立”是指站立。其余的意义很清楚。显示巴利原文
432.Duggo maggoti imaṃ pana aḍḍhagāthaṃ padhānavicchandaṃ janento āha. Tattha appāṇakajjhānādigahanattā dukkhena gantabboti duggo, dukkhitakāyacittena kattabbattā dukkaro, santikamaraṇena tādisenāpi pāpuṇituṃ asakkuṇeyyato durabhisambhavoti evamattho veditabbo. Ito paraṃ imā gāthā bhaṇaṃ māro, aṭṭhā buddhassa santiketi ayamupaḍḍhagāthā saṅgītikārehi vuttā. Sakalagāthāpīti eke. Bhagavatā eva pana paraṃ viya attānaṃ niddisantena sabbamettha evaṃjātikaṃ vuttanti ayamamhākaṃ khanti. Tattha aṭṭhāti aṭṭhāsi. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
433 第六颂中,“yenatthena”(以何种目的)这句的用意是:波旬,你以给他人制造障碍作为自己的目的而来。其余的意义很清楚。显示巴利原文
433. Chaṭṭhagāthāya yenatthenāti ettha paresaṃ antarāyakaraṇena attano atthena tvaṃ, pāpima, āgatosīti ayamadhippāyo . Sesaṃ uttānameva.
434 世尊在驳斥「活着你就能造作福德」这句话时,说了此偈:「即使微少……」(aṇumattopi)。这里的「以福德」(puññena),是就魔罗所说的轮回福德而言。其余意思显而易见。显示巴利原文
434. ‘‘Jīvaṃ puññāni kāhasī’’ti idaṃ pana vacanaṃ paṭikkhipanto ‘‘aṇumattopī’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha puññenāti vaṭṭagāmiṃ mārena vuttaṃ puññaṃ sandhāya bhaṇati. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
435 如今,针对「你的命唯有一分」这句话,世尊为威吓魔罗,说了此偈:「有信……」(atthi saddhā)。这里的意旨是:魔罗!若有人于无上寂静安稳之境无信,或有信却懈怠,或有信也精进而智慧低劣,那么你追问他寿命如何,倒还说得过去。至于我,则对无上寂静安稳之境有确定无疑的深信;同样,我也具备名为「身心不懈怠之努力」的精进,以及如金刚般的智慧。对于这样已发奋努力、志向最高者,你为何还要追问寿命?为何问活命?「还有我的智慧」(paññā ca mama)这句中的「还」(ca)字,包含了念与定。如此,我具备这五根,一一不缺,因此能证得涅槃。像我这样发奋努力之人,你为何还要追问活命?难道不是这样说的吗?——「坚定精进修行者,活一日也胜于……」(《法句》112),「有智慧、修禅那、观照生灭者……」(《法句》111, 113)。显示巴利原文
435. Idāni ‘‘ekaṃso tava jīvita’’nti idaṃ vacanaṃ ārabbha māraṃ santajjento ‘‘atthi saddhā’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tatrāyamadhippāyo – are, māra, yo anuttare santivarapade assaddho bhaveyya, saddhopi vā kusīto, saddho āraddhavīriyo samānopi vā duppañño, taṃ tvaṃ jīvitamanupucchamāno sobheyyāsi, mayhaṃ pana anuttare santivarapade okappanasaddhā atthi, tathā kāyikacetasikamasithilaparakkamatāsaṅkhātaṃ vīriyaṃ, vajirūpamā paññā ca mama vijjati, so tvaṃ evaṃ maṃ pahitattaṃ uttamajjhāsayaṃ kiṃ jīvamanupucchasi, kasmā jīvitaṃ pucchasi. Paññāca mamāti ettha ca saddena sati samādhi ca. Evaṃ sante yehi pañcahi indriyehi samannāgatā nibbānaṃ pāpuṇanti, tesu ekenāpi avirahitaṃ evaṃ maṃ pahitattaṃ kiṃ jīvamanupucchasi? Nanu – ekāhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo, vīriyamārabhato daḷhaṃ (dha. pa. 112). Paññavantassa jhāyino, passato udayabbayanti (dha. pa. 111, 113).
436-8 如此威慑魔罗之后,世尊为显示自身的身心状态,说了「即使诸河……」(nadīnamapi)等三首偈。从词义上看,意思已经很清楚,这里则解说其深层意旨:在我身体中,有一股由无息的禅那精进之力所激起的风在流动。这股风甚至能让世间恒河、耶牟那河等诸河的水流干涸,既然如此,对我这样发奋努力者,它怎么可能不把大约四升的血液弄干呢?不仅血液会干涸,血液干涸时,胆汁会干,覆盖所食所饮的、仅约四升的痰会干,等量的尿和食素也会干。当这些干涸时,肌肉便随之消瘦。我的肌肉就这样渐次消瘦,然而心却变得更加清净,决不会以身体之苦为缘而沉没。可你不了解我这样的心境,只看到身体就说:‘你消瘦憔悴,死亡离你很近了。’其实,不仅心更清净,我的念、慧与定也更加稳固,连一丝一毫的放逸、迷失或心散乱都没有。像我这样安住的人,一切沙门或婆罗门,无论是过去、未来还是现在,由于精勤而生的感受,我所达到的,正是他们中最胜的感受——以此为证。别人被苦触时心期待乐,被寒触时心期待热,被热触时心期待寒,被饥触时心期待食物,被渴触时心期待饮品。显示巴利原文
436-8. Evaṃ māraṃ santajjetvā attano dehacittappavattiṃ dassento ‘‘nadīnamapī’’pi gāthāttayamāha. Tamatthato pākaṭameva. Ayaṃ pana adhippāyavaṇṇanā – yvāyaṃ mama sarīre appāṇakajjhānavīriyavegasamuṭṭhito vāto vattati, loke gaṅgāyamunādīnaṃ nadīnampi sotāni ayaṃ visosaye, kiñca me evaṃ pahitattassa catunāḷimattaṃ lohitaṃ na upasoseyya. Na kevalañca me lohitameva sussati, apica kho pana tamhi lohite sussamānamhi baddhābaddhabhedaṃ sarīrānugataṃ pittaṃ, asitapītādipaṭicchādakaṃ catunāḷimattameva semhañca, kiñcāparaṃ tattakameva muttañca ojañca sussati, tesu ca sussamānesu maṃsānipi khīyanti, tassa me evaṃ anupubbena maṃsesu khīyamānesu bhiyyo cittaṃ pasīdati, na tveva tappaccayā saṃsīdati. So tvaṃ īdisaṃ cittamajānanto sarīramattameva disvā bhaṇasi ‘‘kiso tvamasi dubbaṇṇo, santike maraṇaṃ tavā’’ti. Na kevalañca me cittameva pasīdati, apica kho pana bhiyyo sati ca paññā ca samādhi mama tiṭṭhati, aṇumattopi pamādo vā sammoho vā cittavikkhepo vā natthi, tassa mayhaṃ evaṃ viharato ye keci samaṇabrāhmaṇā atītaṃ vā addhānaṃ anāgataṃ vā etarahi vā opakkamikā vedanā vedayanti, tāsaṃ nidassanabhūtaṃ pattassa uttamavedanaṃ. Yathā aññesaṃ dukkhena phuṭṭhānaṃ sukhaṃ, sītena uṇhaṃ, uṇhena sītaṃ, khudāya bhojanaṃ, pipāsāya phuṭṭhānaṃ udakaṃ apekkhate cittaṃ, evaṃ pañcasu kāmaguṇesu ekakāmampi nāpekkhake cittaṃ. ‘‘Aho vatāhaṃ subhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā sukhaseyyaṃ sayeyya’’nti īdisenākārena mama cittaṃ na uppannaṃ, passa, tvaṃ māra, sattassa suddhatanti.
439-41 这样显示了自己的清净后,为摧毁魔罗“我要阻止他”的企图,世尊先描述了魔军,再显示其不可胜伏,遂说出“欲是你的第一军”(kāmā te paṭhamā senā)等六偈。显示巴利原文
439-41. Evaṃ attano suddhataṃ dassetvā ‘‘nivāressāmi ta’’nti āgatassa mārassa manorathabhañjanatthaṃ mārasenaṃ kittetvā tāya aparājitabhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘kāmā te paṭhamā senā’’tiādikā cha gāthāyo āha.
其中,最初,在家有情会被对感官对象的烦恼欲所迷惑;战胜这些烦恼欲而出家后,住在边远的林野住处,或于某些增上善法时,却会生起不喜。正如经中所说:“友!对出家者而言,喜乐是很难的。”(《相应部》4.331)其次,由于他们依赖他人生活,故被饥渴所逼恼;被饥渴逼恼的人,其求索的渴爱令心疲倦;心疲倦后,昏沉睡眠便降临。再次,那些尚未获得殊胜成就的人,住在难以到达的阿兰若、林野住处时,会生起一种名为“恐怖”的胆怯;他们多怀猜疑与疑虑,长久安住于远离之味者,会对自己的行道生疑:“这恐怕不是正道吧?”即使去除疑虑而安住,也会因少许殊胜成就而生起慢、覆藏、骄;纵使去除了这些,又会因更高的殊胜成就而生起利养、恭敬、名声;沉迷于利养等的人,会宣扬似是而非的法,得到恶名后就安住其中,并以出身等抬高自己、贬低他人。因此,应当知道欲等正是第一军等的道理。显示巴利原文
Tattha yasmā āditova agāriyabhūte satte vatthukāmesu kilesakāmā mohayanti, te abhibhuyya anagāriyabhāvaṃ upagatānaṃ pantesu vā senāsanesu aññataraññataresu vā adhikusalesu dhammesu arati uppajjati. Vuttañcetaṃ ‘‘pabbajitena kho, āvuso, abhirati dukkarā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.331). Tato te parapaṭibaddhajīvikattā khuppipāsā bādheti, tāya bādhitānaṃ pariyesanataṇhā cittaṃ kilamayati, atha nesaṃ kilantacittānaṃ thinamiddhaṃ okkamati. Tato visesamanadhigacchantānaṃ durabhisambhavesu araññavanapatthesu senāsanesu viharataṃ utrāsasaññitā bhīru jāyati, tesaṃ ussaṅkitaparisaṅkitānaṃ dīgharattaṃ vivekarasamanassādayamānānaṃ viharataṃ ‘‘na siyā nu kho esa maggo’’ti paṭipattiyaṃ vicikicchā uppajjati, taṃ vinodetvā viharataṃ appamattakena visesādhigamena mānamakkhathambhā jāyanti, tepi vinodetvā viharataṃ tato adhikataraṃ visesādhigamaṃ nissāya lābhasakkārasilokā uppajjanti, lābhādimucchitā dhammapatirūpakāni pakāsentā micchāyasaṃ adhigantvā tattha ṭhitā jātiādīhi attānaṃ ukkaṃsenti, paraṃ vambhenti, tasmā kāmādīnaṃ paṭhamasenādibhāvo veditabbo.
442-3 如此列出十种魔军后,由于此军具足黑法,能利益黑魔(Kaṇha,即魔罗),世尊便将它指为“你的军队”,说道:“这是你魔罗的军,杀害黑魔者”(esā namuci te senā, kaṇhassābhippahārinī)。其中,“abhippahārinī”意为杀害、摧破沙门与婆罗门,即制造障碍。关于“非勇士不能胜,胜后获得乐”(Na naṃ asūro jināti, jetvā ca labhate sukhaṃ):你的军队,那些对身体与生命有所贪著的非勇士无法战胜;然而勇士却能战胜,战胜之后获得道乐与果乐。因为能获得安乐,所以我这希求安乐者,也戴上了文阇草(muñja)。在战场上,不退转者为表不退转,会将文阇草绑在头顶、旗帜或武器上;我如此佩戴,正表此义:“请理解,我是如此奋发之人。”如果被你的军队打败,我宁可咒骂自己的活命;因此我持这样的决心——战死沙场更胜;若活着却被击败,与其那样存活,不如在战场上与你这位障碍正行者的魔罗战斗而死更好。这就是“战死更胜”之义。显示巴利原文
442-3. Evametaṃ dasavidhaṃ senaṃ uddisitvā yasmā sā kaṇhadhammasamannāgatattā kaṇhassa namucino upakārāya saṃvattati, tasmā naṃ tava senāti niddisanto āha – ‘‘esā namuci te senā, kaṇhassābhippahārinī’’ti. Tattha abhippahārinīti samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ ghātanī nippothanī, antarāyakarīti attho. Na naṃ asūro jināti, jetvā ca labhate sukhanti evaṃ tava senaṃ asūro kāye ca jīvite ca sāpekkho puriso na jināti, sūro pana jināti, jetvā ca maggasukhaṃ phalasukhañca adhigacchati. Yasmā ca labhate sukhaṃ, tasmā sukhaṃ patthayamāno ahampi esa muñjaṃ parihareti. Saṅgāmāvacarā anivattino purisā attano anivattanakabhāvaviññāpanatthaṃ sīse vā dhaje vā āvudhe vā muñjatiṇaṃ bandhanti, taṃ ayampi pariharaticceva maṃ dhārehi. Tava senāya parājitassa dhiratthu mama jīvitaṃ, tasmā evaṃ dhārehi – saṅgāme me mataṃ seyyo, yañce jīve parājito, yena jīvitena parājito jīve, tasmā jīvitā tayā sammāpaṭipannānaṃ antarāyakarena saddhiṃ saṅgāme mataṃ mama seyyoti attho.
444 为何说死亡更好?因为有些沙门、婆罗门,陷入以渴爱等为始、以自赞毁他为终的你的魔军之中,沉溺、没入、深陷其中,便不再显现,也不以戒等功德发出光明,犹如进入黑暗一般。他们就这样沉溺着,即使偶尔犹如溺水者般探出头来,以‘善哉!信’等方式浮露,但由于被这一魔军所压伏,他们同样不知通往涅槃安稳之处的道路;而一切佛、独觉佛等,正是沿着那条道路而行,他们被称为‘善戒者’。魔罗听了这首偈颂,什么都没说,便离去了。显示巴利原文
444. Kasmā mataṃ seyyoti ce? Yasmā pagāḷhettha…pe… subbatā, ettha kāmādikāya attukkaṃsanaparavambhanapariyosānāya tava senāya pagāḷhā nimuggā anupaviṭṭhā eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā na dissanti, sīlādīhi guṇehi nappakāsanti, andhakāraṃ paviṭṭhā viya honti. Ete evaṃ pagāḷhā samānā sacepi kadāci ummujjitvā nimujjanapuriso viya ‘‘sāhu saddhā’’tiādinā nayena ummujjanti, tathāpi tāya senāya ajjhotthaṭattā tañca maggaṃ na jānanti khemaṃ nibbānagāmīnaṃ, sabbepi buddhapaccekabuddhādayo yena gacchanti subbatāti. Imaṃ pana gāthaṃ sutvā māro puna kiñci avatvā eva pakkāmi.
445-6 魔离去后,大士继续修习苦行,却未能证得任何殊胜。他逐渐思惟‘是否另有通向菩提的道路’等问题,便开始摄取粗食,恢复体力。于卫塞月满月日的清晨,他享用了善生所供养的乳糜,在贤善林中日间安坐,在那里入于八种等至,度过一日。傍晚时分,他朝向大菩提场,将吉祥者所施的八握草铺散在菩提树下,受到一万世界天人的恭敬供养——显示巴利原文
445-6. Pakkante pana tasmiṃ mahāsatto tāya dukkarakārikāya kiñcipi visesaṃ anadhigacchanto anukkamena ‘‘siyā nu kho añño maggo bodhāyā’’tiādīni cintetvā oḷārikāhāraṃ āhāretvā, balaṃ gahetvā, visākhapuṇṇamadivase pageva sujātāya pāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā, bhadravanasaṇḍe divāvihāraṃ nisīditvā, tattha aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattento divasaṃ vītināmetvā sāyanhasamaye mahābodhimaṇḍābhimukho gantvā sotthiyena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo bodhimūle vikiritvā dasasahassalokadhātudevatāhi katasakkārabahumāno –
纵然皮肉、筋腱与骨骼有所残留,
愿此身中的血肉,完全枯竭无余。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca, aṭṭhi ca avasissatu; Upasussatu nissesaṃ, sarīre maṃsalohita’’nti. –
于是,他确立四正勤,立下誓言:“若未证得佛果,我决不起此座”,便坐于不败座上。魔波旬得知后,心想:“悉达多今日立誓而坐,今日就当令此誓不得成就。”便从菩提场直至铁围山的边际,发动宽十二由旬、高上至九由旬的魔军,自己骑乘高达一百五十由旬的吉利魅卡拉象王,化作千臂,手持种种武器,高喊着“捉住!打!杀!”,并如《旷野经》中所说,化现出种种灾变之雨。然而,这些灾变一来到大人面前,便如经中所说,都变成了别的东西。接着,魔用金刚钩敲打象的额头,驱使大象逼近大人,说:“喂,悉达多,从座起身!”大人回答:“我不起,魔!”然后遍观四面的军队,说出这些偈颂:“从四面八方,军队……”显示巴利原文
Caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā ‘‘na dāni buddhattaṃ apāpuṇitvā pallaṅkaṃ bhindissāmī’’ti paṭiññaṃ katvā aparājitapallaṅke nisīdi. Taṃ ñatvā māro pāpimā ‘‘ajja siddhattho paṭiññaṃ katvā nisinno, ajjeva dānissa sā paṭiññā paṭibāhitabbā’’ti bodhimaṇḍato yāva cakkavāḷamāyataṃ dvādasayojanavitthāraṃ uddhaṃ navayojanamuggataṃ mārasenaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā diyaḍḍhayojanasatappamāṇaṃ girimekhalaṃ hatthirājānaṃ āruyha bāhusahassaṃ māpetvā nānāvudhāni gahetvā ‘‘gaṇhatha, hanatha, paharathā’’ti bhaṇanto āḷavakasutte vuttappakārā vuṭṭhiyo māpesi, tā mahāpurisaṃ patvā tattha vuttappakārā eva sampajjiṃsu. Tato vajiraṅkusena hatthiṃ kumbhe paharitvā mahāpurisassa samīpaṃ netvā ‘‘uṭṭhehi, bho siddhattha, pallaṅkā’’ti āha. Mahāpuriso ‘‘na uṭṭhahāmi mārā’’ti vatvā taṃ dhajiniṃ samantā vilokento imā gāthāyo abhāsi ‘‘samantā dhajini’’nti.
其中,“dhajinī”指军队。“yutta”指已奋起。“savāhana”指与象王吉利魅卡拉一道。“paccuggacchāmi”意为“我以威光向前迎去”,并非以身体。何以故?其意是说:“魔,莫将我从这座位驱开,莫将我从这不败座上动摇。”“nappasahati”指不能克服、不能制伏。“āmaṃ patta”指未烧的陶罐。“asmanā”指用石头。其余文句在这里都很清楚。显示巴利原文
Tattha dhajininti senaṃ. Yuttanti uyyuttaṃ. Savāhananti girimekhalanāgarājasahitaṃ. Paccuggacchāmīti abhimukho upari gamissāmi, so ca kho tejeneva, na kāyena. Kasmā? Mā maṃ ṭhānā acāvayi, maṃ etasmā ṭhānā aparājitapallaṅkā māro mā cālesīti vuttaṃ hoti. Nappasahatīti sahituṃ na sakkoti, nābhibhavati vā. Āmaṃ pattanti kācajātaṃ mattikābhājanaṃ. Asmanāti pāsāṇena. Sesamettha pākaṭameva.
447-8 现在,为了显示“破此魔军后,成为战胜战争者、获得得法灌顶,我将如此做”而说出“调伏思惟”等。其中,“调伏思惟”:通过修习道,完全舍弃一切邪思惟,唯令正思惟生起,如是调伏思惟。“善建立念”:于身、受、心、法四念处,善安立其念。如是调伏思惟、善建立念后,我将游化诸国,于人与天中教导众多弟子。这些弟子经我教导而成为不放逸者……不再忧愁,此即无忧涅槃之义。显示巴利原文
447-8. Idāni ‘‘etaṃ te mārasenaṃ bhinditvā tato paraṃ vijitasaṅgāmo sampattadhammarājābhiseko idaṃ karissāmī’’ti dassento āha ‘‘vasīkaritvā’’ti. Tattha vasīkaritvā saṅkappanti maggabhāvanāya sabbaṃ micchāsaṅkappaṃ pahāya sammāsaṅkappasseva pavattanena vasīkaritvā saṅkappaṃ. Satiñca sūpatiṭṭhitanti kāyādīsu catūsu ṭhānesu attano satiñca suṭṭhu upaṭṭhitaṃ karitvā evaṃ vasīkatasaṅkappo suppatiṭṭhitassati raṭṭhā raṭṭhaṃ vicarissāmi devamanussabhede puthū sāvake vinayanto. Atha mayā vinīyamānā te appamattā…pe… na socare, taṃ nibbānāmatamevāti adhippāyo.
449-51 魔听了这些偈颂后问:“比丘,见到如此群体,你不害怕吗?”答:“魔,我不害怕。”“为何不害怕?”“因为我曾修习布施等波罗蜜福。”“谁能知道你所做的布施等?”“波旬,此事何需证人?而且,仅在一生中,我作须大拏时所行的布施,其威力便让这大地七次以六种方式震动,大地正是证人。”如此说时,即设水为界,大地震动,发出恐怖之声。魔听后如遭雷击,心怀恐惧,垂下旗帜,与眷属一同逃去。此后,世尊于三时中证得三明,曙光初现时说出此优陀那:“轮回无数生……已尽渴爱。”魔听到优陀那的声音后,心想:“此人自称成佛,我当随逐观察其举止。若见其身语有丝毫过失,便加迫害。”于是,他先于菩萨地时追随六年,成佛后又追随了一年。世尊全无过失,魔不见有任何可乘之机,于是说出这七首厌离偈。显示巴利原文
449-51. Atha māro imā gāthāyo sutvā āha – ‘‘evarūpaṃ pakkhaṃ disvā na bhāyasi bhikkhū’’ti? ‘‘Āma, māra, na bhāyāmī’’ti. ‘‘Kasmā na bhāyasī’’ti? ‘‘Dānādīnaṃ pāramipuññānaṃ katattā’’ti. ‘‘Ko etaṃ jānāti dānādīni tvamakāsī’’ti? ‘‘Kiṃ ettha pāpima sakkhikiccena, apica ekasmiṃyeva bhave vessantaro hutvā yaṃ dānamadāsiṃ, tassānubhāvena sattakkhattuṃ chahi pakārehi sañjātakampā ayaṃ mahāpathavīyeva sakkhī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte udakapariyantaṃ katvā mahāpathavī kampi bheravasaddaṃ muñcamānā, yaṃ sutvā māro asanihato viya bhīto dhajaṃ paṇāmetvā palāyi saddhiṃ parisāya. Atha mahāpuriso tīhi yāmehi tisso vijjā sacchikatvā aruṇuggamane ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi. Māro udānasaddena āgantvā ‘‘ayaṃ‘buddho aha’nti paṭijānāti, handa naṃ anubandhāmi ābhisamācārikaṃ passituṃ. Sacassa kiñci kāyena vā vācāya vā khalitaṃ bhavissati, viheṭhessāmi na’’nti pubbe bodhisattabhūmiyaṃ chabbassāni anubandhitvā buddhattaṃ pattaṃ ekaṃ vassaṃ anubandhi. Tato bhagavato kiñci khalitaṃ apassanto ‘‘satta vassānī’’ti imā nibbejanīyagāthāyo abhāsi.
其中,「otāra」意指裂缝、破绽,即可乘之机。「nādhigacchissaṃ」意为“我没有获得”。「medavaṇṇa」意为如同肉团。「anupariyagā」意为从各方面遍行、周行。「mudu」意为柔软。「vindema」意为我们会寻得、证得。「assādanā」意为味著、觉得有滋味。「vāyasetto」意为乌鸦从此处。其余文义都很清楚。显示巴利原文
Tattha otāranti randhaṃ vivaraṃ. Nādhigacchissanti nādhigamiṃ. Medavaṇṇanti medapiṇḍasadisaṃ. Anupariyagāti parito parito agamāsi. Mudunti mudukaṃ. Vindemāti adhigaccheyyāma. Assādanāti sādubhāvo. Vāyasettoti vāyaso etto. Sesamettha pākaṭameva.
此处的关联如下:我一心寻求可乘之机,七年间步步紧随世尊,未曾有片刻远离,即便如此,也始终觅不得机会。犹如一只乌鸦,将色如脂肪的石头误作肥肉,便从一侧用喙啄之,未得其味,心想:‘或许此处有柔软,或许可从这尝到滋味。’于是又从四周反复啄击,盘旋察看,终究处处皆不得滋味,便知‘原是石头’,于是厌弃飞去。同样,我以自己微少的智慧为喙,在世尊的身业等处啄击探寻,四处盘旋,心想:‘或许在何处能找出不清净的身行之类的可乘之机,或许能从哪里尝到些滋味。’正如那乌鸦不得滋味便厌弃石头,我们攀附乔达摩而一无所获,因此厌弃乔达摩,离他而去。据说,当他说这番话时,魔罗因七年徒劳无功,生起极大忧恼。正是忧恼至四肢几近瘫软,那把名为‘贝卢瓦般度’的琴便从腋下滑落。此琴若由善巧者弹奏,能连续四个月发出悦耳的音声;后来帝释天取去送给了五髻。而魔罗竟未觉察琴已滑落。因此世尊说:显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana yojanā – satta vassāni bhagavantaṃ otārāpekkho anubandhiṃ katthaci avijahanto padāpadaṃ, evaṃ anubandhitvāpi ca otāraṃ nādhigamiṃ. Sohaṃ yathā nāma medavaṇṇaṃ pāsāṇaṃ medasaññī vāyaso ekasmiṃ passe mukhatuṇḍakena vijjhitvā assādaṃ avindamāno ‘‘appeva nāma ettha mudu vindema, api ito assādanā siyā’’ti samantā tatheva vijjhanto anupariyāyitvā katthaci assādaṃ aladdhā ‘‘pāsāṇovāya’’nti nibbijja pakkameyya, evamevāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ kāyakammādīsu attano parittapaññāmukhatuṇḍakena vijjhanto samantā anupariyagā ‘‘appeva nāma katthaci aparisuddhakāyasamācārādimudubhāvaṃ vindema, kutoci assādanā siyā’’ti, te dāni mayaṃ assādaṃ alabhamānā kākova selamāsajja nibbijjāpema gotamaṃ āsajja tato gotamā nibbijja apemāti. Evaṃ vadato kira mārassa satta vassāni nipphalaparissamaṃ nissāya balavasoko udapādi. Tenassa visīdamānaṅgapaccaṅgassa beluvapaṇḍu nāma vīṇā kacchato patitā. Yā sakiṃ kusalehi vāditā cattāro māse madhurassaraṃ muñcati, yaṃ gahetvā sakko pañcasikhassa adāsi. Taṃ so patamānampi na bujjhi. Tenāha bhagavā –
他为忧恼所胜,琴从腋下滑落;
于是,那位心中不乐的夜叉便在那儿隐没不见了。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassa sokaparetassa, vīṇā kacchā abhassatha; Tato so dummano yakkho, tatthevantaradhāyathā’’ti.
有人认为是结集者所说,但我们不认同。显示巴利原文
Saṅgītikārakā āhaṃsūti eke, amhākaṃ panetaṃ nakkhamatīti.
第三、善说经释义显示巴利原文
3. Subhāsitasuttavaṇṇanā
“如是我闻”等句,出自《善说经》。此经的兴起,源自世尊自己的意乐——世尊爱乐善说,为了显示自己的善妙语行、遮止众生的不善语行,所以宣说了这部经。其中,“如是我闻”等是结集者的话。里面,“于此,世尊……尊者”与“那些比丘”这些文句,是先前未曾出现过的,其余部分则可依照已经解释的道理去理解。因此,为了解释这些新出现的文句,这样说明:“于此”标示说法的时间和地点,它指明:世尊安住的那个时间,以及世尊安住的那座园林。或者,它标示适宜说法的时间和地点,因为世尊从不在不适宜的地点或时间说法——如“此时非时,婆醯迦”等经文可作为证明。“确实”一词是虚词填充,或是一个表示决定意味等时态的助词。“世尊”标示世间所尊崇者,“比丘”标示适合听闻正法的人,“告”的意义是呼唤、说法、使觉知。显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti subhāsitasuttaṃ. Attajjhāsayato cassa uppatti. Bhagavā hi subhāsitappiyo, so attano subhāsitasamudācārappakāsanena sattānaṃ dubbhāsitasamudācāraṃ paṭisedhento imaṃ suttamabhāsi. Tattha evaṃ me sutantiādi saṅgītikāravacanaṃ. Tattha tatra kho bhagavā…pe… bhadanteti te bhikkhūti etaṃ apubbaṃ, sesaṃ vuttanayameva. Tasmā apubbapadavaṇṇanatthamidaṃ vuccati – tatrāti desakālaparidīpanaṃ. Tañhi yaṃ samayaṃ viharati, tatra samaye, yasmiñca ārāme viharati, tatra ārāmeti dīpeti. Bhāsitabbayutte vā desakāle dīpeti. Na hi bhagavā ayutte dese kāle vā dhammaṃ bhāsati. ‘‘Akālo kho, tāva, bāhiyā’’tiādi (udā. 10) cettha sādhakaṃ. Khoti padapūraṇamatte avadhāraṇādikālatthe vā nipāto. Bhagavāti lokagaruparidīpanaṃ. Bhikkhūti kathāsavanayuttapuggalaparidīpanaṃ. Āmantesīti ālapi abhāsi sambodhesi.
「比丘们」这一称呼,揭示了呼唤的方式。之所以用此称呼,是因为他们具备乞食等德行。藉由显示他们所奉行、为凡俗与殊胜者所共尊的修行,世尊调伏了他们心中可能生起的掉举或怯弱。称呼「比丘们」时,以慈悲心与柔和心为先导,吸引比丘们的注意;又表示欲说之意,引生他们闻法的愿望;同时具有唤醒的意义,促使他们认真谛听与作意——教法的成就,实有赖于认真谛听与作意。若问:“当时也有其他天人和人类在场,为何只称呼比丘?” 答:因为比丘最为高尚、最为殊胜、最为邻近、常随不离。此说法是面向全体大众,并非针对个别人。在大众中,比丘最先产生,故最为高尚;他们以出家为起点,修学佛陀的梵行,故最为殊胜;在场者中,他们离佛最近,故最为邻近;他们常时亲近佛陀,故是常随者。因此,世尊在宣说遍为一切大众的法时,只对比丘称呼。再者,对于这些法,他们正是适合依教奉行的人,所以也对比丘称呼。「尊者」是表示恭敬的尊称。「那些比丘」即被世尊呼唤的比丘们,他们回应世尊的呼唤,说道:“尊者。”显示巴利原文
Bhikkhavoti āmantanākāraparidīpanaṃ. Tañca bhikkhanasīlatādiguṇayogasiddhattā vuttaṃ. Tena nesaṃ hīnādhikajanasevitaṃ vuttiṃ pakāsento uddhatadīnabhāvaniggahaṃ karoti. ‘‘Bhikkhavo’’ti iminā ca karuṇāvipphārasommahadayanayananipātapubbaṅgamena vacanena te attano mukhābhimukhe karitvā teneva kathetukamyatādīpakena vacanena tesaṃ sotukamyataṃ janeti, teneva ca sambodhanatthena vacanena sādhukasavanamanasikārepi te niyojeti. Sādhukasavanamanasikārāyattā hi sāsanasampatti. Aparesupi devamanussesu vijjamānesu kasmā bhikkhū eva āmantesīti ce? Jeṭṭhaseṭṭhāsannasadāsannihitabhāvato. Sabbaparisasādhāraṇā hi ayaṃ dhammadesanā, na pāṭipuggalikā. Parisāya ca jeṭṭhā bhikkhū paṭhamuppannattā, seṭṭhā anagāriyabhāvaṃ ādiṃ katvā satthu cariyānuvidhāyakattā sakalasāsanapaṭiggāhakattā ca. Āsannā tattha nisinnesu satthu santikattā, sadā sannihitā satthu santikāvacarattā. Tena bhagavā sabbaparisasādhāraṇaṃ dhammaṃ desento bhikkhū eva āmantesi. Apica bhājanaṃ te imāya kathāya yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipattisabbhāvatotipi te eva āmantesi. Bhadanteti gāravādhivacanametaṃ. Te bhikkhūti ye bhagavā āmantesi, te evaṃ bhagavantaṃ ālapantā bhagavato paccassosunti.
「具足四支」:由于四种原因,或具有四种部分。远离妄语等是善说语的四种原因;说真实语等是四种部分,此处的「支」字作原因解。「四支」一词,在原因义中为从格,在部分义中为具格。「具足」:具备、显现、相应。「语」:言说之语,即出现在「语、说、言语」(《法集论》636)以及「柔和、悦耳」(《长部》1.9;《中部》3.14)等经文中的语。然而,虽然在「依语所造之业」(《法集论注》身业门)中作为表知,在「对四种语恶行回避、远离……这名为正语」(《法集论》299;《分别论》206)中作为远离,以及在「比丘们,粗恶语若修习、多修习,能招感地狱」(《增支部》8.40)中作为思,这些也被称为语,但在此处并非所指。为什么呢?因为它们不应被宣说。「是善说」:即善加说,藉此显示它带来利益。「非恶说」:非不善地说,藉此显示它不带来无利益。「无过失」:远离被称为过失的贪等烦恼,藉此显示它的因清净及上述过失的消除。「无可指责」:解脱于指责,藉此显示它具足一切功德。「智者的」:有智慧的人,藉此显示在赞叹与讥毁时,愚者不足为凭。显示巴利原文
Catūhiaṅgehīti catūhi kāraṇehi avayavehi vā. Musāvādāveramaṇiādīni hi cattāri subhāsitavācāya kāraṇāni. Saccavacanādayo cattāro avayavā, kāraṇatthe ca aṅgasaddo. Catūhīti nissakkavacanaṃ hoti, avayavatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. Samannāgatāti samanuāgatā pavattā yuttā ca. Vācāti samullapanavācā. Yā sā ‘‘vācā girā byappatho’’ti (dha. sa. 636) ca, ‘‘nelā kaṇṇasukhā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.9; ma. ni. 3.14) ca evamādīsu āgacchati. Yā pana ‘‘vācāya ce kataṃ kamma’’nti (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 1 kāyakammadvāra) evaṃ viññatti ca, ‘‘yā catūhi vacīduccaritehi ārati virati…pe… ayaṃ vuccati sammāvācā’’ti (dha. sa. 299; vibha. 206) evaṃ virati ca, ‘‘pharusavācā, bhikkhave, āsevitā bhāvitā bahulīkatā nirayasaṃvattanikā hotī’’ti (a. ni. 8.40) evaṃ cetanā ca vācāti āgacchati, sā idha na adhippetā. Kasmā? Abhāsitabbato. Subhāsitā hotīti suṭṭhu bhāsitā hoti. Tenassā atthāvahanataṃ dīpeti. Na dubbhāsitāti na duṭṭhu bhāsitā. Tenassā anatthānāvahanataṃ dīpeti. Anavajjāti vajjasaṅkhātarāgādidosavirahitā. Tenassā kāraṇasuddhiṃ vuttadosābhāvañca dīpeti. Ananuvajjā cāti anuvādavimuttā. Tenassā sabbākārasampattiṃ dīpeti. Viññūnanti paṇḍitānaṃ. Tena nindāpasaṃsāsu bālā appamāṇāti dīpeti.
「以哪四种?」这是欲说者提出的问题。「在此」:即在此教法中。「比丘们」:是对欲说者所要教化的那些人的称呼。「比丘」:此处指的是说上述那种语的人。「只说善说」:在以人为安立的教法中,这是四种语支中某一支的解说语。「不说恶说」:是遮止该语支对立面的言说,由此否定了‘有时也应说妄语等’的见解。或者,「不说恶说」表明邪语的断除,而「善说」则表明已断除邪语者所应说的语的特征。同理,不造恶、具足善。然而,为了阐明支分,先说不应说的,再直接说应说的。这一方法也适用于「只说正法」等处。显示巴利原文
Katamehi catūhīti kathetukamyatāpucchā. Idhāti imasmiṃ sāsane. Bhikkhaveti yesaṃ kathetukāmo, tadālapanaṃ. Bhikkhūti vuttappakāravācābhāsanakapuggalanidassanaṃ. Subhāsitaṃyeva bhāsatīti puggalādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya catūsu vācaṅgesu aññataraṅganiddesavacanaṃ. No dubbhāsitanti tasseva vācaṅgassa paṭipakkhabhāsananivāraṇaṃ. Tena ‘‘musāvādādayopi kadāci vattabbā’’ti diṭṭhiṃ nisedheti. ‘‘No dubbhāsita’’nti iminā vā micchāvācappahānaṃ dīpeti, ‘‘subhāsita’’nti iminā pahīnamicchāvācena satā bhāsitabbavacanalakkhaṇaṃ. Tathā pāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadaṃ . Aṅgaparidīpanatthaṃ pana abhāsitabbaṃ pubbe avatvā bhāsitabbamevāha. Esa nayo dhammaṃyevātiādīsupi.
在此,「只说善说、不说恶说」表明那是远离离间过失、能促进和合的语;「只说正法、不说非正法」表明那是远离杂秽过失、不背离法的贤圣语;其余二者则表明那是远离粗恶过失的可爱真实语。接着,「以这些……」等文句直接显示这些支后,归结为对那种语的赞叹。于此特应指出:当说到「比丘们,具备这四种支的语才是善说」时,有些人以为,具备支分、名词、性、数、格、时态、作者等圆满的言语便是「善说」,而佛陀以法义遮止了这种见解。因为即使具备那些支分,若带有离间语等过失,依然是恶说,会给自己和他人带来无益。然而,具备这四种支的语,即便是蛮族语,或属于陶工女之歌谣,也仍然是善说,因为它能带来世间与出世间的利益与安乐。这里有一个例证:在锡兰岛,一位锡兰婢女在路边守护庄稼时,用锡兰语唱着有关生、老、死的歌,六十位正在经行的观修比丘闻后,当场证得阿拉汉果。又如一位名叫帝沙的观修比丘,他走近莲花池,看见池中的莲花屡屡被人折断——显示巴利原文
Ettha ca ‘‘subhāsitaṃyeva bhāsati no dubbhāsita’’nti iminā pisuṇadosarahitaṃ samaggakaraṇavacanaṃ vuttaṃ, ‘‘dhammaṃyeva bhāsati no adhamma’’nti iminā samphadosarahitaṃ dhammato anapetaṃ mantāvacanaṃ vuttaṃ, itarehi dvīhi pharusālikarahitāni piyasaccavacanāni vuttāni. Imehi khotiādinā pana tāni aṅgāni paccakkhato dassento taṃ vācaṃ nigameti. Visesato cettha ‘‘imehi kho, bhikkhave , catūhi aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā subhāsitā hotī’’ti bhaṇanto yadaññe paṭiññādīhi avayavehi nāmādīhi padehi liṅgavacanavibhattikālakārakādīhi sampattīhi ca samannāgataṃ vācaṃ ‘‘subhāsita’’nti maññanti, taṃ dhammato paṭisedheti. Avayavādisampannāpi hi pesuññādisamannāgatā vācā dubbhāsitāva hoti attano paresañca anatthāvahattā. Imehi pana catūhi aṅgehi samannāgatā sacepi milakkhubhāsāpariyāpannā ghaṭaceṭikāgītikapariyāpannā vā hoti, tathāpi subhāsitā eva lokiyalokuttarahitasukhāvahattā. Sīhaḷadīpe maggapasse sassaṃ rakkhantiyā sīhaḷaceṭikāya sīhaḷakeneva jātijarāmaraṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ gītaṃ gāyantiyā sutvā maggaṃ gacchantā saṭṭhimattā vipassakabhikkhū cettha arahattaṃ pattā nidassanaṃ. Tathā tisso nāma āraddhavipassako bhikkhu padumasarasamīpena gacchanto padumasare padumāni bhañjitvā bhañjitvā –
清晨绽放的红睡莲,在日光下摧残凋零;
同样,获得人身的众生,被衰老的强大力量所折磨。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pāto phullaṃ kokanadaṃ, sūriyālokena bhajjiyate; Evaṃ manussattagatā sattā, jarābhivegena maddīyantī’’ti. –
听闻这位婢女唱出这首歌后,他便证得阿拉汉果。又,在无佛的时期,有一位男子带着七个儿子来到林中,听到一位妇人正用杵捣米时——显示巴利原文
Imaṃ gītaṃ gāyantiyā ceṭikāya sutvā arahattaṃ patto, buddhantare ca aññataro puriso sattahi puttehi saddhiṃ vanā āgamma aññatarāya itthiyā musalena taṇḍule koṭṭentiyā –
这个身体为衰老所摧残,依止于干皱的皮肤而住;
这个身体为死亡所坏灭,是死魔的食物。
「这是虫类的巢穴,充满种种不净物;
这是不净的容器,犹如芭蕉树干。」
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Jarāya parimadditaṃ etaṃ, milātachavicammanissitaṃ; Maraṇena bhijjati etaṃ, maccussa ghasamāmisaṃ. ‘‘Kimīnaṃ ālayaṃ etaṃ, nānākuṇapena pūritaṃ; Asucissa bhājanaṃ etaṃ, kadalikkhandhasamaṃ ida’’nti. –
听闻此歌后,他与诸子一同证得辟支菩提;其他藉由类似方便而证得圣位者,其例亦多。但这并不可奇:世尊善知众生的意向与随眠,以‘一切行无常’等理趣所说之偈,五百位比丘闻后即证阿拉汉果;其余听闻与蕴、处、界等相应之法者,无量人、天亦证得果位。是故,具足此四种支分的言语,纵然出于蛮人之语,或出自陶师女之歌,也当知是‘善说’。以其是善说故,无有过失,无可指责,对于智者、求义利的善男子而言,应依于义而不依于音声。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ gītikaṃ sutvā saha puttehi paccekabodhiṃ patto, aññe ca īdisehi upāyehi ariyabhūmiṃ pattā nidassanaṃ. Anacchariyaṃ panetaṃ, yaṃ bhagavatā āsayānusayakusalena ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’tiādinā nayena vuttā gāthāyo sutvā pañcasatā bhikkhū arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu, aññe ca khandhāyatanādipaṭisaṃyuttā kathā sutvā aneke devamanussāti. Evaṃ imehi catūhi aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā sacepi milakkhubhāsāpariyāpannā, ghaṭaceṭikāgītikapariyāpannā vā hoti, tathāpi ‘‘subhāsitā’’ti veditabbā. Subhāsitattā eva ca anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca viññūnaṃ atthatthikānaṃ kulaputtānaṃ atthapaṭisaraṇānaṃ, no byañjanapaṭisaraṇānanti.
“Idamavoca bhagavā”,意即:世尊宣说了这具足善说相的话语。而“Idaṃ vatvāna sugato, athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā”,则是指善逝在开示了此相之后,接着又宣说了另一相,也就是导师(世尊)又进一步开示了这些。随后,结集者为了显示接下来应说的偈颂,而记述了以上全部内容。此处,“aparaṃ”是针对偈颂的结句而言,它有两种含义:其一,是针对后来才加入集会的大众,为使未闻者得以听闻、已闻者记忆更为坚固等目的,而仅仅是阐明其义;其二,是通过阐明先前因某种缘由而遗漏的意义,以显示义理的殊特之处,正如“人既生已,斧从口生”等(《经集》662)那样。然而在此处,仅是取其阐明含义这一种。显示巴利原文
Idamavocabhagavāti idaṃ subhāsitalakkhaṇaṃ bhagavā avoca. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato, athāparaṃ etadavoca satthāti idañca lakkhaṇaṃ vatvā atha aññampi etaṃ avoca satthā. Idāni vattabbagāthaṃ dassetvā sabbametaṃ saṅgītikārakā āhaṃsu. Tattha aparanti gāthābandhavacanaṃ sandhāya vuccati. Taṃ duvidhaṃ hoti – pacchā āgataparisaṃ assavanasussavanaādhāraṇadaḷhīkaraṇādīni vā sandhāya tadatthadīpakameva ca. Pubbe kenaci kāraṇena parihāpitassa atthassa dīpanena atthavisesadīpakañca ‘‘purisassa hi jātassa, kuṭhārī jāyate mukhe’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 662) viya. Idha pana tadatthadīpakameva.
453 453. 此处,“santo”是指佛陀等圣者,因为他们赞叹善说为“最上、最胜”。至于第二、第三、第四,则是根据前面已指明的次第而说。在偈颂的末尾,鹏耆舍长老对世尊的善说生起了净信。显示巴利原文
453. Tattha santoti buddhādayo. Te hi subhāsitaṃ ‘‘uttamaṃ seṭṭha’’nti vaṇṇayanti. Dutiyaṃ tatiyaṃ catutthanti idaṃ pana pubbe niddiṭṭhakkamaṃ upādāya vuttaṃ. Gāthāpariyosāne pana vaṅgīsatthero bhagavato subhāsite pasīdi.
为了显示他所表达的净信之相,以及世尊所开示的话语,结集者们便记述了“那时,具寿”等语。其中,“paṭibhāti maṃ”的意思是:我的辩才对您显现了。“Paṭibhātu taṃ”的意思是:愿您的辩才对我显现。“Sāruppāhī”的意思是:以相称的偈颂。“Abhitthavī”的意思是:称赞了。显示巴利原文
So yaṃ pasannākāraṃ akāsi, yañca vacanaṃ bhagavā abhāsi, taṃ dassentā saṅgītikārakā ‘‘atha kho āyasmā’’tiādimāhaṃsu. Tattha paṭibhāti manti mama bhāgo pakāsati . Paṭibhātu tanti tava bhāgo pakāsatu. Sāruppāhīti anucchavikāhi. Abhitthavīti pasaṃsi.
454 “Na tāpaye”意为不应以追悔来折磨人;“Na vihiṃseyya”意为不应通过离间彼此来伤害人;“Sā ve vācā”是说:那样的话语毋庸置疑就是善说。至此,正是以赞许不两舌的话语来称扬世尊。显示巴利原文
454.Na tāpayeti vippaṭisārena na tāpeyya. Na vihiṃseyyāti aññamaññaṃ bhindanto na bādheyya. Sā ve vācāti sā vācā ekaṃseneva subhāsitā. Ettāvatā apisuṇavācāya bhagavantaṃ thometi.
455 “Paṭinanditā”指以欢喜心主动迎上前去,欣然接受,由衷喜爱。而“Yaṃ anādāya pāpāni, paresaṃ bhāsate piyaṃ”意思是:如果说话时完全不涉及他人的恶行、不可爱及令人反感的粗恶语,只说意义与音韵俱甜美、令人喜爱的话,这便是可爱语;换言之,应当只说可爱语。通过这首偈颂,他以可爱语赞颂世尊。显示巴利原文
455.Paṭinanditāti haṭṭhena hadayena paṭimukhaṃ gantvā nanditā sampiyāyitā. Yaṃ anādāya pāpāni, paresaṃ bhāsate piyanti yaṃ vācaṃ bhāsanto paresaṃ pāpāni appiyāni paṭikkūlāni pharusavacanāni anādāya atthabyañjanamadhuraṃ piyameva vacanaṃ bhāsati, taṃ piyavācameva bhāseyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Imāya gāthāya piyavacanena bhagavantaṃ abhitthavi.
456 “Amatā”意为如同甘露,因其甜美。正如经中所说:“真实确实比一切滋味更甜美。”或者,由于它是证入涅槃(不死)的因缘,故称不死。“Esa dhammo sanantano”是说:这名为真实语,是自古以来的法则,是传承相续的修行传统;古人们正是如此行持,从不说妄语。因此他说:“圣者们安住于真实、利益与法中。”在此,安住于真实,即安住于自他真正的利益;安住于利益,即安住于法——应如此理解。或者,后两句可视为对“真实”的进一步界定:所谓安住于真实,是安住在怎样的真实中呢?是安住在利益和法中。即不舍弃他人利益,故能成就真实的利益而不造成损害;虽不造成损害,却不离法,因此成就的是合法的利益,即只成就符合法义的利益。通过这首偈颂,他以真实语赞颂世尊。显示巴利原文
456.Amatāti amatasadisā sādubhāvena. Vuttampi cetaṃ ‘‘saccaṃ have sādutaraṃ rasāna’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.73; su. ni. 184). Nibbānāmatapaccayattā vā amatā. Esa dhammo sanantanoti yāyaṃ saccavācā nāma, esa porāṇo dhammo cariyā paveṇī, idameva hi porāṇānaṃ āciṇṇaṃ, na te alikaṃ bhāsiṃsu. Tenevāha – ‘‘sacce atthe ca dhamme ca, ahu santo patiṭṭhitā’’ti. Tattha sacce patiṭṭhitattā eva attano ca paresañca atthe patiṭṭhitā. Atthe patiṭṭhitattā eva ca dhamme patiṭṭhitā hontīti veditabbā. Paraṃ vā dvayaṃ saccavisesanamicceva veditabbaṃ. Sacce patiṭṭhitā. Kīdise? Atthe ca dhamme ca, yaṃ paresaṃ atthato anapetattā atthaṃ anuparodhaṃ karotīti vuttaṃ hoti. Satipi ca anuparodhakaratte dhammato anapetattā dhammaṃ, yaṃ dhammikameva atthaṃ sādhetīti vuttaṃ hoti. Imāya gāthāya saccavacanena bhagavantaṃ abhitthavi.
457 “Khemaṃ”意为无畏、无灾患。何以故?因为它能证得涅槃,彻底终结痛苦;意思是,这种话语能令烦恼熄灭,并带来轮回之苦的终结。或者可以这样理解:佛陀为证得涅槃、彻底终结痛苦——即为那两种涅槃界——而开示安稳之道,因此他说安稳语。而“sā ve vācānamuttamā”即指那种话语是一切言说中最殊胜的。此处应依此来理解其中义理。通过这首偈颂,他以慧语称赞世尊,将说法推向顶峰——指向阿拉汉果,由此结束开示。以上即前文未加注释的词句解释,其余内容可依前文所述的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
457.Khemanti abhayaṃ nirupaddavaṃ. Kena kāraṇenāti ce? Nibbānappattiyā dukkhassantakiriyāya, yasmā kilesanibbānaṃ pāpeti, vaṭṭadukkhassa ca antakiriyāya saṃvattatīti attho. Atha vā yaṃ buddho nibbānappattiyā dukkhassantakiriyāyāti dvinnaṃ nibbānadhātūnamatthāya khemamaggappakāsanato khemaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati, sā ve vācānamuttamāti sā vācā sabbavācānaṃ seṭṭhāti evamettha attho veditabbo. Imāya gāthāya mantāvacanena bhagavantaṃ abhitthavanto arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesīti ayamettha apubbapadavaṇṇanā. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
四、供养饼经(孙陀利迦婆罗堕阇经)的注释显示巴利原文
4. Pūraḷāsasutta-(sundarikabhāradvājasutta)-vaṇṇanā
《供养饼经》的缘起如下:世尊在午后应作务结束后,以佛眼观察世间,见到孙陀利迦婆罗堕阇婆罗门已具足证得阿拉汉果的亲依止缘。世尊便知:“若我前往那里,便会展开对话;对话结束时,这位婆罗门听闻我说法后,将出家并证得阿拉汉果。”于是世尊便前往那里,主动开启对话,随后宣说了这部经。显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti pūraḷāsasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Bhagavā pacchābhattakiccāvasāne buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento sundarikabhāradvājabrāhmaṇaṃ arahattassa upanissayasampannaṃ disvā ‘‘tattha mayi gate kathā pavattissati, tato kathāvasāne dhammadesanaṃ sutvā esa brāhmaṇo pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇissatī’’ti ca ñatvā tattha gantvā kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
其中,“如是我闻”等语,是结集者所说。“你是何等出身”等,是那位婆罗门所说;“我非婆罗门”等,是世尊所说。将这一切整合起来,便称为《富罗腊萨经》。其中,与已说相似的内容,应依已说的方法来理解;未说的部分,我们将予以解释,但仅针对意义并非浅显的词句。所谓“在憍萨罗”,憍萨罗是指一些地方王子。他们所居住的一个地区,也随顺惯用语而被称为“憍萨罗”。在此,即指在那个憍萨罗国。然而,有人这样解释:“据说,往昔有位名叫大帕那达的王子,观看种种戏剧表演等,却毫不微笑。国王听闻后下令:‘谁能让我儿子发笑,我便以一切璎珞庄严他。’于是人们扔下犁具,聚集起广大民众。那些人花了超过七年时间,表演种种游戏等,还是没能让他发笑。于是,帝释天派来一位天界舞者,他表演了天界戏剧,王子这才笑了出来。之后,人们便各自朝着自己住处的方向散去。途中遇到亲朋好友,便开始寒暄:‘朋友,你安乐吗?朋友,你安乐吗?’因此,依于‘安乐’(kusala)这一音声,那个区域便被称为‘憍萨罗’。”在名为孙陀利迦的河岸边……显示巴利原文
Tattha evaṃ me sutantiādi saṅgītikārakānaṃ vacanaṃ. Kiṃjacco bhavantiādi tassa brāhmaṇassa, na brāhmaṇo nomhītiādi bhagavato. Taṃ sabbampi samodhānetvā ‘‘pūraḷāsasutta’’nti vuccati. Tattha vuttasadisaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ, avuttaṃ vaṇṇayissāma, tañca kho uttānatthāni padāni anāmasantā. Kosalesūti kosalā nāma jānapadino rājakumārā. Tesaṃ nivāso ekopi janapado ruḷhisaddena ‘‘kosalā’’ti vuccati. Tasmiṃ kosalesu janapade. Keci pana ‘‘yasmā pubbe mahāpanādaṃ rājakumāraṃ nānānāṭakādīni disvā sitamattampi akarontaṃ sutvā rājā āṇāpesi ‘yo mama puttaṃ hasāpeti, sabbābharaṇehi naṃ alaṅkaromī’ti. Tato naṅgalāni chaḍḍetvā mahājanakāyo sannipati. Te ca manussā atirekasattavassāni nānākīḷikādayo dassentāpi taṃ nāsakkhiṃsu hasāpetuṃ. Tato sakko devanaṭaṃ pesesi, so dibbanāṭakaṃ dassetvā hasāpesi. Atha te manussā attano attano vasanokāsābhimukhā pakkamiṃsu. Te paṭipathe mittasuhajjādayo disvā paṭisanthāramakaṃsu ‘kacci bho kusalaṃ, kacci bho kusala’nti . Tasmā taṃ ‘kusala’nti saddaṃ upādāya so padeso ‘kosalo’ti vuccatī’’ti vaṇṇayanti. Sundarikāya nadiyā tīreti sundarikāti evaṃnāmikāya nadiyā tīre.
「那时」指在那个时刻,世尊想要调伏那位婆罗门,便前往那里,到达那条河的岸边,以僧伽梨连头覆盖后,在一棵树下安坐,安住于坐的威仪住中。「孙陀利迦婆罗堕阇」:那位婆罗门就住在河岸边,并且供奉火;而「婆罗堕阇」是他的姓,因此这样称呼他。「供奉火」:指通过投入供物而使火燃烧。「侍奉火供」:指通过清扫、涂抹火坛以及施食等来奉侍火坛。「谁能食用这剩余的供物呢?」:据说,那位婆罗门向火供奉以后,看见剩余的乳糜,便这样思惟:「投入火中的乳糜已被大梵天食用,但还有这剩余的部分。我若能把它布施给从梵天口中出生的婆罗门,那么父亲与儿子便一同得到了满足,通往梵天的道路也会被很好地净化。那么,我来寻找一位婆罗门吧。」于是,他为了见到婆罗门而从座位起身,遍观四方,心想:「谁能食用这剩余的供物呢?」显示巴利原文
Tena kho panāti yena samayena bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vinetukāmo gantvā tassā nadiyā tīre sasīsaṃ pārupitvā rukkhamūle nisajjāsaṅkhātena iriyāpathavihārena viharati. Sundarikabhāradvājoti so brāhmaṇo tassā nadiyā tīre vasati aggiñca juhati, bhāradvājoti cassa gottaṃ, tasmā evaṃ vuccati. Aggiṃ juhatīti āhutipakkhipanena jāleti. Aggihuttaṃ paricaratīti agyāyatanaṃ sammajjanūpalepanabalikammādinā payirupāsati. Ko nu kho imaṃ habyasesaṃ bhuñjeyyāti so kira brāhmaṇo aggimhi juhitvā avasesaṃ pāyāsaṃ disvā cintesi – ‘‘aggimhi tāva pakkhittapāyāso mahābrahmunā bhutto, ayaṃ pana avaseso atthi. Taṃ yadi brahmuno mukhato jātassa brāhmaṇasseva dadeyyaṃ, evaṃ me pitarā saha puttopi santappito bhaveyya, suvisodhito ca brahmalokagāmimaggo assa, handāhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ gavesāmī’’ti. Tato brāhmaṇadassanatthaṃ uṭṭhāyāsanā catuddisā anuvilokesi – ‘‘ko nu kho imaṃ habyasesaṃ bhuñjeyyā’’ti.
「在某一棵树下」:即在那片树林中最殊胜的一棵树下。「连头覆盖」:指连同头部也覆盖了僧伽梨。然而,世尊为什么要这样做呢?难道他拥有那罗延力,也不能抵御降霜与寒风吗?这自有其缘由。因为诸佛并非一味保养身体,世尊这样做是为了引发对话,他想:「当婆罗门到来时,我将露出头部;婆罗门见我之后,便会开始交谈,我便可顺着他的谈论为他说法。」「见到后……从左方……便走近」:据说,那位婆罗门见到世尊后,心想:「此人连头覆盖,整夜勤修,我应当向他施与净手水,然后把剩余供物给他。」他误以为世尊是婆罗门,便这样走近。「这位尊者是秃头的,这位尊者是秃子」:刚一露出头部,他看见发际,便说「秃头的」;接着再仔细看,不见有丝毫顶髻,便轻视地说「秃子」。因为那些婆罗门怀有这样的见解。「从此处」:即从他站立看见的地方。「也有秃头的」:指因某种原因而被剃光头发的人。显示巴利原文
Aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūleti tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe seṭṭharukkhamūle. Sasīsaṃ pārutanti saha sīsena pārutakāyaṃ. Kasmā pana bhagavā evamakāsi, kiṃ nārāyanasaṅkhātabalopi hutvā nāsakkhi himapātaṃ sītavātañca paṭibāhitunti? Atthetaṃ kāraṇaṃ. Na hi buddhā sabbaso kāyapaṭijagganaṃ karonti eva, apica bhagavā ‘‘āgate brāhmaṇe sīsaṃ vivarissāmi, maṃ disvā brāhmaṇo kathaṃ pavattessati, athassa kathānusārena dhammaṃ desessāmī’’ti kathāpavattanatthaṃ evamakāsi. Disvāna vāmena…pe… tenupasaṅkamīti so kira bhagavantaṃ disvā brāhmaṇo ‘‘ayaṃ sasīsaṃ pārupitvā sabbarattiṃ padhānamanuyutto, imassa dakkhiṇodakaṃ datvā imaṃ habyasesaṃ dassāmī’’ti brāhmaṇasaññī hutvā eva upasaṅkami. Muṇḍo ayaṃ bhavaṃ, muṇḍako ayaṃ bhavanti sīse vivaritamatteva kesantaṃ disvā ‘‘muṇḍo’’ti āha. Tato suṭṭhutaraṃ olokento parittampi sikhaṃ adisvā hīḷento ‘‘muṇḍako’’ti āha. Evarūpā hi nesaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ diṭṭhi. Tato vāti yattha ṭhito addasa, tamhā padesā muṇḍāpīti kenaci kāraṇena muṇḍitasīsāpi honti.
458 「我非婆罗门」这一句中,na字表示否定,no字表示决定,如同「na no samaṃ」等句中的用法那样。以此显示:「我绝对不是一个婆罗门。」「我非王族子」:我并非刹帝利。「我非吠舍」:我也不是吠舍种。「我非任何人」:我也不成为任何首陀罗或旃陀罗等。这样就断然拒绝了一切种姓之说。为什么这样说呢?正如诸河汇入大海,出家了的善男子们舍弃了先前的名与姓。而《帕哈拉达经》在这里可以作为证明。世尊这样拒绝了种姓之说后,为了开示如实之自我,便说:「遍知世间人的姓,我无所依,以慧行于世间。」若问:「如何遍知姓呢?」世尊以三种遍知,遍知了五蕴,而在遍知五蕴的同时,姓也就已经被遍知了。再者,由于贪等所依物不复存在,他便成为无所依者;以智了知后,便以与智相应的身业等行于世间,因此他说:「遍知姓……于世间。」所谓「慧」,就是指智慧,他以此而行,所以说「mantaṃ carāmi loke」(我以慧行于世间),随顺音律而把元音缩短了。显示巴利原文
458.Na brāhmaṇo nomhīti ettha nakāro paṭisedhe, nokāro avadhāraṇe ‘‘na no sama’’ntiādīsu (khu. pā. 6.3; su. ni. 226) viya. Tena nevamhi brāhmaṇoti dasseti. Na rājaputtoti khattiyo namhi. Na vessāyanoti vessopi namhi. Udakoci nomhīti aññopi suddo vā caṇḍālo vā koci na homīti evaṃ ekaṃseneva jātivādasamudācāraṃ paṭikkhipati. Kasmā? Mahāsamuddaṃ pattā viya hi nadiyo pabbajjūpagatā kulaputtā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni. Pahārādasuttañcettha (a. ni. 8.19) sādhakaṃ. Evaṃ jātivādaṃ paṭikkhipitvā yathābhūtamattānaṃ āvikaronto āha – ‘‘gottaṃ pariññāya puthujjanānaṃ, akiñcano manta carāmi loke’’ti. Kathaṃ gottaṃ pariññāsīti ce? Bhagavā hi tīhi pariññāhi pañcakkhandhe pariññāsi, tesu ca pariññātesu gottaṃ pariññātameva hoti. Rāgādikiñcanānaṃ pana abhāvena so akiñcano mantā jānitvā ñāṇānuparivattīhi kāyakammādīhi carati. Tenāha – ‘‘gottaṃ…pe… loke’’ti. Mantā vuccati paññā, tāya cesa carati. Tenevāha – ‘‘mantaṃ carāmi loke’’ti chandavasena rassaṃ katvā.
459-60 世尊这样彰显自身之后,为了向那位婆罗门示现责难,表明“你即使见到了如此明显的表相,也不懂得什么该问、什么不该问”,于是说道:“身着僧伽帝……问姓”等偈颂。在此处,依其裁剪、缝合之义,三衣皆可总称为“僧伽帝”;穿着、披覆这些僧伽帝的人,即是“身着僧伽帝者”。“无家”:即没有家屋,意指没有渴爱。至于世尊在祇园中的大香舍、迦雷利圆堂、憍赏弥库邸、栴檀花鬘等种种住所,对这个词来说就不相应了。“剃除须发”:即去除了须发,意思是已经剃掉了须发。“内心极为寂灭”:是内心极度寂静、止息了热恼,或者说心已善加防护。“于此世间,不染着于诸人”:由于断除了对资具的爱着,所以在人群当中不染着、不混杂,全然独处远离。“婆罗门,你问我姓,这是不合适的”:我正是这样一个身着僧伽帝……于此世间不染着于诸人的人,已是超越了凡俗名姓的出家者,而你,婆罗门,却来问我姓,这是不合适的。显示巴利原文
459-60. Evaṃ attānaṃ āvikatvā idāni ‘‘evaṃ oḷārikaṃ liṅgampi disvā pucchitabbāpucchitabbaṃ na jānāsī’’ti brāhmaṇassa upārambhaṃ āropento āha – ‘‘saṅghāṭivāsī…pe… gottapañha’’nti. Ettha ca chinnasaṅghaṭitaṭṭhena tīṇipi cīvarāni ‘‘saṅghāṭī’’ti adhippetāni, tāni nivāseti paridahatīti saṅghāṭivāsī. Agahoti ageho, nittaṇhoti adhippāyo. Nivāsāgāraṃ pana bhagavato jetavane mahāgandhakuṭikarerimaṇḍalamāḷakosambakuṭicandanamālādianekappakāraṃ, taṃ sandhāya na yujjati. Nivuttakesoti apanītakeso, ohāritakesamassūti vuttaṃ hoti. Abhinibbutattoti atīva vūpasantapariḷāhacitto, guttacitto vā. Alippamāno idha māṇavehīti upakaraṇasinehassa pahīnattā manussehi alitto asaṃsaṭṭho ekantavivitto. Akallaṃ maṃ brāhmaṇāti yvāhaṃ evaṃ saṅghāṭivāsī…pe… alippamāno idha māṇavehi, taṃ maṃ tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, pākatikāni nāmagottāni atītaṃ pabbajitaṃ samānaṃ appatirūpaṃ gottapañhaṃ pucchasīti.
如此说完,婆罗门为了挽回责难,说道:“尊驾!婆罗门们在聚会时,确实会这样相互询问:‘尊者是婆罗门吗?’”在此处,“是婆罗门吗”意思是“您是婆罗门吧”。这句话的含义是:尊驾,我并非在问不适当的事。因为在我们的婆罗门规矩中,婆罗门们聚会时,就会这样问道:“尊驾是婆罗门吗?尊驾是婆罗堕阇吗?”如此来询问出身和姓。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vutte upārambhaṃ mocento brāhmaṇo āha – pucchanti ve, bho brāhmaṇā, brāhmaṇebhi saha ‘‘brāhmaṇo no bhava’’nti. Tattha brāhmaṇo noti brāhmaṇo nūti attho. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – nāhaṃ bho akallaṃ pucchāmi. Amhākañhi brāhmaṇasamaye brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇehi saha samāgantvā ‘‘brāhmaṇo nu bhavaṃ, bhāradvājo nu bhava’’nti evaṃ jātimpi gottampi pucchanti evāti.
461-2 如此说完,世尊为了使婆罗门的心变得柔和,显示自己在诸明咒中的造诣,说道:“如果你自称是婆罗门……二十四音节的”。它的意思是:如果你说“我是婆罗门”,却说我是一个非婆罗门,那么,我就向你这位尊驾请问那三句、二十四音节的萨维谛,请告诉我它。在这里,世尊是就圣萨维谛而发问的,即:“我皈依佛,我皈依法,我皈依僧。”它是最极殊胜的吠陀、三藏的起始,由最殊胜的婆罗门、一切诸佛所阐扬,义理具足、文句具足。虽然那个婆罗门可能会说些别的,但世尊必定会指出:“婆罗门,这在圣者之律中不称为萨维谛”,以此显示其不真实,从而使他安住于此。然而,那位婆罗门只是听见了“我请问萨维谛,那三句、二十四音节的”这句以梵音发出、在他自己教义中成立的萨维谛相状文句,便确定道:“这位沙门一定是通达了婆罗门的教规,而我却因为无知,轻视了他,认为他‘不是婆罗门’。他一定是一位品行端正、通晓明咒的婆罗门。”他得出这个结论后,心想:“那么,我来向他请问祭祀的仪轨和应供者的仪轨吧。”于是,为了询问此义,他说了“依何而行……在世”这三句不规则的偈颂。显示巴利原文
461-2. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā brāhmaṇassa cittamudubhāvakaraṇatthaṃ mantesu attano pakataññutaṃ pakāsento āha – ‘‘brāhmaṇo hi ce tvaṃ brūsi…pe… catuvīsatakkhara’’nti. Tassattho – sace tvaṃ ‘‘brāhmaṇo ahaṃ’’ti brūsi, mañca abrāhmaṇaṃ brūsi, tasmā bhavantaṃ sāvittiṃ pucchāmi tipadaṃ catuvīsatakkharaṃ, taṃ me brūhīti. Ettha ca bhagavā paramatthavedānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ piṭakānaṃ ādibhūtaṃ paramatthabrāhmaṇehi sabbabuddhehi pakāsitaṃ atthasampannaṃ byañjanasampannañca ‘‘buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī’’ti imaṃ ariyasāvittiṃ sandhāya pucchati. Yadipi hi brāhmaṇo aññaṃ vadeyya, addhā naṃ bhagavā ‘‘nāyaṃ, brāhmaṇa, ariyassa vinaye sāvittīti vuccatī’’ti tassa asārakattaṃ dassetvā idheva patiṭṭhāpeyya. Brāhmaṇo pana ‘‘sāvittiṃ pucchāmi tipadaṃ catuvīsatakkhara’’nti idaṃ attano samayasiddhaṃ sāvittilakkhaṇabyañjanakaṃ brahmassarena nicchāritavacanaṃ sutvāva ‘‘addhāyaṃ samaṇo brāhmaṇasamaye niṭṭhaṃ gato, ahaṃ pana aññāṇena ‘abrāhmaṇo aya’nti paribhaviṃ, sādhurūpo mantapāragū brāhmaṇova eso’’ti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā ‘‘handa naṃ yaññavidhiṃ dakkhiṇeyyavidhiñca pucchāmī’’ti tamatthaṃ pucchanto ‘‘kiṃnissitā…pe… loke’’ti imaṃ visamagāthāpadattayamāha. Tassattho – kiṃnissitā kimadhippāyā kiṃ patthentā isayo ca khattiyā ca brāhmaṇā ca aññe ca manujā devatānaṃ atthāya yaññaṃ akappayiṃsu. Yaññamakappayiṃsūti makāro padasandhikaro. Akappayiṃsūti saṃvidahiṃsu akaṃsu. Puthūti bahū annapānadānādinā bhedena anekappakāre puthū vā isayo manujā khattiyā brāhmaṇā ca kiṃnissitā yaññamakappayiṃsu. Kathaṃ nesaṃ taṃ kammaṃ samijjhatīti iminādhippāyena pucchati.
463 于是,世尊为了解答他这一义理,便说出剩下的两颂:「若于祭祀时,穷极者、吠陀通达者获得供物,我说他的祭祀成就。」此处,「yadantagū」即「yo antagū」,将o音转为a音,再加入连接音da,如同在「asādhāraṇamaññesa」等句中的情形那样。其义为:凡以三种遍知到达轮回之苦的边际者,故为「穷极者」;凡以四种道智之吠陀通达烦恼而到达者,故为「吠陀通达者」。在祭祀时,若那位穷极者、吠陀通达者,于仙人、人众、刹帝利、婆罗门中的任何一类,面对任何饮食,乃至林中叶、根、果等,获得供养——即获得某种应施物,那么,那位施主的此祭祀之业便会成就、圆满,成为大果。我作是说。显示巴利原文
463. Athassa bhagavā tamatthaṃ byākaronto ‘‘yadantagū vedagū yaññakāle. Yassāhutiṃ labhe tassijjheti brūmī’’ti idaṃ sesapadadvayamāha. Tattha yadantagūti yo antagū, okārassa akāro, dakāro ca padasandhikaro ‘‘asādhāraṇamaññesa’’ntiādīsu (khu. pā. 8.9) makāro viya. Ayaṃ pana attho – yo vaṭṭadukkhassa tīhi pariññāhi antagatattā antagū, catūhi ca maggañāṇavedehi kilese vijjhitvā gatattā vedagū, so yassa isimanujakhattiyabrāhmaṇānaṃ aññatarassa yaññakāle yasmiṃ kismiñci āhāre paccupaṭṭhite antamaso vanapaṇṇamūlaphalādimhipi āhutiṃ labhe, tato kiñci deyyadhammaṃ labheyya, tassa taṃ yaññakammaṃ ijjhe samijjheyya, mahapphalaṃ bhaveyyāti brūmīti.
464 那时,婆罗门听闻了世尊的教导——这教导契合究竟义,甚深,音声极其甘甜,毫无过失且韵味具足;又从世尊身体的圆满相好中,思忖他一切功德的圆满,便生起喜悦与欢喜,说出此偈:「确实……」此处,「婆罗门」一语是结集者所说,其余为婆罗门所言。其意为:确实,我的供养已成就了;今日此应施法必将成就、圆满,成为大果,因为我已亲眼见到这样一位通达吠陀的圣者。正因我见到了像您这样殊胜形态的通达吠陀者,故唯有您才是那通达吠陀者,而非他人。从前,由于未曾见到像您这般通达吠陀、达至究竟的圣者们,像我们这类人在祭祀中所准备的富罗腊萨、饭粥与糕饼,便都被其他人吃掉了。显示巴利原文
464. Atha brāhmaṇo taṃ bhagavato paramatthayogagambhīraṃ atimadhuragiranibbikārasarasampannaṃ desanaṃ sutvā sarīrasampattisūcitañcassa sabbaguṇasampattiṃ sambhāvayamāno pītisomanassajāto ‘‘addhā hi tassā’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha iti brāhmaṇoti saṅgītikārānaṃ vacanaṃ, sesaṃ brāhmaṇassa. Tassattho – addhā hi tassa mayhaṃ hutamijjhe, ayaṃ ajja deyyadhammo ijjhissati samijjhissati mahapphalo bhavissati yaṃ tādisaṃ vedagumaddasāma, yasmā tādisaṃ bhavantarūpaṃ vedaguṃ addasāma. Tvaññeva hi so vedagū, na añño. Ito pubbe pana tumhādisānaṃ vedagūnaṃ antagūnañca adassanena amhādisānaṃ yaññe paṭiyattaṃ añño jano bhuñjati pūraḷāsaṃ carukañca pūvañcāti.
465 于是,世尊了知这位婆罗门已对自己生起净信,且准备好接受教言。为使婆罗门能善巧了解,世尊便欲以种种方式开示应供者的道理,于是说出「所以,在此你……」这一偈颂。其意为:因为你对我生起了净信,所以,婆罗门啊,你才前来亲近请问——这是世尊指自己而言。现在,前面出现的「为义者」一词应与后文相连:为义者,即与求义之行为相应者,因烦恼之火完全熄灭,故称「寂静」;因瞋恚之烟完全消散,故称「无烟」;因无任何痛苦,故称「无恼」;因无各种欲望与希求,故称「无求」。这样的人,你必定能在此亲眼见到;或者说,于此教法中,你定能寻得、证得「具足妙慧」的漏尽应供者。或者,也可以这样理解:因为你对我生起了净信,所以,婆罗门啊,作为求义者,你应当来亲近请问那位寂静、无烟、无恼、无求的圣者——这是世尊指自己而言。当你如此请问时,必定能在此寻得具足妙慧的漏尽应供者。此处的文句连接应如此理解。显示巴利原文
465. Tato bhagavā attani pasannaṃ vacanapaṭiggahaṇasajjaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ viditvā yathāssa suṭṭhu pākaṭā honti, evaṃ nānappakārehi dakkhiṇeyye pakāsetukāmo ‘‘tasmātiha tva’’nti gāthamāha. Tassattho – yasmā mayi pasannosi, tasmā pana iha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, upasaṅkamma pucchāti attānaṃ dassento āha. Idāni ito pubbaṃ atthenaatthikapadaṃ parapadena sambandhitabbaṃ – atthena atthiko tassa atthatthikabhāvassa anurūpaṃ kilesaggivūpasamena santaṃ, kodhadhūmavigamena vidhūmaṃ, dukkhābhāvena anīghaṃ, anekavidhaāsābhāvena nirāsaṃ appevidha ekaṃsena idha ṭhitova idha vā sāsane abhivinde lacchasi adhigacchissasi sumedhaṃ varapaññaṃ khīṇāsavadakkhiṇeyyanti. Atha vā yasmā mayi pasannosi, tasmātiha, tvaṃ brāhmaṇa, atthena atthiko samāno upasaṅkamma puccha santaṃ vidhūmaṃ anīghaṃ nirāsanti attānaṃ dassento āha. Evaṃ pucchanto appevidha abhivinde sumedhaṃ khīṇāsavadakkhiṇeyyanti evampettha yojanā veditabbā.
466 于是,婆罗门依教奉行,对世尊说:“我乐于祭祀……请告诉我这个。”在此,“祭祀”、“供养”、“布施”于义理上实为同一事。因此,其意是:我乐于布施,正因为乐于布施,故欲行布施,却不知如何而行;对于如此无知的我,请尊者教诫。教诫时,请以浅显易懂的方式开示我:布施在何种情况下得以成就——此处义理连接应作此解。此处亦有版本作“如其祭祀”。显示巴利原文
466. Atha brāhmaṇo yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamāno bhagavantaṃ āha – ‘‘yaññe ratohaṃ…pe… brūhi meta’’nti. Tattha yañño yāgo dānanti atthato ekaṃ. Tasmā dānarato ahaṃ, tāya eva dānārāmatāya dānaṃ dātukāmo, na pana jānāmi, evaṃ ajānantaṃ anusāsatu maṃ bhavaṃ. Anusāsanto ca uttāneneva nayena yattha hutaṃ ijjhate brūhi metanti evamettha atthayojanā veditabbā. ‘‘Yathāhuta’’ntipi pāṭho.
467 于是,欲回答他的世尊说道:“那么……我将为你开示。”对这一位侧耳倾听的婆罗门,世尊为教诫他,便先说出“莫问出身”这一偈颂。在此,“莫问出身”的意思是:若你期望供养得以成就、布施获得大果报,便莫问其出身。因为出身并非考量应供者的真实依据。你应当询问他的“行”,而且,应详细询问其戒行等功德上的种种差别。因为这才是衡量应供者的真实依据。显示巴利原文
467. Athassa bhagavā vattukāmo āha – ‘‘tena hi…pe… desessāmī’’ti. Ohitasotassa cassa anusāsanatthaṃ tāva ‘‘mā jātiṃ pucchī’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha mā jātiṃ pucchīti yadi hutasamiddhiṃ dānamahapphalataṃ paccāsīsasi, jātiṃ mā puccha. Akāraṇañhi dakkhiṇeyyavicāraṇāya jāti. Caraṇañca pucchāti apica kho sīlādiguṇabhedaṃ caraṇaṃ puccha. Etañhi dakkhiṇeyyavicāraṇāya kāraṇaṃ.
现在,为了详细阐明此义,世尊便举喻说:“确然,火从木生……”等等。此处义趣为:在此世间,火从木生,但并非从婆罗树等好木中生的火便能行火之作用,从狗舌草、木槽等劣木中生的火便不能行其作用。然而,只要火自身具备光焰等功德,便能行火之作用。同样地,一个人并非因生于婆罗门等高贵家庭,就必然成为应供者;也并非因生于旃陀罗等低贱家庭,就不能成为应供者。恰恰相反,无论出身低贱还是高贵,若他是诸漏尽的牟尼,具足慧力,能以惭耻心制止恶行,便是真正的良骏。正是以此慧力与惭耻心为首的功德成就,具足这些功德者,纵使出身高贵,也是因其功德而成为最上等的应供者。因为他以慧力持守功德,以惭耻心制止过失。这也正如世尊曾说过的:“因为以惭耻心自我约束,所以那些寂静的圣者们不做任何恶事。”因此,我这样告诉你:显示巴利原文
Idānissa tamatthaṃ vibhāvento nidassanamāha – ‘‘kaṭṭhā have jāyati jātavedo’’tiādi. Tatrāyamadhippāyo – idha kaṭṭhā aggi jāyati, na ca so sālādikaṭṭhā jāto eva aggikiccaṃ karoti, sāpānadoṇiādikaṭṭhā jāto na karoti, apica kho attano acciādiguṇasampannattā eva karoti. Evaṃ na brāhmaṇakulādīsu jāto eva dakkhiṇeyyo hoti, caṇḍālakulādīsu jāto na hoti, apica kho nīcākulīnopi uccākulīnopi khīṇāsavamuni dhitimā hirīnisedho ājāniyo hoti, imāya dhitihiripamukhāya guṇasampattiyā jātimā uttamadakkhiṇeyyo hoti. So hi dhitiyā guṇe dhārayati, hiriyā dose nisedheti. Vuttañcetaṃ ‘‘hiriyā hi santo na karonti pāpa’’nti. Tena te brūmi –
莫问出身,当问其行;
火确从木中生;
虽出身卑贱,牟尼若具足慧力;
「成为良骏,以惭制止者」意为:他成为一匹良种骏马,即以惭心制止恶行之人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mā jātiṃ pucchī caraṇañca puccha, Kaṭṭhā have jāyati jātavedo; Nīcākulīnopi munī dhitīmā, Ājāniyo hoti hirīnisedho’’ti. –
这是简要的说明,详细内容则应依照《阿摄惒经》(《中部》2.401以下)来理解。显示巴利原文
Esa saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana assalāyanasuttānusārena (ma. ni. 2.401 ādayo) veditabbo.
468 世尊如此以四种姓清净教诫之后,为了说明“何处布施能成就”以及“如何布施能成就”的意义,现在宣说“以真谛调御者……”等偈颂。其中,“以真谛”指以胜义谛。因为证得胜义谛者即是已调御者,故说“以真谛调御者”。“具足调伏”指具足诸根的调伏。“达吠陀边际”指通过吠陀到达了烦恼的边际,或指通达了吠陀的边际,即到达了第四道智。“已修梵行”指由于再无余应修习,因而安住于圆满的道梵行。“适时向他献应施”指了知自己应施之法现前的时机,以及那位应供者现前的时机,把握恰当时机,向如是的应供者献上应施之物,令布施成就。显示巴利原文
468. Evametaṃ bhagavā cātuvaṇṇisuddhiyā anusāsitvā idāni yattha hutaṃ ijjhate, yathā ca hutaṃ ijjhate, tamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘saccena danto’’tiādigāthamāha. Tattha saccenāti paramatthasaccena. Tañhi patto danto hoti. Tenāha – ‘‘saccena danto’’ti. Damasā upetoti indriyadamena samannāgato. Vedantagūti vedehi vā kilesānaṃ antaṃ gato, vedānaṃ vā antaṃ catutthamaggañāṇaṃ gato. Vūsitabrahmacariyoti puna vasitabbābhāvato vutthamaggabrahmacariyo. Kālena tamhi habyaṃ paveccheti attano deyyadhammaṭṭhitakālaṃ tassa sammukhībhāvakālañca upalakkhetvā tena kālena tādise dakkhiṇeyye deyyadhammaṃ paveccheyya, paveseyya paṭipādeyya.
469-71 「于诸欲」指事欲与烦恼欲两者。「善摄诸根者」意为诸根已善加收摄,即诸根不散乱。「犹如月亮脱离罗睺之抓取」,正如月亮从罗睺的抓取中解脱,那些从烦恼的抓取中解脱的具念者,也如此极为闪耀与炽盛。「具念者」指成就了正念的人。「所执取之物」是指被渴爱与邪见所执取的东西。显示巴利原文
469-71.Kāmeti vatthukāme ca kilesakāme ca. Susamāhitindriyāti suṭṭhu samāhitaindriyā, avikkhittaindriyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Candova rāhuggahaṇā pamuttāti yathā cando rāhuggahaṇā, evaṃ kilesaggahaṇā pamuttā ye atīva bhāsanti ceva tapanti ca. Satāti satisampannā. Mamāyitānīti taṇhādiṭṭhimamāyitāni.
472 472.「若人离诸欲」(yo kāme hitvā),从这一句开始,是指自己本身而说的。其中,「离诸欲」指舍弃了烦恼欲。「行于克胜」(abhibhuyyacārī) 指正因为那些烦恼欲已经被舍断,所以对于事欲,他成为了克胜而行的人。「生与死的尽头」(jātimaraṇassa antaṃ) 是指涅槃,他以自己智慧的力量了知了它,也就是「了知」了它。「犹如清凉的湖水」(udakarahado vā),就像在雪山中有无热恼池、耳环池、造车者池、六牙池、鹍鸟池、慢达基尼池、狮子崖池这七个大湖,这些湖的水由于不被火和太阳的热恼所触及而恒常清凉,同样地,这位已经般涅槃的人,由于烦恼的热恼已经彻底息灭,所以就像那些清凉的湖水中任意一个湖水那样清凉。显示巴利原文
472.Yo kāme hitvāti ito pabhuti attānaṃ sandhāya vadati. Tattha kāme hitvāti kilesakāme pahāya. Abhibhuyyacārīti tesaṃ pahīnattā vatthukāme abhibhuyyacārī. Jātimaraṇassa antaṃ nāma nibbānaṃ vuccati, tañca yo vedi attano paññābalena aññāsi. Udakarahado vāti ye ime anotattadaho kaṇṇamuṇḍadaho rathakāradaho chaddantadaho kuṇāladaho mandākinidaho sīhappapātadahoti himavati satta mahārahadā aggisūriyasantāpehi asamphuṭṭhattā niccaṃ sītalā, tesaṃ aññataro udakarahadova sīto parinibbutakilesapariḷāhattā.
473 473.「等同」(samo) 指同类、相等。「与等同者」(samehi) 指与毗婆尸佛等诸佛等同。因为他们于证悟方面完全圆满,所以称为「等同者」。在他们所应证得的功德,或所应断除的过失方面,彼此并没有差异;然而,在长时、寿命、族姓、身量、出离、精进、菩提树、身光这八个方面,他们之间是有差异的。也就是说:在最低限度,他们以四不可数劫及百千劫来圆满波罗蜜;在最高限度,则以十六不可数劫及百千劫来圆满。这是他们的「长时差异」。在最低限度,他们在人寿百岁的时候出现于世间;在最高限度,则在人寿十万岁的时候出现。这是他们的「寿命差异」。他们或者出生于刹帝利家族,或者出生于婆罗门家族。这是他们的「族姓差异」。他们的身量有的高大,达到八十八肘;有的较矮,为十五肘或十八肘。这是他们的「身量差异」。他们出离时,有的乘象、马、车、轿等,有的从空中出离。即:毗婆尸佛与拘留孙佛是乘马车出离的;尸弃佛与拘那含佛是乘象背出离的;毗舍婆佛是乘轿出离的;迦叶佛是从空中出离的;释迦牟尼则是乘马背出离的。这是他们的「出离差异」。他们有的精勤七天,有的精勤半个月、一个月、两个月、三个月、四个月、五个月、六个月,或者一年、二年、三年、四年、五年、六年。这是他们的「精进差异」。他们的菩提树,或者是毕钵罗树,或者是榕树等其他树中的某一种。这是他们的「菩提树差异」。他们具足一寻光、八十肘光或无边的光明。其中,一寻光或八十肘光是所有佛陀都共通的,但无边的光明则有远有近:有的照一伽浮他、二伽浮他、一由旬、多由旬,乃至到达轮围世界的边际。吉祥佛的身光则能照遍一万个轮围世界。尽管如此,实际上一切佛陀的光明都是随心念而转的:无论那位佛陀想要照多远,光就能到达多远。这是他们的「光明的差异」。除了这八种差异之外,在所应证得的功德或所应断除的过失等其他方面,他们之间完全没有任何差别,因此才被称为「等同者」。就这样,他「等同」于这些等同者。显示巴利原文
473.Samoti tulyo. Samehīti vipassiādīhi buddhehi. Te hi paṭivedhasamattā ‘‘samā’’ti vuccanti. Natthi tesaṃ paṭivedhenādhigantabbesu guṇesu, pahātabbesu vā dosesu vemattatā , addhānaāyukulappamāṇābhinikkhamanapadhānabodhirasmīhi pana nesaṃ vemattatā hoti. Tathā hi te heṭṭhimaparicchedena catūhi asaṅkhyeyyehi kappasatasahassena ca pāramiyo pūrenti, uparimaparicchedena soḷasahi asaṅkhyeyyehi kappasatasahassena ca. Ayaṃ nesaṃ addhānavemattatā. Heṭṭhimaparicchedena ca vassasatāyukakāle uppajjanti, uparimaparicchedena vassasatasahassāyukakāle. Ayaṃ nesaṃ āyuvemattatā. Khattiyakule vā brāhmaṇakule vā uppajjanti. Ayaṃ kulavemattatā. Uccā vā honti aṭṭhāsītihatthappamāṇā, nīcā vā pannarasaaṭṭhārasahatthappamāṇā. Ayaṃ pamāṇavemattatā. Hatthiassarathasivikādīhi nikkhamanti vehāsena vā. Tathā hi vipassikakusandhā assarathena nikkhamiṃsu, sikhīkoṇāgamanā hatthikkhandhena, vessabhū sivikāya, kassapo vehāsena, sakyamuni assapiṭṭhiyā. Ayaṃ nekkhammavemattatā. Sattāhaṃ vā padhānamanuyuñjanti, aḍḍhamāsaṃ, māsaṃ, dvemāsaṃ, temāsaṃ, catumāsaṃ, pañcamāsaṃ, chamāsaṃ, ekavassaṃ dviticatupañcachavassāni vā. Ayaṃ padhānavemattatā. Assattho vā bodhirukkho hoti nigrodhādīnaṃ vā aññataro. Ayaṃ bodhivemattatā. Byāmāsītianantapabhāyuttā honti. Tattha byāmappabhā vā asītippabhā vā sabbesaṃ samānā, anantappabhā pana dūrampi gacchati āsannampi, ekagāvutaṃ dvigāvutaṃ yojanaṃ anekayojanaṃ cakkavāḷapariyantampi, maṅgalassa buddhassa sarīrappabhā dasasahassacakkavāḷaṃ agamāsi. Evaṃ santepi manasā cintāyattāva sabbabuddhānaṃ, yo yattakamicchati, tassa tattakaṃ gacchati. Ayaṃ rasmivemattatā. Imā aṭṭha vemattatā ṭhapetvā avasesesu paṭivedhenādhigantabbesu guṇesu, pahātabbesu vā dosesu natthi nesaṃ viseso, tasmā ‘‘samā’’ti vuccanti. Evametehi samo samehi.
「远离非等同者」(visamehi dūre):此处‘非等同’指不相等,即独觉佛等其余一切众生。因与他们非等同者全不相似,故说‘远离’。应知,即便遍满整个赡部洲的独觉佛,以跏趺之势座席相接而坐,其功德总和亦不及一位正自觉者功德的十六分之一,何况声闻等。故说‘远离非等同者’。‘是如来’(tathāgato hoti)一句,当与‘远离’相连,贯通二句而解。‘有无边慧者’(anantapañño)指智慧无有边际之人。若以世间凡夫之慧比于第八位圣者,第八位圣者更为殊胜;以第八位圣者比于入流者……如此次第相较,乃至以阿拉汉之慧比于独觉佛,独觉佛更为殊胜;然以独觉佛之慧比于如来之慧,则不可言‘更胜’,唯说如来之慧‘无有边际’。故说‘有无边慧’。‘无染着’(anūpalitto)指不被渴爱与邪见的垢秽所染着。‘于此世或彼世’(idha vā huraṃ vā)指在显示巴利原文
Visamehidūreti na samā visamā, paccekabuddhādayo avasesasabbasattā. Tehi visamehi asadisatāya dūre. Sakalajambudīpaṃ pūretvā pallaṅkena pallaṅkaṃ saṅghaṭṭetvā nisinnā paccekabuddhāpi hi guṇehi ekassa sammāsambuddhassa kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasiṃ , ko pana vādo sāvakādīsu. Tenāha – ‘‘visamehi dūre’’ti. Tathāgato hotīti ubhayapadehi dūreti yojetabbaṃ. Anantapaññoti aparimitapañño. Lokiyamanussānañhi paññaṃ upanidhāya aṭṭhamakassa paññā adhikā, tassa paññaṃ upanidhāya sotāpannassa. Evaṃ yāva arahato paññaṃ upanidhāya paccekabuddhassa paññā adhikā, paccekabuddhassa paññaṃ pana upanidhāya tathāgatassa paññā adhikāti na vattabbā, anantā icceva pana vattabbā. Tenāha – ‘‘anantapañño’’ti. Anūpalittoti taṇhādiṭṭhilepehi alitto. Idha vā huraṃ vāti idhaloke vā paraloke vā. Yojanā panettha – samo samehi visamehi dūre tathāgato hoti. Kasmā? Yasmā anantapañño anupalitto idha vā huraṃ vā, tena tathāgato arahati pūraḷāsanti.
474 「于彼无幻诈」(yamhina māyā)这一颂以及类似的其余偈颂,应当理解为:是为了破除对具足幻诈等过失的婆罗门所生起的‘他们是应供者’这一谬解而说。其中,‘无我所’(amamo)指于有情诸行中,已断除‘此是我所’这种执取的状态。显示巴利原文
474.Yamhina māyāti ayaṃ pana gāthā aññā ca īdisā māyādidosayuttesu brāhmaṇesu dakkhiṇeyyasaññāpahānatthaṃ vuttāti veditabbā. Tattha amamoti sattasaṅkhāresu ‘‘idaṃ mamā’’ti pahīnamamāyitabhāvo.
475 「住所」(nivesanaṃ)指渴爱与邪见的住所。以彼故,心便住着于三有之中,因此称彼为‘心之住所’。或者,由于若舍离彼则无法离去,心即住着于彼处,由此亦称为‘住所’。‘执取’(pariggahā)即渴爱与邪见本身,或为他们所执取的法。‘任何’(kecī)指即使微少、微不足道的任何一法。‘无取着’(anupādiyāno)指因为那样的住所与执取皆不存在,而对任何法都无有取着。显示巴利原文
475.Nivesananti taṇhādiṭṭhinivesanaṃ. Tena hi mano tīsu bhavesu nivisati, tena taṃ ‘‘nivesanaṃ manaso’’ti vuccati. Tattheva vā nivisati taṃ hitvā gantuṃ asamatthatāya. Tenapi ‘‘nivesana’’nti vuccati. Pariggahāti taṇhādiṭṭhiyo eva, tāhi pariggahitadhammā vā. Kecīti appamattakāpi. Anupādiyānoti tesaṃ nivesanapariggahānaṃ abhāvā kañci dhammaṃ anupādiyamāno.
476 “安住于定”意指由道支所摄之定而安住。“已度越”即已超越。“了知法”即了知一切应知之法。“以最胜之见”即以一切知智。显示巴利原文
476.Samāhito maggasamādhinā. Udatārīti uttiṇṇo. Dhammaṃ caññāsīti sabbañca ñeyyadhammaṃ aññāsi. Paramāya diṭṭhiyāti sabbaññutaññāṇena.
477 “有漏”是指与有的渴爱、禅那的喜好、常见相应的贪染。“言语”是指话语。“粗恶”是指粗野、刺耳的言语。“已灭尽”是指已被烧毁。“已消逝”是指归于无。“不存在”是指由于已被灭尽和消逝,因此不复存在。这两组词应当相互配对来理解:“于一切处”是指在一切蕴、处等之中。显示巴利原文
477.Bhavāsavāti bhavataṇhājhānanikantisassatadiṭṭhisahagatā rāgā. Vacīti vācā. Kharāti kakkhaḷā pharusā. Vidhūpitāti daḍḍhā. Atthagatāti atthaṅgatā. Na santīti vidhūpitattā atthaṅgatattā ca. Ubhayehi pana ubhayaṃ yojetabbaṃ sabbadhīti sabbesu khandhāyatanādīsu.
478 “于慢所系著者”是指被慢所缠缚的人。“遍知苦”是指以三种遍知,彻底遍知了轮回之苦。“连同田与基”是指连同其因与缘,也就是与业和烦恼一同的意思。显示巴利原文
478.Mānasattesūti mānena laggesu. Dukkhaṃ pariññāyāti vaṭṭadukkhaṃ tīhi pariññāhi parijānitvā. Sakhettavatthunti sahetupaccayaṃ, saddhiṃ kammakilesehīti vuttaṃ hoti.
479 “不依止于望”,即不执取渴爱。“见远离者”,指见涅槃者。“为他人所领解者”,谓须由他人告知方可了知者。“已超越邪见”,谓已超越六十二种邪见。“所缘”,即缘,亦即后有之因。显示巴利原文
479.Āsaṃ anissāyāti taṇhaṃ anallīyitvā. Vivekadassīti nibbānadassī. Paravediyanti parehi ñāpetabbaṃ. Diṭṭhimupātivattoti dvāsaṭṭhibhedampi micchādiṭṭhiṃ atikkanto. Ārammaṇāti paccayā, punabbhavakāraṇānīti vuttaṃ hoti.
480 “胜劣等”,指殊胜与低劣、美妙与丑陋。或谓“胜”指外在,“劣”指内在。“已证知”,即以智慧通达。“诸法”,指蕴、处等诸法。“于取尽解脱”,谓于涅槃,以涅槃为所缘而得解脱,义为获得以涅槃为所缘的解脱。显示巴利原文
480.Paroparāti varāvarā sundarāsundarā. Parā vā bāhirā, aparā ajjhattikā. Sameccāti ñāṇena paṭivijjhitvā. Dhammāti khandhāyatanādayo dhammā. Upādānakhaye vimuttoti nibbāne nibbānārammaṇato vimutto, nibbānārammaṇavimuttilābhīti attho.
481 “见结尽边际与生尽边际者”:即见结的灭尽边际与生的灭尽边际者。此处,以结的灭尽边际宣说有余涅槃界,以生的灭尽边际宣说无余涅槃界。因为“灭尽边际”是彻底灭尽、完全断除的同义词。此处,如同在“远离所生的喜乐”等语中一样,省略了鼻音相连。“那位遣除者”,指那位驱除者。“贪路”者,以贪为所缘,或即指贪本身。贪也是通往恶趣的道路,故如“业道”般称为贪路。“清净、无过、无垢、无瑕”:因身行等清净,故为“清净”;因可称为“众生因贪有过、因瞋有过、因痴有过”的过失皆不存在,故为“无过”;因去除了八种人的污秽,故为“无垢”;因无随烦恼,故为“无瑕”。被随烦恼所染污者,则名“有瑕”。或者,由清净故无过,由无过故无垢,由无垢性而无瑕;有垢者则名有瑕。又或者,因无垢而不造作过失,故为无瑕。造作过失会造成伤害,彼行为即称为“瑕”。显示巴利原文
481.Saṃyojanaṃjātikhayantadassīti saṃyojanakkhayantadassī jātikkhayantadassī ca. Saṃyojanakkhayantena cettha saupādisesā nibbānadhātu, jātikkhayantena anupādisesā vuttā. Khayantoti hi accantakhayassa samucchedappahānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Anunāsikalopo cettha ‘‘vivekajaṃ pītisukha’’ntiādīsu viya na kato. Yopānudīti yo apanudi. Rāgapathanti rāgārammaṇaṃ, rāgameva vā. Rāgopi hi duggatīnaṃ pathattā ‘‘rāgapatho’’ti vuccati kammapatho viya. Suddho nidoso vimalo akācoti parisuddhakāyasamācārāditāya suddho. Yehi ‘‘rāgadosā ayaṃ pajā, dosadosā, mohadosā’’ti vuccati. Tesaṃ abhāvā nidoso. Aṭṭhapurisamalavigamā vimalo, upakkilesābhāvato akāco. Upakkiliṭṭho hi upakkilesena ‘‘sakāco’’ti vuccati. Suddho vā yasmā niddoso, niddosatāya vimalo, bāhiramalābhāvena vimalattā akāco. Samalo hi ‘‘sakāco’’ti vuccati. Vimalattā vā āguṃ na karoti, tena akāco. Āgukiriyā hi upaghātakaraṇato ‘‘kāco’’ti vuccati.
482 “不观见我的我”:指与智相应的心在修观时,于自己的诸蕴中并未见到另一个所谓的“我”,唯见诸蕴而已。至于那种“我以自己了知自己”的执见——认为这见才是真实、坚固的——由于这种邪见并不存在,因此不观见“我的我”,唯以智慧观照诸蕴。他依道定而安住;因无身语谄曲等而成为正直;因不为世间法所动摇而成为自制;因无渴爱之动摇、五种心的荒芜及八种不应有的疑惑,而成为无动、无荒芜、无疑的。显示巴利原文
482.Attano attānaṃ nānupassatīti ñāṇasampayuttena cittena vipassanto attano khandhesu aññaṃ attānaṃ nāma na passati, khandhamattameva passati. Yā cāyaṃ ‘‘attanāva attānaṃ sañjānāmī’’ti tassa saccato thetato diṭṭhi uppajjati, tassā abhāvā attano attānaṃ nānupassati, aññadatthu paññāya khandhe passati. Maggasamādhinā samāhito, kāyavaṅkādīnaṃ abhāvā ujjugato, lokadhammehi akampanīyato ṭhitatto, taṇhāsaṅkhātāya ejāya pañcannaṃ cetokhilānañca aṭṭhaṭṭhānāya kaṅkhāya ca abhāvā anejo akhilo akaṅkho.
483 “Mohantarā”:因愚痴、以愚痴为因缘,这是一切烦恼的别名。“sabbesu dhammesu ca ñāṇadassī”:指已实证一切知智的人。因为对一切法的智,世尊是以“我已证得”作证而安住的,所以说“对一切法具有智见”。“sambodhiṃ”指阿拉汉果。“anuttaraṃ”指与独觉佛、声闻不共的无上。“sivaṃ”指安稳、无灾患、庄严。“yakkhassa”指人。“suddhi”指清净。在这里,由于无痴,便无一切过失;由此断尽轮回之因,持此最后身;由一切法智见而具足一切功德;由此证得无上正觉,从此再无任何应当断除或应当证得的。因此说:“到此就是人的清净。”显示巴利原文
483.Mohantarāti mohakāraṇā mohapaccayā, sabbakilesānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sabbesu dhammesu ca ñāṇadassīti sacchikatasabbaññutaññāṇo. Tañhi sabbesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ, tañca bhagavā passi, ‘‘adhigataṃ me’’ti sacchikatvā vihāsi. Tena vuccati ‘‘sabbesu dhammesu ca ñāṇadassī’’ti. Sambodhinti arahattaṃ. Anuttaranti paccekabuddhasāvakehi asādhāraṇaṃ. Sivanti khemaṃ nirupaddavaṃ sassirikaṃ vā. Yakkhassāti purisassa. Suddhīti vodānatā. Ettha hi mohantarābhāvena sabbadosābhāvo, tena saṃsārakāraṇasamucchedo antimasarīradhāritā, ñāṇadassitāya sabbaguṇasambhavo. Tena anuttarā sambodhipatti, ito parañca pahātabbamadhigantabbaṃ vā natthi. Tenāha – ‘‘ettāvatā yakkhassa suddhī’’ti.
484 如是说时,那位婆罗门对世尊生起了更为殊胜的净信,为表露净信而说道:“我所供奉的……”其意思是:我先前为梵天而投入火中供奉的,那供奉究竟是真实还是虚假,我并不知道。然而如今,愿我此供奉成为真实,愿它唯是真实的供奉。他如此祈求而说。因我安住于此便获得了那样的明行足,如同获得了另一存在层面的明行足。梵天作证,您就是现前的梵天。因此他说:“愿世尊接受,愿世尊享用我的满饼。”如此将剩余的祭品献上。显示巴利原文
484. Evaṃ vutte brāhmaṇo bhiyyosomattāya bhagavati pasanno pasannākāraṃ karonto āha ‘‘hutañca mayha’’nti. Tassattho – yamahaṃ ito pubbe brahmānaṃ ārabbha aggimhi ajuhaṃ, taṃ me hutaṃ saccaṃ vā hoti, alikaṃ vāti na jānāmi. Ajja pana idaṃ hutañca mayhaṃ hutamatthu saccaṃ, saccahutameva atthūti yācanto bhaṇati. Yaṃ tādisaṃ vedagunaṃ alatthaṃ, yasmā idheva ṭhito bhavantarūpaṃ vedaguṃ alatthaṃ. Brahmā hi sakkhi, paccakkhameva hi tvaṃ brahmā, yato paṭiggaṇhātu me bhagavā, paṭiggahetvā ca bhuñjatu me bhagavā pūraḷāsanti taṃ habyasesaṃ upanāmento āha.
487 于是,世尊依《耕田婆罗堕阇经》中的方法,宣说了两首偈颂。那时,婆罗门未能准确领会偈颂的含义,心中思惟:“他并非为自己求食,而是另有所指,说‘应以饮食奉侍圆满者、大仙、漏尽者、已止息悔恨者’。”为了了知其义,便说:“善哉,世尊……”此处的“善哉”(sādhū)是表示请求的助词,“那样”(tathā)指如您所说的方式,“我能了知”(vijaññaṃ)即我能明白,“那位”(yaṃ)指您在祭祀时所寻求并应供奉的应供者,这是补充的文意。“达到”(pappuyyā)意为抵达,“您的教诫”(tava sāsanaṃ)指您的教导。总的意思是:善哉,世尊,我当依您的教诫这样了知,请您告诉我那位圆满者;若您自己不受食,那就请指示那位能接受如我之人所供养、我在祭祀时所寻求并应供奉的应供者。显示巴利原文
487. Atha bhagavā kasibhāradvājasutte vuttanayena gāthādvayamabhāsi. Tato brāhmaṇo ‘‘ayaṃ attanā na icchati, kampi caññaṃ sandhāya ‘kevalinaṃ mahesiṃ khīṇāsavaṃ kukkuccavūpasantaṃ annena pānena upaṭṭhahassū’ti bhaṇatī’’ti evaṃ gāthāya atthaṃ asallakkhetvā taṃ ñātukāmo āha ‘‘sādhāhaṃ bhagavā’’ti. Tattha sādhūti āyācanatthe nipāto. Tathāti yena tvamāha, tena pakārena. Vijaññanti jāneyyaṃ. Yanti yaṃ dakkhiṇeyyaṃ yaññakāle pariyesamāno upaṭṭhaheyyanti pāṭhaseso. Pappuyyāti patvā. Tava sāsananti tava ovādaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. Sādhāhaṃ bhagavā tava ovādaṃ āgamma tathā vijaññaṃ ārocehi me taṃ kevalinanti adhippāyo. Yo dakkhiṇaṃ bhuñjeyya mādisassa, yaṃ cāhaṃ yaññakāle pariyesamāno upaṭṭhaheyyaṃ, tathārūpaṃ me dakkhiṇeyyaṃ dassehi, sace tvaṃ na bhuñjasīti.
488-90 此时,世尊以明白晓畅的方式指出那样的应供者,宣说了“sārambhā yassa…”等三首偈颂。其中:“sīmantānaṃ vinetāraṃ”——“sīmā”指界限,即善人的行为范围;此界限的边际、终尽、不再有后续,称为“sīmantā”,也就是烦恼;能引导去除这些烦恼的人,便是此义。另有一说,“sīmantā”指佛所化导者、有学、凡夫,能引导他们的人即是“vinetāra”。“jātimaraṇakovidaṃ”:指对“如是生,如是死”通达善巧者。“moneyyasampannaṃ”:指慧具足,或具足身牟尼等。“bhakuṭiṃ vinayitvānā”:指去除某些智浅之人见到乞者便皱眉的举动,而变得和颜悦色。“pañjalikā”:即合掌。显示巴利原文
488-90. Athassa bhagavā pākaṭena nayena tathārūpaṃ dakkhiṇeyyaṃ dassento ‘‘sārambhā yassā’’ti gāthāttayamāha. Tattha sīmantānaṃ vinetāranti sīmāti mariyādā sādhujanavutti, tassā antā pariyosānā aparabhāgāti katvā sīmantā vuccanti kilesā, tesaṃ vinetāranti attho. Sīmantāti buddhaveneyyā sekkhā ca puthujjanā ca, tesaṃ vinetārantipi eke. Jātimaraṇakovidanti ‘‘evaṃ jāti evaṃ maraṇa’’nti ettha kusalaṃ. Moneyyasampannanti paññāsampannaṃ, kāyamoneyyādisampannaṃ vā. Bhakuṭiṃ vinayitvānāti yaṃ ekacce dubbuddhino yācakaṃ disvā bhakuṭiṃ karonti, taṃ vinayitvā, pasannamukhā hutvāti attho. Pañjalikāti paggahitaañjalino hutvā.
491 这时,婆罗门为了赞叹世尊而宣说了“buddho bhava”等偈颂。此处的“āyāgo”指应当供养者;或者,由各处而来、应在此处被供养之物,所以“āyāgo”也指应供处,即布施物品的安置之处。此偈及此前诸偈中,凡未加解释的内容,因其意义明显,即使不解释也能了知,故不再注释。此后的内容,则依《耕田婆罗堕阇经》所说的方法。显示巴利原文
491. Atha brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ thomayamāno ‘‘buddho bhava’’nti gāthamāha. Tattha āyāgoti āyajitabbo, tato tato āgamma vā yajitabbametthātipi āyāgo, deyyadhammānaṃ adhiṭṭhānabhūtoti vuttaṃ hoti . Sesamettha ito purimagāthāsu ca yaṃ na vaṇṇitaṃ, taṃ sakkā avaṇṇitampi jānitunti uttānatthattāyeva na vaṇṇitaṃ. Ito paraṃ pana kasibhāradvājasutte vuttanayamevāti.
「如是我闻」是《摩伽经》的开头。它的缘起是什么?就在经的序分里说明了。这位「摩伽」青年是布施者、施主。他心里想:‘把布施给穷困等人大果吗?还是不大果?我要去问沙门乔达摩这个义理,据说沙门乔达摩知道过去、未来和现在的事。’于是他前往世尊那里请问,世尊随他的问题而作了解答。结集者把婆罗门、世尊这三方面的话合在一起,因此就称为《摩伽经》。显示巴利原文
5. Māghasuttavaṇṇanā
“如是我闻”是《摩伽经》的开端。它的缘起为何?正是在经的序分中所说。这位摩伽青年是施主、布施者。他心中想道:“布施给穷困者等,得大果报,还是不得大果报?我要去问沙门乔达摩这个义理——据说沙门乔达摩了知过去、未来与现在。”于是他前往世尊那里请问,世尊随其问题而作解答。结集者将婆罗门与世尊这三方面的话合在一处,因此称为《摩伽经》。显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti māghasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Ayameva yāssa nidāne vuttā. Ayañhi māgho māṇavo dāyako ahosi dānapati. Tassetadahosi – ‘‘sampattakapaṇaddhikādīnaṃ dānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti, udāhu noti samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ etamatthaṃ pucchissāmi, samaṇo kira gotamo atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ jānātī’’ti. So bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchi. Bhagavā cassa pucchānurūpaṃ byākāsi. Tayidaṃ saṅgītikārānaṃ brāhmaṇassa bhagavatoti tiṇṇampi vacanaṃ samodhānetvā ‘‘māghasutta’’nti vuccati.
“在王舍城”:指那座名为王舍城的城市。此城曾被曼陀多王与大典尊等所据有,故称“王舍城”。对此也有其他的说法,但那些无关紧要,那只是该城的名称。这座城市在佛陀时代与转轮王时代是城市,其余时侯则空置,由夜叉占据,成为他们的游乐林。如此说明世尊所至的聚落后,接着指出住处:“在灵鹫山”。应知,因有鹫鸟群栖于山峰,或山峰形状如鹫鸟,故称“灵鹫山”。显示巴利原文
Tattha rājagaheti evaṃnāmake nagare. Tañhi mandhātumahāgovindādīhi pariggahitattā ‘‘rājagaha’’nti vuccati. Aññepettha pakāre vaṇṇayanti. Kiṃ tehi, nāmametaṃ tassa nagarassa? Taṃ panetaṃ buddhakāle ca cakkavattikāle ca nagaraṃ hoti, sesakāle suññaṃ hoti yakkhapariggahitaṃ, tesaṃ vasantavanaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati. Evaṃ gocaragāmaṃ dassetvā nivāsaṭṭhānamāha – ‘‘gijjhakūṭe pabbate’’ti. So ca gijjhā tassa kūṭesu vasiṃsu, gijjhasadisāni vāssa kūṭāni, tasmā ‘‘gijjhakūṭo’’ti vuccatīti veditabbo.
在“那时……说了”这一段中,“摩伽”是那位婆罗门的名字。“青年”是指他尚未脱离学生生活,但实际年龄已很老。也有人说,是出于“往昔习惯”的缘故,如同宾吉耶青年那样:他即使二百多岁了,也因长久养成的习惯,一直以“宾吉耶青年”为人所知。其余内容如前所说。显示巴利原文
Atha kho…pe… avocāti ettha māghoti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ. Māṇavoti antevāsivāsaṃ anatītabhāvena vuccati, jātiyā pana mahallako. ‘‘Pubbāciṇṇavasenā’’ti eke piṅgiyo māṇavo viya. So hi vīsavassasatikopi pubbāciṇṇavasena ‘‘piṅgiyo māṇavo’’ tveva saṅkhaṃ agamāsi. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
在“乔达摩尊者!……我积累”这一段中,「施与者、施主」是指既是施与者又是施主。如果有人受他人差遣,将别人的财物施与出去,他也可称为施与者,但因在布施中并无自主权,故非施主。而此人是以自己的财物布施,所以他说:“乔达摩尊者!我是施与者,是施主。”此处的含义正是如此。不过在其他地方,也可依“间或被悭吝所征服者为施与者,未被征服者为施主”等理趣加以解说。「知言者」:指了知乞求者言语的人——他们一开口,我就能以“此人应得此,彼人应得彼”来分辨,或以能感知大恩惠的心去了解。「堪被乞求者」:指适合被人乞求的人。若有人一见乞求者便皱起眉头、口出粗恶之语,那便不适合被乞求了。他借此表明自己并非如此。「依法」:指远离不与取、欺骗等不正当方式,以乞食行来求取,也就是靠乞求。因为对婆罗门而言,乞求是求财时的正当之法,而他们这样乞求、由他人怀着摄护心所给予的财物,才称为“依法所得”“依法获得”。他正是这样求取与获得的,所以才会说:“我依法求取财富……以依法所得……我布施”。显示巴利原文
Ahañhi, bho gotama…pe… pasavāmīti ettha dāyako dānapatīti dāyako ceva dānapati ca. Yo hi aññassa santakaṃ tenāṇatto deti, sopi dāyako hoti, tasmiṃ pana dāne issariyābhāvato na dānapati. Ayaṃ pana attano santakaṃyeva deti. Tenāha – ‘‘ahañhi, bho gotama , dāyako dānapatī’’ti. Ayameva hi ettha attho, aññatra pana antarantarā maccherena abhibhuyyamāno dāyako anabhibhūto dānapatītiādināpi nayena vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Vadaññūti yācakānaṃ vacanaṃ jānāmi vuttamatteyeva ‘‘ayamidamarahati ayamida’’nti purisavisesāvadhāraṇena bahūpakārabhāvagahaṇena vā. Yācayogoti yācituṃ yutto. Yo hi yācake disvāva bhakuṭiṃ katvā pharusavacanādīni bhaṇati, so na yācayogo hoti. Ahaṃ pana na tādisoti dīpeti. Dhammenāti adinnādānanikativañcanādīni vajjetvā bhikkhācariyāya, yācanāyāti attho. Yācanā hi brāhmaṇānaṃ bhogapariyesane dhammo, yācamānānañca nesaṃ parehi anuggahakāmehi dinnā bhogā dhammaladdhā nāma dhammādhigatā ca honti, so ca tathā pariyesitvā labhi. Tenāha – ‘‘dhammena bhoge pariyesāmi…pe… dhammādhigatehī’’ti. Bhiyyopi dadāmīti tato uttaripi dadāmi, pamāṇaṃ natthi, ettha laddhabhogappamāṇena dadāmīti dasseti.
“确实”(tagghā)是一个表示决定的词。因为一切佛、独觉佛与声闻弟子都确实地赞叹布施,乃至布施给畜生也受到赞叹。正如经中所说:“于一切处布施皆被赞叹,布施从未在任何地方受到呵责。”因此,世尊也以完全决定的口吻称赞他,说道:“青年!你确实……积累。”其余文句的意思很明白。就这样,当世尊说完“他积累很多福德”之后,那位婆罗门还想进一步听闻因应供者而来的供养清净,便继续问世尊。所以结集者说:“那时,摩伽青年以偈颂请问世尊:”其义理如前所述。显示巴利原文
Tagghāti ekaṃsavacane nipāto. Ekaṃseneva hi sabbabuddhapaccekabuddhasāvakehi pasatthaṃ dānaṃ antamaso tiracchānagatānampi dīyamānaṃ. Vuttañcetaṃ ‘‘sabbattha vaṇṇitaṃ dānaṃ, na dānaṃ garahitaṃ kvacī’’ti. Tasmā bhagavāpi ekaṃseneva taṃ pasaṃsanto āha – ‘‘taggha tvaṃ māṇava…pe… pasavasī’’ti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva. Evaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘bahuṃ so puññaṃ pasavatī’’ti vuttepi dakkhiṇeyyato dakkhiṇāvisuddhiṃ sotukāmo brāhmaṇo uttari bhagavantaṃ pucchi. Tenāhu saṅgītikārā – ‘‘atha kho māgho māṇavo bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsī’’ti. Taṃ atthato vuttanayameva.
492 在“我问……”等偈颂中,「知言者」指了知语言的人,也就是说:他以一切方式了知众生所说之话的意趣。「净化」是指依靠应供者而变得清净,成为大果报。此处的文义衔接是这样的:一位堪被乞求的施主,作为在家者,为了求取福德而对其他有情布施食物、饮料,以此进行祭祀,而不是仅仅将一撮供品投入火中;而且他只是以期待福德的心,并非期待现世的回报、善名或声誉等。对于这样一位祭祀者的供养,怎样才能清净呢?显示巴利原文
492.Pucchāmahantiādigāthāsu pana vadaññunti vacanaviduṃ, sabbākārena sattānaṃ vuttavacanādhippāyaññunti vuttaṃ hoti. Sujjheti dakkhiṇeyyavasena suddhaṃ mahapphalaṃ bhaveyya. Yojanā panettha – yo yācayogo dānapati gahaṭṭho puññatthiko hutvā paresaṃ annapānaṃ dadaṃ yajati, na aggimhi āhutimattaṃ pakkhipanto, tañca kho puññapekkhova na paccupakārakalyāṇakittisaddādiapekkho, tassa evarūpassa yajamānassa hutaṃ kathaṃ sujjheyyāti?
493 “以应供者令欢喜成就”这句的意思是:如同那样的堪受乞求者,应以应供者令其欢喜、成就、净化;唯有如此,方能使彼供养得大果报,而非以其他方式。由此便回答了他所问的“行供养者之供养如何得清净”。显示巴利原文
493.Ārādhaye dakkhiṇeyyebhi tādīti tādiso yācayogo dakkhiṇeyyehi ārādhaye sampādaye sodhaye, mahapphalaṃ taṃ hutaṃ kareyya, na aññathāti attho. Imināssa ‘‘kathaṃ hutaṃ yajamānassa sujjhe’’ iccetaṃ byākataṃ hoti.
494 于“世尊,请为我说明应供者”此句中,其关联应如此理解:我是堪受乞求者,于布施他人而行供养,请世尊为我说明应供者。显示巴利原文
494.Akkhāhi me bhagavā dakkhiṇeyyeti ettha yo yācayogo dadaṃ paresaṃ yajati, tassa me bhagavā dakkhiṇeyye akkhāhīti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā.
495 当时,世尊以种种方式开示应供者,诵出“ye ve asattā”等偈颂。其中,“asattā”意为无着,即不为贪等结缚所系着;“kevalino”意为所作已办者;“yatattā”意为已善护心者。显示巴利原文
495. Athassa bhagavā nānappakārehi nayehi dakkhiṇeyye pakāsento ‘‘ye ve asattā’’tiādikā gāthāyo abhāsi. Tattha asattāti rāgādisaṅgavasena alaggā. Kevalinoti pariniṭṭhitakiccā. Yatattāti guttacittā.
496-7 「以无上调御而调伏」:指他们为无上的调伏所调伏。「以慧解脱与心解脱而解脱」:指通过慧解脱与心解脱而得解脱。「无恼者」:因未来已无轮回之苦。「无求者」:因现在已无烦恼。应知此偈的第二偈,是以开显修习威力的方式而说。此处引《增支部》经文为证:“诸比丘,一位精勤修习的比丘在安住时,即使并未生起这样的期望:‘啊,但愿我的心能不执著而从诸漏中解脱!’他的心实际上也会不执著地从诸漏中解脱。”显示巴利原文
496-7.Dantā anuttarena damathena, vimuttā paññācetovimuttīhi, anīghā āyatiṃ vaṭṭadukkhābhāvena, nirāsā sampati kilesābhāvena. Imissā pana gāthāya dutiyagāthā bhāvanānubhāvappakāsananayena vuttāti veditabbā. ‘‘Bhāvanānuyogamanuyuttassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi na evaṃ icchā uppajjeyya ‘aho vata me anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucceyyā’ti (a. ni. 7.71), atha khvāssa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccatī’’ti idaṃ cettha suttaṃ sādhakaṃ.
498-502 「于贪……乃至……于他们无有幻诈」等句中,「不陷溺于渴爱」:指不倾心于欲爱等渴爱。「应度越」:意为已经度越。「渴爱」:指色爱等六种渴爱。「于有非有」:指为常见或为断见;又或解为“有的无有”,即不再有后有。「于此界或彼界」:是对「于任何世间」一句所作的详细解释。显示巴利原文
498-502.Rāgañca…pe… yesu na māyā…pe… na taṇhāsu upātipannāti kāmataṇhādīsu nādhimuttā. Vitareyyāti vitaritvā. Taṇhāti rūpataṇhādichabbidhā . Bhavābhavāyāti sassatāya vā ucchedāya vā. Atha vā bhavassa abhavāya bhavābhavāya, punabbhavābhinibbattiyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Idha vā huraṃ vāti idaṃ pana ‘‘kuhiñci loke’’ti imassa vitthāravacanaṃ.
504 「离贪者……乃至……息灭者」:指已作寂灭之人,即令烦恼寂灭者。因其已寂灭,故为离贪、无瞋。「于此舍弃已」:意为在此世间舍弃现存的诸蕴后,从此便无有去处——这是此处的含义。此后,也有人诵出这样的偈颂:“那些舍离欲乐、无著而行的人,善于自制,如梭子般正直。”显示巴利原文
504.Yevītarāgā…pe… samitāvinoti samitavanto, kilesavūpasamakārinoti attho. Samitāvitattā ca vītarāgā akopā. Idha vippahāyāti idhaloke vattamāne khandhe vihāya, tato paraṃ yesaṃ gamanaṃ natthīti vuttaṃ hoti. Ito paraṃ ‘‘ye kāme hitvā agahā caranti, susaññatattā tasaraṃva ujju’’nti imampi gāthaṃ keci paṭhanti.
506-8 「已舍弃」即舍弃之意。也可读作“Jahitvānā”,意义相同。「自依」是指那些以自身的功德为岛屿而游行世间的漏尽者,被这样称呼。「那些于此」:其中“ha”是不变词,仅为填充音节。其含义是:他们对这当中的蕴、处、界等相续,如实了知这些蕴、处、界等的本质,以无常等方式予以了知。他们了知:“这是最后一生,不再有后有”,即“这是我的最后一生,现在不再有后有”。显示巴利原文
506-8.Jahitvāti hitvā. ‘‘Jahitvānā’’tipi pāṭho, ayamevattho. Attadīpāti attano guṇe eva attano dīpaṃ katvā vicarantā khīṇāsavā vuccanti. Ye hetthāti hakāro nipāto padapūraṇamatte. Ayaṃ panattho – ye ettha khandhāyatanādisantāne yathā idaṃ khandhāyatanādi tathā jānanti, yaṃsabhāvaṃ taṃsabhāvaṃyeva sañjānanti aniccādivasena jānantā. Ayamantimā natthi punabbhavoti ayaṃ no antimā jāti, idāni natthi punabbhavoti evañca ye jānantīti.
509 「极智者」:世尊在此是就自身而说此偈。其中,「具念」指具足六种住处之念。「达正觉」指证得一切智。「众多之皈依处」指因怖畏与伤害,成为众多天与人的皈依处。显示巴利原文
509. Yo vedagūti idāni attānaṃ sandhāya bhagavā imaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha satimāti chasatatavihārasatiyā samannāgato. Sambodhipattoti sabbaññutaṃ patto. Saraṇaṃ bahūnanti bahūnaṃ devamanussānaṃ bhayavihiṃsanena saraṇabhūto.
510 听到应供者的功德后,婆罗门满怀欢喜,说道:“确实不虚……”。其中,「你确实在此如实地了知」的意思是:你确实在这世间,对这一切所知,如其真实地了知,了知它原本是怎样的,就了知为怎样。「因为如实,你已通达此法」的意思是:诚然,你已善巧通达此法界;由于善巧通达此法界,凡是你想要了知的,你都能了知——这是其要旨。显示巴利原文
510. Evaṃ dakkhiṇeyye sutvā attamano brāhmaṇo āha – ‘‘addhā amoghā’’ti. Tattha tvañhettha jānāsi yathā tathā idanti tvañhi ettha loke idaṃ sabbampi ñeyyaṃ yathā tathā jānāsi yāthāvato jānāsi, yādisaṃ taṃ tādisameva jānāsīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tathā hi te vidito esa dhammoti tathā hi te esā dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā, yassā suppaṭividdhatā yaṃ yaṃ icchasi, taṃ taṃ jānāsīti adhippāyo.
511 婆罗门这样称赞世尊之后,从应供者的成就中明白了祭祀的成就,进而还想了解由施主成就而六支圆满的祭祀成就,于是继续问道:“那位具足祈求者……”此处的连接意为:“世尊,请告诉我——那位具足祈求、施与他人而举行祭祀者的祭祀成就。”显示巴利原文
511. Evaṃ so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ pasaṃsitvā dakkhiṇeyyasampadāya yaññasampadaṃ ñatvā dāyakasampadāyapi taṃ chaḷaṅgaparipūraṃ yaññasampadaṃ sotukāmo ‘‘yo yācayogo’’ti uttaripañhaṃ pucchi. Tatrāyaṃ yojanā – yo yācayogo dadaṃ paresaṃ yajati, tassa akkhāhi me bhagavā yaññasampadanti.
512 于是,世尊以两首偈颂为他开示。这里的义理连接如下:摩伽,你应当祭祀;作为祭祀者,你应在一切时处令心清净,于三时中令心净信。这样,你的这……——布施前心欢喜,布施时令心净信,布施后自意满足,这就是供养的成就。显示巴利原文
512. Athassa bhagavā dvīhi gāthāhi akkhāsi. Tatthāyaṃ atthayojanā – yajassu māgha, yajamāno ca sabbattha vippasādehi cittaṃ, tīsupi kālesu cittaṃ pasādehi. Evaṃ te yāyaṃ –
布施之前,心得欢喜;布施之时,令心净信;布施之后,自意满足——这就是供养的圆满。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pubbeva dānā sumano, dadaṃ cittaṃ pasādaye; Datvā attamano hoti, esā yaññassa sampadā’’ti. (a. ni. 6.37; pe. va. 305) –
以上说明了「祭祀成就」,具足此成就的祭祀便得圆满。于此,有人或许会问:「如何让心清净?」以舍断嗔恚。如何舍断嗔恚?以祭祀为所缘。对于祭祀者而言,此祭祀即是所缘——他的心以慈爱为前导,以正见之灯驱散无明黑暗,所施之物名为应施法。他依止此祭祀所缘而安住,从而舍断以应施法为因的贪、以受施者为因的嗔,以及以此二因为缘的无明。如此便舍断了这三种嗔。由此,他对财物离贪,亦应断除对众生的嗔恚。因舍断嗔恚,他便舍断五盖。随后,他以遍满无量众生,或于一众生无余遍满的方式,次第修习无量慈心,达至近行定与安止定的区分。为令修习增广,他日夜无间,于一切威仪中安住不放逸,即以名为「慈禅那」的所缘,遍满一切方向,是名「无量」。显示巴利原文
Yaññasampadā vuttā, tāya sampanno yañño bhavissati. Tattha siyā ‘‘kathaṃ cittaṃ pasādetabba’’nti? Dosappahānena. Kathaṃ dosappahānaṃ hoti? Yaññārammaṇatāya. Ayañhi ārammaṇaṃ yajamānassa yañño ettha patiṭṭhāya jahāti dosaṃ, ayañhi sattesu mettāpubbaṅgamena sammādiṭṭhipadīpavihatamohandhakārena cittena yajamānassa deyyadhammasaṅkhāto yañño ārammaṇaṃ hoti, so ettha yaññe ārammaṇavasena pavattiyā patiṭṭhāya deyyadhammapaccayaṃ lobhaṃ, paṭiggāhakapaccayaṃ kodhaṃ, tadubhayanidānaṃ mohanti evaṃ tividhampi jahāti dosaṃ. So evaṃ bhogesu vītarāgo, sattesu ca pavineyya dosaṃ tappahāneneva pahīnapañcanīvaraṇo anukkamena upacārappanābhedaṃ aparimāṇasattapharaṇena ekasatte vā anavasesapharaṇena appamāṇaṃ mettaṃ cittaṃ bhāvento puna bhāvanāvepullatthaṃ, rattindivaṃ satataṃ sabbairiyāpathesu appamatto hutvā tameva mettajjhānasaṅkhātaṃ sabbā disā pharate appamaññanti.
514 那时,那位婆罗门并不了解此慈心即是「梵天之路」,只是听闻了超越自己境界的慈心修习。由于他自身倾向梵天,认为往生梵天就是清净与解脱,却已对世尊生起了一切智的信解。为了询问梵天之路,他便说出了「谁得清净」的偈颂。其中,对于修习通往梵天福德者,他说「谁得清净、解脱」;对于不修习者,他说「或系缚」。「以何自我」:即由何因缘。「亲见梵天今日为证」:意为「今天我亲见梵天为证」。「真实语」:指以极大的恭敬,向等同梵天的世尊起誓。「如何往生」:同样以极大恭敬再次询问。「光耀者」:是对世尊的称呼。显示巴利原文
514. Atha brāhmaṇo taṃ mettaṃ ‘‘brahmalokamaggo aya’’nti ajānanto kevalaṃ attano visayātītaṃ mettābhāvanaṃ sutvā suṭṭhutaraṃ sañjātasabbaññusambhāvano bhagavati attanā brahmalokādhimuttattā brahmalokūpapattimeva ca suddhiṃ muttiñca maññamāno brahmalokamaggaṃ pucchanto ‘‘ko sujjhatī’’ti gāthamāha. Tatra ca brahmalokagāmiṃ puññaṃ karontaṃ sandhāyāha – ‘‘ko sujjhati muccatī’’ti, akarontaṃ sandhāya ‘‘bajjhatī cā’’ti. Kenattanāti kena kāraṇena. Sakkhi brahmajjadiṭṭhoti brahmā ajja sakkhi diṭṭho. Saccanti bhagavato brahmasamattaṃ ārabbha accādarena sapathaṃ karoti. Kathaṃ upapajjatīti accādareneva punapi pucchati. Jutimāti bhagavantaṃ ālapati.
于此,若有比丘修习慈心生起三禅或四禅,并以此禅那为近行基而修观,证得阿拉汉果,他便成为清净者与解脱者,然而这样的比丘并不往生梵天。若有人生起慈心三禅或四禅后,心想“这些至是寂静的”等,以这种方式耽著于它,他便会被系缚。不退失禅那的人,即以该禅那往生梵天。因此,世尊对于清净解脱者,并不认可其往生梵天,故而全然不提那种人;对于被系缚者,则显示其以此禅那往生梵天。就这样,世尊以适合婆罗门的方式,宣说了“他祭祀”这一偈颂。显示巴利原文
Tattha yasmā yo bhikkhu mettāya tikacatukkajjhānaṃ uppādetvā tameva pādakaṃ katvā vipassanto arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti, so sujjhati muccati ca, tathārūpo ca brahmalokaṃ na gacchati. Yo pana mettāya tikacatukkajjhānaṃ uppādetvā ‘‘santā esā samāpattī’’tiādinā nayena taṃ assādeti, so bajjhati. Aparihīnajjhāno ca teneva jhānena brahmalokaṃ gacchati, tasmā bhagavā yo sujjhati muccati ca, tassa brahmalokagamanaṃ ananujānanto anāmasitvāva taṃ puggalaṃ yo bajjhati. Tassa tena jhānena brahmalokagamanaṃ dassento brāhmaṇassa sappāyena nayena ‘‘yo yajatī’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha.
515 其中,「三种」是指施前、施时、施后三时的净信。这是显示施者方面的三支。「他应通过应供者成就」:那样的、能成就三种成就的人,应通过应供者——诸漏尽者,来成就、圆满这三种祭祀成就。这是显示受施者方面的三支。如此如理祭祀之后,「他具足祈求」:他以慈禅那为近依,如理祭祀了具足六支的祭祀后,具足祈求,以此六支祭祀为亲依止,以慈禅那,我宣说他往生梵天。这样鼓励婆罗门后,结束了说法。其余所有偈颂的意义都显了易懂,此后的内容也都是前面所说的方式。显示巴利原文
515. Tattha tividhanti tikālappasādaṃ sandhāyāha. Tena dāyakato aṅgattayaṃ dasseti. Ārādhaye dakkhiṇeyyebhi tādīti tañca so tādiso tividhasampattisādhako puggalo tividhaṃ yaññasampadaṃ dakkhiṇeyyehi khīṇāsavehi sādheyya sampādeyya. Iminā paṭiggāhakato aṅgattayaṃ dasseti. Evaṃ yajitvā sammā yācayogoti evaṃ mettajjhānapadaṭṭhānabhāvena chaḷaṅgasamannāgataṃ yaññaṃ sammā yajitvā so yācayogo tena chaḷaṅgayaññūpanissayena mettajjhānena upapajjati brahmalokantibrūmīti brāhmaṇaṃ samussāhento desanaṃ samāpesi. Sesaṃ sabbagāthāsu uttānatthameva. Ito parañca pubbe vuttanayamevāti.
6. 萨毗耶经的解释显示巴利原文
6. Sabhiyasuttavaṇṇanā
“如是我闻”等,这就是《萨毗耶经》。它的缘起是什么?就是在其序分中所说的那个。至于释义的次第,也与前经类似,可按前面说过的方法去理解。对于新出现的内容,我们将略过那些意义明显的词句,只对难点加以解释。
“在竹林迦兰陀饲养处”:这里的“竹林”是这个园林的名字。据说,那座园林被竹子围绕,并有十八肘高的围墙,配有门楼和瞭望塔,呈现青绿光泽,令人愉悦,因此称为“竹林”。又因为人们在那里给迦兰陀们设置了食物,所以称为“迦兰陀饲养处”。所谓的“迦兰陀”,指的是黑鼠。据说,从前有一位国王,到那个园子里游乐,因为喝醉了酒,白天在那里睡着了。他的随从们以为“国王睡着了”,纷纷被花果等吸引,四散走开了。这时,由于酒气,从一棵空心树里爬出一条黑蛇,向着国王游来。一位树神看到了,心想“我要救国王的命”,就变成一只黑鼠的模样,来到国王耳边发出声响。国王被惊醒,那条黑蛇也就退了回去。国王看到这一幕,心想:“是这只黑鼠救了我的命。”于是,他为黑鼠们在那里设置了食物,并宣告了无畏令。从此,那个地方就被称为“迦兰陀饲养处”了。显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti sabhiyasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Ayameva yāssa nidāne vuttā. Atthavaṇṇanākkamepi cassa pubbasadisaṃ pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Yaṃ pana apubbaṃ, taṃ uttānatthāni padāni pariharantā vaṇṇayissāma. Veḷuvane kalandakanivāpeti veḷuvananti tassa uyyānassa nāmaṃ. Taṃ kira veḷūhi ca parikkhittaṃ ahosi aṭṭhārasahatthena ca pākārena, gopuradvāraṭṭālakayuttaṃ nīlobhāsaṃ manoramaṃ, tena ‘‘veḷuvana’’nti vuccati. Kalandakānañcettha nivāpaṃ adaṃsu, tena ‘‘kalandakanivāpo’’ti vuccati. Kalandakā nāma kāḷakā vuccanti. Pubbe kira aññataro rājā tattha uyyānakīḷanatthaṃ āgato surāmadena matto divāseyyaṃ supi. Parijanopissa ‘‘sutto rājā’’ti pupphaphalādīhi palobhiyamāno ito cito ca pakkāmi. Atha surāgandhena aññatarasmā susirarukkhā kaṇhasappo nikkhamitvā rañño abhimukho āgacchati. Taṃ disvā rukkhadevatā ‘‘rañño jīvitaṃ dassāmī’’ti kāḷakavesena āgantvā kaṇṇamūle saddamakāsi. Rājā paṭibujjhi, kaṇhasappo nivatto. So taṃ disvā ‘‘imāya mama kāḷakāya jīvitaṃ dinna’’nti kāḷakānaṃ tattha nivāpaṃ paṭṭhapesi, abhayaghosanañca ghosāpesi. Tasmā taṃ tato pabhuti ‘‘kalandakanivāpo’’ti saṅkhaṃ gataṃ.
“萨毗耶游方者”:萨毗耶是他的名字,因其依外道出家,故称“游方者”。
“宿昔同血统的天神”:并非指他的母亲或父亲,而是那位天子怀着如同父母般的饶益之心,因此被称为“宿昔同血统的天神”。
据说,迦叶世尊般涅槃后,黄金所造的舍利塔建立已毕,有三位善男子在世尊的亲传弟子座下出家。他们各取了与自己修行方式相应的业处,来到边地,在森林中修行沙门法,偶尔为礼拜塔庙、听闻正法而前往城中。过了一段时日,他们连离开森林这样短暂的时间也感到不愿,便一直住于彼处,不放逸地修习。但尽管如此长久修行,却未证得任何殊胜的成就。于是他们心想:“当我们托钵乞食时,对生命仍有贪恋;而只要贪恋生命,便不可能证得出世间法;再说,凡夫的死亡也是痛苦的。不如这样:我们绑好梯子,攀上这座山,不再顾惜身命,一心修行沙门法。”他们便照此而行。显示巴利原文
Sabhiyassa paribbājakassāti sabhiyoti tassa nāmaṃ, paribbājakoti bāhira pabbajjaṃ upādāya vuccati. Purāṇasālohitāya devatāyāti na mātā na pitā, apica kho panassa mātā viya pitā viya ca hitajjhāsayattā so devaputto ‘‘purāṇasālohitā devatā’’ti vutto. Parinibbute kira kassape bhagavati patiṭṭhite suvaṇṇacetiye tayo kulaputtā sammukhasāvakānaṃ santike pabbajitvā cariyānurūpāni kammaṭṭhānāni gahetvā paccantajanapadaṃ gantvā araññāyatane samaṇadhammaṃ karonti, antarantarā ca cetiyavandanatthāya dhammassavanatthāya ca nagaraṃ gacchanti. Aparena ca samayena tāvatakampi araññe vippavāsaṃ arocayamānā tattheva appamattā vihariṃsu, evaṃ viharantāpi na ca kiñci visesaṃ adhigamiṃsu. Tato nesaṃ ahosi – ‘‘mayaṃ piṇḍāya gacchantā jīvite sāpekkhā homa, jīvite sāpekkhena ca na sakkā lokuttaradhammo adhigantuṃ, puthujjanakālakiriyāpi dukkhā, handa mayaṃ nisseṇiṃ bandhitvā pabbataṃ abhiruyha kāye ca jīvite ca anapekkhā samaṇadhammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tathā akaṃsu.
他们中的大长老由于具足了资粮,当天便证得了具足六神通的阿拉汉果。他以神通力前往雪山,在阿耨达池洗了脸,又到北郁单越托钵乞食,于彼处用斋已,更至他处将钵盛满,并取了阿耨达池之水与龙蔓树的齿木,然后回到同伴们那里,说道:“诸贤友,请看我之神力。这是从北郁单越乞来的团食,这是从雪山取来的水与齿木。你们把这些受用了,继续修行沙门法吧,我将永远如此照顾你们。”他们听后回答道:“尊者,您已圆成道业,即便只是与您交谈,对我等亦是障碍。从今以后,请勿再至此地。”大长老无法以任何方式令他们接受,便离去了。显示巴利原文
Atha nesaṃ mahāthero upanissayasampannattā tadaheva chaḷabhiññāparivāraṃ arahattaṃ sacchākāsi. So iddhiyā himavantaṃ gantvā anotatte mukhaṃ dhovitvā uttarakurūsu piṇḍāya caritvā katabhattakicco puna aññampi padesaṃ gantvā pattaṃ pūretvā anotattaudakañca nāgalatādantapoṇañca gahetvā tesaṃ santikaṃ āgantvā āha – ‘‘passathāvuso mamānubhāvaṃ, ayaṃ uttarakuruto piṇḍapāto, idaṃ himavantato udakadantapoṇaṃ ābhataṃ, imaṃ bhuñjitvā samaṇadhammaṃ karotha, evāhaṃ tumhe sadā upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti. Te taṃ sutvā āhaṃsu – ‘‘tumhe, bhante, katakiccā, tumhehi saha sallāpamattampi amhākaṃ papañco, mā dāni tumhe puna amhākaṃ santikaṃ āgamitthā’’ti. So kenaci pariyāyena te sampaṭicchāpetuṃ asakkonto pakkāmi.
此后,余下两人中的一位,又过了两三日,证得了五神通的阿那含果。他也如同大长老那样去照顾最后一位同伴,同样遭到拒绝,只好离去。最后那位同伴拒绝之后,独自精进用功,但从登山之日算起的第七天,尚未证得任何殊胜成就便去世了,投生于天界。那位漏尽大长老亦于当日般涅槃,而那位阿那含则投生至净居天。
先前那位投生天界的同伴,成为天子后,在六欲天中上下往返,享受了天界的种种福报。于我们的世尊出世之时,他从天界命终,结生入一位游方女的胎中。据说,这位游方女是刹帝利之女。她的父母为了让女儿“懂得分寸”,将她托付给一位游方者。那位游方者的一名学童与她发生了不正当的关系,她因而怀孕。其他游方者见她有孕,便将她逐出。她只好去往别处,结果在半途的一个集会厅中分娩,于是便给孩子取名“萨毗耶”。萨毗耶长大后,出家为游方者,学习了种种学说,成为一位大辩论师。他论议无敌,遍游赡部洲也未遇对手,便在城门附近建了一座静修林,于彼处教导刹帝利青年等人技艺。显示巴利原文
Tato tesaṃ eko dvīhatīhaccayena pañcābhiñño anāgāmī ahosi. Sopi tatheva akāsi, itarena ca paṭikkhitto tatheva agamāsi. So taṃ paṭikkhipitvā vāyamanto pabbataṃ āruhanadivasato sattame divase kiñci visesaṃ anadhigantvāva kālakato devaloke nibbatti. Khīṇāsavattheropi taṃ divasameva parinibbāyi, anāgāmī suddhāvāsesu uppajji. Devaputto chasu kāmāvacaradevalokesu anulomapaṭilomena dibbasampattiṃ anubhavitvā amhākaṃ bhagavato kāle devalokā cavitvā aññatarissā paribbājikāya kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Sā kira aññatarassa khattiyassa dhītā, taṃ mātāpitaro ‘‘amhākaṃ dhītā samayantaraṃ jānātū’’ti ekassa paribbājakassa niyyātesuṃ. Tasseko antevāsiko paribbājako tāya saddhiṃ vippaṭipajji. Sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. Taṃ gabbhiniṃ disvā paribbājikā nikkaḍḍhiṃsu. Sā aññattha gacchantī antarāmagge sabhāyaṃ vijāyi, tenassa ‘‘sabhiyo’’tveva nāmaṃ akāsi. Sopi sabhiyo vaḍḍhitvā paribbājakapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā nānāsatthāni uggahetvā mahāvādī hutvā vādakkhittatāya sakalajambudīpe vicaranto attano sadisaṃ vādiṃ adisvā nagaradvāre assamaṃ kārāpetvā khattiyakumārādayo sippaṃ sikkhāpento tattha vasati.
那时,世尊已转无上法轮,次第游行至王舍城,住在竹林迦兰陀餧养处。然而萨毗耶并不知道佛陀已经出世。当时,一位净居天梵天神从定境出定,思惟:‘我证得此殊胜境界,是凭谁的威德?’他忆起在迦叶世尊教法中修习沙门法的事,以及那两位同伴。接着他观察:‘他们中一位已般涅槃,另一位现在何处?’当他得知‘那位从天界死后,投生赡部洲,却连佛陀出世都不知道’时,心想:‘好吧,我要引他去亲近佛陀!’于是,他准备了二十个问题,于夜间来到萨毗耶的隐修处,立于空中喊道:‘萨毗耶,萨毗耶!’萨毗耶正在睡眠,听到这声音三次后,走出屋外,看见光明,便合掌而立。于是梵天对他说:‘萨毗耶,我为了利益你,带来了二十个问题,你要记住它们。若有沙门或婆罗门,被问到这些问题时能解答,你便应在他座下修习梵行。’正是由于这位天子,才有‘由宿昔同血统的天神所提示的问题’这句话。‘提示’(uddiṭṭhā)是指仅以概要方式说出,并未详细解释。显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā pavattitavaradhammacakko anupubbena rājagahaṃ āgantvā veḷuvane viharati kalandakanivāpe. Sabhiyo pana buddhuppādaṃ na jānāti. Atha so suddhāvāsabrahmā samāpattito vuṭṭhāya ‘‘imāhaṃ visesaṃ kassānubhāvena patto’’ti āvajjento kassapassa bhagavato sāsane samaṇadhammakiriyaṃ te ca sahāye anussaritvā ‘‘tesu eko parinibbuto, eko idāni katthā’’ti āvajjento ‘‘devalokā cavitvā jambudīpe uppanno buddhuppādampi na jānātī’’ti ñatvā ‘‘handa naṃ buddhupasevanāya niyojemī’’ti vīsati pañhe abhisaṅkharitvā rattibhāge tassa assamamāgamma ākāse ṭhatvā ‘‘sabhiya, sabhiyā’’ti pakkosi. So niddāyamāno tikkhattuṃ taṃ saddaṃ sutvā nikkhamma obhāsaṃ disvā pañjaliko aṭṭhāsi. Tato taṃ brahmā āha – ‘‘ahaṃ sabhiya tavatthāya vīsati pañhe āhariṃ, te tvaṃ uggaṇha. Yo ca te samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ime pañhe puṭṭho byākaroti, tassa santike brahmacariyaṃ careyyāsī’’ti. Imaṃ devaputtaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘purāṇasālohitāya devatāya pañhā uddiṭṭhā hontī’’ti. Uddiṭṭhāti uddesamatteneva vuttā, na vibhaṅgena.
如此说后,萨毗耶仅听一遍便依顺序记住了。那时,梵天虽然知道佛陀已经出世,却未告诉他。他心想:‘这位游方者于寻求真理时,自己便会认得导师。而且(我要让他认识到)外道那些沙门、婆罗门的空洞无实。’基于此意图,他如此说道:‘若有沙门或婆罗门……你便应在他座下修习梵行。’然而,在《长老偈》四偈集中解说萨毗耶长老本传时,却是这样说的:‘他的母亲思惟自己的过失,厌离那事,生起禅那后投生于梵天界。那些问题便是由那位梵天神所提示。’显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vutte ca ne sabhiyo ekavacaneneva padapaṭipāṭiyā uggahesi. Atha so brahmā jānantopi tassa buddhuppādaṃ nācikkhi. ‘‘Atthaṃ gavesamāno paribbājako sayameva satthāraṃ ñassati. Ito bahiddhā ca samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ tucchabhāva’’nti iminā panādhippāyena evamāha – ‘‘yo te sabhiya…pe… careyyāsī’’ti. Theragāthāsu pana catukkanipāte sabhiyattherāpadānaṃ vaṇṇentā bhaṇanti ‘‘sā cassa mātā attano vippaṭipattiṃ cintetvā taṃ jigucchamānā jhānaṃ uppādetvā brahmaloke uppannā, tāya brahmadevatāya te pañhā uddiṭṭhā’’ti.
‘Ye te’等,是接下来所要解释内容的概要复述。‘沙门、婆罗门’:指出家者和世间公认的沙门与婆罗门。‘有徒众的’(saṅghino):即拥有大众。‘有团体的’(gaṇino):指那些自称‘我们是一切知者’的导师。‘众师’(gaṇācariyā):指通过教授、提问等方式,教导出家或在家的徒众的老师。‘知名的’(ñātā):即极为知名、声名远播、广为人知。‘有名声的’(yasassino):指拥有丰厚利养和众多随从。‘创建教派的’(titthakarā):指那些为追随者建立了令人陷入、沉溺的见解据点的人。‘被大众认为善好的’(sādhusammatā bahujanassa):意思是,大众认可他们为‘这些是善人、寂静者、贤善者’。显示巴利原文
Ye teti idāni vattabbānaṃ uddesapaccuddeso. Samaṇabrāhmaṇāti pabbajjūpagamanena lokasammutiyā ca samaṇā ceva brāhmaṇā ca. Saṅghinoti gaṇavanto. Gaṇinoti satthāro, ‘‘sabbaññuno maya’’nti evaṃ paṭiññātāro. Gaṇācariyāti uddesaparipucchādivasena pabbajitagahaṭṭhagaṇassa ācariyā. Ñātāti abhiññātā, vissutā pākaṭāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yasassinoti lābhaparivārasampannā. Titthakarāti tesaṃ diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjantehi otaritabbānaṃ ogāhitabbānaṃ diṭṭhititthānaṃ kattāro. Sādhusammatā bahujanassāti ‘‘sādhavo ete santo sappurisā’’ti evaṃ bahujanassa sammatā.
“所谓‘他们’”(seyyathidaṃ),意为“哪些是他们?”,是表达此义的不变词。富兰那是名,迦叶是姓。据说他生来是奴隶,出生时正好凑足了一百个奴隶,因此人们给他取名“富兰那”。后来他逃跑,在裸形外道中出家,宣称姓“迦叶”,并自称一切知者。末伽梨是名,因生于牛栏,故亦称拘舍梨。据说他也生来是奴隶,逃跑后出家,并自称为一切知者。阿耆多是名,因少欲而以发为衣,故亦称翅舍钦婆罗,他也自称为一切知者。波拘陀是名,迦旃延是姓。因少欲且认为水中有命,他拒绝沐浴、洗脸等,也自称为一切知者。散惹耶是名,其父为毗罗胝,因此称为毗罗胝子,他也自称为一切知者。尼乾陀是出家名,随父名称作若提子。显示巴利原文
Seyyathidanti katame teti ce-iccetasmiṃ atthe nipāto. Pūraṇoti nāmaṃ, kassapoti gottaṃ. So kira jātiyā dāso, dāsasataṃ pūrento jāto. Tenassa ‘‘pūraṇo’’ti nāmamakaṃsu. Palāyitvā pana naggesu pabbajitvā ‘‘kassapo aha’’nti gottaṃ uddisi, sabbaññutañca paccaññāsi. Makkhalīti nāmaṃ, gosālāya jātattā gosālotipi vuccati. Sopi kira jātiyā dāso eva, palāyitvā pabbaji, sabbaññutañca paccaññāsi. Ajitoti nāmaṃ, appicchatāya kesakambalaṃ dhāreti, tena kesakambalotipi vuccati, sopi sabbaññutaṃ paccaññāsi . Pakudhoti nāmaṃ, kaccāyanoti gottaṃ. Appicchavasena udake jīvasaññāya ca nhānamukhadhovanādi paṭikkhitto, sopi sabbaññutaṃ paccaññāsi. Sañcayoti nāmaṃ, belaṭṭho panassa pitā, tasmā belaṭṭhaputtoti vuccati, sopi sabbaññutaṃ paccaññāsi. Nigaṇṭhoti pabbajjānāmena, nāṭaputtoti pitunāmena vuccati. Nāṭoti kira nāmassa pitā, tassa puttoti nāṭaputto, sopi sabbaññutaṃ paccaññāsi. Sabbepi pañcasatapañcasatasissaparivārā ahesuṃ. Teti te cha satthāro. Te pañheti te vīsati pañhe. Teti te cha satthāro. Na sampāyantīti na sampādenti. Kopanti cittacetasikānaṃ āvilabhāvaṃ. Dosanti paduṭṭhacittataṃ, tadubhayampetaṃ mandatikkhabhedassa kodhassevādhivacanaṃ. Appaccayanti appatītatā, domanassanti vuttaṃ hoti. Pātukarontīti kāyavacīvikārena pakāsenti, pākaṭaṃ karonti.
“转向低劣”:即转向在家生活。在家生活与出家相比,或因戒等功德更为低下,或因耽着低劣欲乐,故称为“低劣”。“崇高”指出家。“返回”即退转、折返。“会享受欲乐”指将会受用感官欲乐。据说,他正是因为见到那些自称一切知者的出家众如此虚妄,才生起这个念头。他带着这个念头走来,反复思量,于是游方者沙毗耶心中想到:“这位沙门也是……”“那些尊者们也是……”“沙门年少也不应轻视……”等等。其中,“年老”等词的意义如前所述。“长老”指在自己沙门法中已达坚固者。“久知法者”即知法宝者,他们宣称“我们了知涅槃宝”,以此获得世间认可;也指经历众多岁月者。“他们之中长久出家者”即久出家者。“不应轻视”即不应蔑视,不应以低劣心态去了解。“不应轻慢”显示巴利原文
Hīnāyāti gahaṭṭhabhāvāya. Gahaṭṭhabhāvo hi pabbajjaṃ upanidhāya sīlādiguṇahīnato hīnakāmasukhapaṭisevanato vā ‘‘hīno’’ti vuccati. Uccā pabbajjā. Āvattitvāti osakkitvā. Kāme paribhuñjeyyanti kāme paṭiseveyyaṃ. Iti kirassa sabbaññupaṭiññānampi pabbajitānaṃ tucchakattaṃ disvā ahosi. Uppannaparivitakkavaseneva ca āgantvā punappunaṃ vīmaṃsamānassa atha kho sabhiyassa paribbājakassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayampi kho samaṇo’’ti ca ‘‘yepi kho te bhonto’’ti ca ‘‘samaṇo kho daharoti na uññātabbo’’ti cāti evamādi. Tattha jiṇṇātiādīni padāni vuttanayāneva. Therāti attano samaṇadhamme thirabhāvappattā. Rattaññūti ratanaññū, ‘‘nibbānaratanaṃ jānāma maya’’nti evaṃ sakāya paṭiññāya lokenāpi sammatā, bahurattividū vā. Ciraṃ pabbajitānaṃ etesanti cirapabbajitā. Na uññātabboti na avajānitabbo, na nīcaṃ katvā jānitabboti vuttaṃ hoti. Na paribhotabboti na paribhavitabbo, ‘‘kimesa ñassatī’’ti evaṃ na gahetabboti vuttaṃ hoti.
516 “有疑,犹豫”:沙毗耶与世尊彼此欢悦地问候时,这样推想世尊以相好、寂静、清净所彰显的一切知性,于是去除掉举心后说——“有疑,犹豫”。其中,“有疑”是因对问题的解答有疑,如想:“我到底能否得到这些回答?”;“犹豫”是因对这些问题义理有疑,如想:“这个问题及这个问题的意义究竟是什么?”。或者,对这些问题之义,微弱的疑称为“有疑”,强烈的疑令人反复思量却仍困惑、无法决断,便称为“犹豫”。“渴望”即非常热切地希求。“成为这些问题的终结者”即成为这些问题的终结者。为了表达“愿尊者也如此成为”,他说:“我已被问问题……请为我解答”。这里,“我已被问问题”即问题被我提出。“被问”即被询问。“次第”即按问题的顺序。“如法”即根据义理引出教法。显示巴利原文
516.Kaṅkhī vecikicchīti sabhiyo bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodamāno evaṃ bhagavato rūpasampattidamūpasamasūcitaṃ sabbaññutaṃ sambhāvayamāno vigatuddhacco hutvā āha – ‘‘kaṅkhī vecikicchī’’ti. Tattha ‘‘labheyyaṃ nu kho imesaṃ byākaraṇa’’nti evaṃ pañhānaṃ byākaraṇakaṅkhāya kaṅkhī. ‘‘Ko nu kho imassimassa ca pañhassa attho’’ti evaṃ vicikicchāya vecikicchī. Dubbalavicikicchāya vā tesaṃ pañhānaṃ atthe kaṅkhanato kaṅkhī, balavatiyā vicinanto kicchatiyeva, na sakkoti sanniṭṭhātunti vecikicchī. Abhikaṅkhamānoti ativiya patthayamāno. Tesantakaroti tesaṃ pañhānaṃ antakaro. Bhavantova evaṃ bhavāhīti dassento āha ‘‘pañhe me puṭṭho…pe… byākarohi me’’ti. Tattha pañhe meti pañhe mayā. Puṭṭhoti pucchito. Anupubbanti pañhapaṭipāṭiyā anudhammanti atthānurūpaṃ pāḷiṃ āropento. Byākarohi meti mayhaṃ byākarohi.
517 「从远方」(Dūrato):据说他辗转行来,从远在七由旬之外的地方到此。因此世尊说:「你从远方来。」又或者,因为他从迦叶世尊的教法中而来,世尊便对他说:「你从远方来。」显示巴利原文
517.Dūratoti so kira ito cito cāhiṇḍanto sattayojanasatamaggato āgato. Tenāha – bhagavā ‘‘dūrato āgatosī’’ti, kassapassa bhagavato vā sāsanato āgatattā ‘‘dūrato āgatosī’’ti naṃ āha.
518 「问吧」(Puccha manti):世尊以这首偈颂向他开许一切知智的提问。其中,「你心中所欲」(manasicchasi)即是你心中所希望的事。显示巴利原文
518.Puccha manti imāya panassa gāthāya sabbaññupavāraṇaṃ pavāreti. Tattha manasicchasīti manasā icchasi.
「我多么……」(Yaṃ vatāhaṃ):意即「我多么……」。「心悦」(Attamano):是指内心被喜悦、欢悦与满足所触动。「昂然」(Udaggoti):是说身体与内心都振奋昂扬。不过,这个词并非所有版本中都有。现在,为了说明他因何法而心悦,他说道:「欢喜踊跃,喜悦与满足已生起。」显示巴利原文
Yaṃ vatāhanti yaṃ vata ahaṃ. Attamanoti pītipāmojjasomanassehi phuṭacitto. Udaggoti kāyena cittena ca abbhunnato . Idaṃ pana padaṃ na sabbapāṭhesu atthi. Idāni yehi dhammehi attamano, te dassento āha – ‘‘pamudito pītisomanassajāto’’ti.
519 “Kiṃ pattinanti”意为“获得了什么?证得了什么?”;“Soratanti”意为“极为寂静”——另有一种读法是“Surata”,义为“善于远离”;“Dantanti”意为“已调伏”;“Buddhoti”意为“觉悟者”或“应被觉悟者”。就这样,萨毗耶将每一首偈颂拆成四个问题,以五首偈颂总共提出二十问。世尊则对每一问各以一偈作答,以阿罗汉果为最终目标,用二十首偈颂作了回答。显示巴利原文
519.Kiṃ pattinanti kiṃ pattaṃ kimadhigataṃ. Soratanti suvūpasantaṃ. ‘‘Surata’’ntipi pāṭho, suṭṭhu uparatanti attho. Dantanti damitaṃ. Buddhoti vibuddho, buddhaboddhabbo vā. Evaṃ sabhiyo ekekāya gāthāya cattāro cattāro katvā pañcahi gāthāhi vīsati pañhe pucchi. Bhagavā panassa ekamekaṃ pañhaṃ ekamekāya gāthāya katvā arahattanikūṭeneva vīsatiyā gāthāhi byākāsi.
520 关于“比丘”:因为断尽烦恼者才是胜义的比丘,而且他已证得涅槃,所以世尊在解答“人们说比丘获得了什么?”这一问时,说了“通过道……”等。其义为:一个人依自己所修之道而趣入般涅槃,证得烦恼的般涅槃;正因他已趣入般涅槃,故超越疑惑,弃舍了对衰败与成就、损减与断灭、常与无福有福等的种种分别,也弃舍了非有与有。他住于道之住处,已灭尽后有,堪能接受这些称赞之语。这样的比丘,即是真正的比丘。显示巴利原文
520. Tattha yasmā bhinnakileso paramatthabhikkhu, so ca nibbānappatto hoti, tasmā assa ‘‘kiṃ pattinamāhu bhikkhuna’’nti imaṃ pañhaṃ byākaronto ‘‘pajjenā’’tiādimāha. Tassattho – yo attanā bhāvitena maggena parinibbānagato kilesaparinibbānaṃ patto, parinibbānagatattā eva ca vitiṇṇakaṅkho vipattisampattihānibuddhiucchedasassataapuññapuññabhedaṃ vibhavañca bhavañca vippahāya, maggavāsaṃ vusitavā khīṇapunabbhavoti ca etesaṃ thutivacanānaṃ araho, so bhikkhūti.
521 关于“温和者”:因为比丘已远离错误的行持,故能完善地止息,并通过止息种种烦恼而成为温和者。因此,为明此义,世尊以“于一切处保持舍……”等方式开示了第二个问题的解答。其义为:于一切处——即对色等诸所缘,依“眼看见色后,既不喜悦,也不忧恼”所说之法,生起六支舍而安住于舍;他念达到圆满,成为具念者;他不伤害任何众生,在一切世界中的任何世界,不伤害任何移动或不移动等种类的众生。他已渡过瀑流,所以是已渡越者;已平息罪恶,所以是沙门;已舍离污浊的意图,所以是清净无浊的。凡属于他的这一切——贪、嗔、痴、慢、见、烦恼、恶行等结使,无论粗细,尽皆无存。他正是由于安住于舍、念的圆满、不害的特质,以及因远离错误行持而完善止息,并通过止息瀑流等种种烦恼,故成为温和者。显示巴利原文
521. Yasmā pana vippaṭipattito suṭṭhu uparatabhāvena nānappakārakilesavūpasamena ca sorato hoti, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘sabbattha upekkhako’’tiādinā nayena dutiyapañhabyākaraṇamāha. Tassattho – yo sabbattha rūpādīsu ārammaṇesu ‘‘cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti, na dummano’’ti evaṃ pavattāya chaḷaṅgupekkhāya upekkhako, vepullappattāya satiyā satimā, na so hiṃsati neva hiṃsati kañci tasathāvarādibhedaṃ sattaṃ sabbaloke sabbasmimpi loke, tiṇṇoghattā tiṇṇo, samitapāpattā samaṇo, āvilasaṅkappappahānā anāvilo. Yassa cime rāgadosamohamānadiṭṭhikilesaduccaritasaṅkhātā sattussadā keci oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā na santi, so imāya upekkhāvihāritāya sativepullatāya ahiṃsakatāya ca vippaṭipattito suṭṭhu uparatabhāvena iminā oghādinānappakārakilesavūpasamena ca soratoti.
522 再者,因为已经修习诸根的人无所畏惧、不动不摇、已得调伏,为了阐明这个道理,世尊便以“谁的诸根……”这一偈颂,回答第三个问题。其含义是:一个人通过行处修习,将无常等三相安立于眼等六根之上,又通过习气修习,令六根熏染念与正知的芳香,从而使他的诸根得到修习。而且,正如对自身通过行处修习那样,对于外在一切世界也是如此:在任何诸根可能产生或已有缺陷之处,他都以离贪等方式来修习诸根,令缺陷不起。这样,他便洞悉、现证了此世界与他世界——也就是自身相续的蕴世界与他身相续的蕴世界,不渴望不死,而是静待寿终之时,等候、期盼寿命灭尽之刻,于死亡无所畏惧。正如长老所说:显示巴利原文
522. Yasmā ca bhāvitindriyo nibbhayo nibbikāro danto hoti, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘yassindriyānī’’ti gāthāya tatiyapañhaṃ byākāsi. Tassattho – yassa cakkhādīni chaḷindriyāni gocarabhāvanāya aniccāditilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā vāsanābhāvanāya satisampajaññagandhaṃ gāhāpetvā ca bhāvitāni, tāni ca kho yathā ajjhattaṃ gocarabhāvanāya, evaṃ pana bahiddhā ca sabbaloketi yattha yattha indriyānaṃ vekallatā vekallatāya vā sambhavo, tattha tattha nābhijjhādivasena bhāvitānīti evaṃ nibbijjha ñatvā paṭivijjhitvā imaṃ parañca lokaṃ sakasantatikkhandhalokaṃ parasantatikkhandhalokañca adandhamaraṇaṃ maritukāmo kālaṃ kaṅkhati, jīvitakkhayakālaṃ āgameti patimāneti, na bhāyati maraṇassa. Yathāha thero –
“我不期盼死亡,不期盼活命;
我期待着恰当的死亡之时,恰如无酬的佣人期待工作结束一般。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Maraṇe me bhayaṃ natthi, nikanti natthi jīvite’’; (Theragā. 20); ‘‘Nābhikaṅkhāmi maraṇaṃ, nābhikaṅkhāmi jīvitaṃ; Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, nibbisaṃ bhatako yathā’’ti. (theragā. 606);
「已调伏」:如此修习诸根者,他便被称为已调伏者。显示巴利原文
Bhāvito sa dantoti evaṃ bhāvitindriyo so dantoti.
523 然而,佛陀之所以被称为佛陀,是因为他智慧具足,且已从烦恼之眠中觉醒。因此,为了说明此义,世尊便以「诸妄想……」一首偈颂,回答了第四个问题。在此,[「妄想(kappāni)」指贪爱与邪见。由于它们以种种方式进行妄想分别,故被称为「妄想」。[「审察了(viceyya)」:以无常等行相如实思惟之后。[「一切无余(kevalāni)」:指毫无剩余的全体。[「轮回(saṃsāra)」:此即指……显示巴利原文
523. Yasmā pana buddho nāma buddhisampanno kilesaniddā vibuddho ca, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘kappānī’’ti gāthāya catutthapañhaṃ byākāsi. Tattha kappānīti taṇhādiṭṭhiyo. Tā hi tathā tathā vikappanato ‘‘kappānī’’ti vuccanti. Viceyyāti aniccādibhāvena sammasitvā. Kevalānīti sakalāni. Saṃsāranti yo cāyaṃ –
五蕴的次第,以及界与处的次第;
无间地流转着,便称为轮回。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Khandhānañca paṭipāṭi, dhātuāyatanāna ca; Abbocchinnaṃ vattamānā, saṃsāroti pavuccatī’’ti. –
如此,以蕴等次第而被称为轮回,而那轮回已被彻底审察。至此,他宣说了对三转的观——即作为蕴之根本的业与烦恼,以及蕴本身。关于两者:死与结生,也就是众生的死亡与结生;审察这二者,即是了知的意思。以此,他宣说了死生智。「已离尘」、「无可责难」、「清净」:因为远离贪等尘垢,由于无可责难的状态,以及因垢染的离去,故称为已离尘、无可责难、清净。「已达生灭尽」:即到达涅槃。「他们称他为佛陀」:他们称那位因具足此出世间观与死生智所摄的觉智,且因如此离尘等而觉醒烦恼之眠,并依此道达到生灭尽的人为佛陀。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ khandhādipaṭipāṭisaṅkhāto saṃsāro, taṃ saṃsārañca kevalaṃ viceyya. Ettāvatā khandhānaṃ mūlabhūtesu kammakilesesu khandhesu cāti evaṃ tīsupi vaṭṭesu vipassanaṃ āha. Dubhayaṃ cutūpapātanti sattānaṃ cutiṃ upapātanti imañca ubhayaṃ viceyya ñatvāti attho. Etena cutūpapātañāṇaṃ āha. Vigatarajamanaṅgaṇaṃ visuddhanti rāgādirajānaṃ vigamā aṅgaṇānaṃ abhāvā malānañca vigamā vigatarajamanaṅgaṇaṃ visuddhaṃ. Pattaṃ jātikhayanti nibbānaṃ pattaṃ. Tamāhu buddhanti taṃ imāya lokuttaravipassanāya cutūpapātañāṇabhedāya buddhiyā sampannattā imāya ca vigatarajāditāya kilesaniddā vibuddhattā tāya paṭipadāya jātikkhayaṃ pattaṃ buddhamāhu.
或者,「遍审察了诸妄想」意指:依“我在众多成劫坏劫中,曾生于彼处”等方式进行审察,由此宣说了第一明。「死与结生这二者的轮回」意指:依“啊,这些尊者们”等方式,审察众生的死与结生二者,由此宣说了第二明。其余部分宣说了第三明,因为由漏尽智而有离尘等状态,及证得涅槃。他们称如此具足三明所摄觉智者为佛陀。显示巴利原文
Atha vā kappāni viceyya kevalānīti ‘‘anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe amutrāsi’’ntiādinā (itivu. 99; pārā. 12) nayena vicinitvāti attho. Etena paṭhamavijjamāha. Saṃsāraṃ dubhayaṃ cutūpapātanti sattānaṃ cutiṃ upapātanti imañca ubhayaṃ saṃsāraṃ ‘‘ime vata bhonto sattā’’tiādinā nayena vicinitvāti attho. Etena dutiyavijjamāha. Avasesena tatiyavijjamāha. Āsavakkhayañāṇena hi vigatarajāditā ca nibbānappatti ca hotīti. Tamāhu buddhanti evaṃ vijjattayabhedabuddhisampannaṃ taṃ buddhamāhūti.
525 如此解答了第一偈所问之后,对于第二偈所问:因证得梵位、最胜位的究竟义婆罗门已除去一切恶,故为显示此义,以“已除去”等偈先解答了第一个问题。其义为:以第四道除去一切罪恶而安住者,称为“自制”,亦即“安住”。正因除去罪恶,故为无垢;证得无垢状态,即是梵位、最胜位;以最上果定止息散动定心的烦恼垢秽,故称善安住于定;超越轮回之因,故超越轮回;所作已办,故称究尽者;于渴爱与邪见无所依着,故称无依;不为世间法所动,故称“如者”。如此称叹:彼即是梵,即是婆罗门。显示巴利原文
525. Evaṃ paṭhamagāthāya vuttapañhe vissajjetvā dutiyagāthāya vuttapañhesupi yasmā brahmabhāvaṃ seṭṭhabhāvaṃ patto paramatthabrāhmaṇo bāhitasabbapāpo hoti, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘bāhitvā’’ti gāthāya paṭhamaṃ pañhaṃ byākāsi. Tassattho – yo catutthamaggena bāhitvā sabbapāpakāni ṭhitatto, ṭhito icceva vuttaṃ hoti. Bāhitapāpattā eva ca vimalo, vimalabhāvaṃ brahmabhāvaṃ seṭṭhabhāvaṃ patto, paṭippassaddhasamādhivikkhepakarakilesamalena aggaphalasamādhinā sādhusamāhito, saṃsārahetusamatikkamena saṃsāramaticca pariniṭṭhitakiccatāya kevalī, so taṇhādiṭṭhīhi anissitattā asito, lokadhammehi nibbikārattā ‘‘tādī’’ti ca pavuccati. Evaṃ thutiraho sa brahmā so brāhmaṇoti.
526 然而,因止息罪恶而称沙门,洗净罪恶而称沐浴者,不作过恶而称龙象,故为显示此义,以随后三偈解答了三个问难。其中,“已寂止者”:以圣道寂止烦恼而安住者。“如是性故被称为沙门”:具如此性质者,即称沙门。至此,问难已得解答。其余部分,是为令萨毗亚对此沙门生起极大敬重而说的称赞语。的确,那位已寂止者,因舍弃福与非福,使它们不再引生结生,并远离尘垢,故为离尘;以无常等审察此世与他世、死与生,故为超越者、如者。显示巴利原文
526. Yasmā pana samitapāpatāya samaṇo, nhātapāpatāya nhātako, āgūnaṃ akaraṇena ca nāgoti pavuccati, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento tato aparāhi tīhi gāthāhi tayo pañhe byākāsi. Tattha samitāvīti ariyamaggena kilese sametvā ṭhito. Samaṇo pavuccate tathattāti tathārūpo samaṇo pavuccatīti. Ettāvatā pañho byākato hoti, sesaṃ tasmiṃ samaṇe sabhiyassa bahumānajananatthaṃ thutivacanaṃ. Yo hi samitāvī, so puññapāpānaṃ apaṭisandhikaraṇena pahāya puññapāpaṃ rajānaṃ vigamena virajo, aniccādivasena ñatvā imaṃ parañca lokaṃ jātimaraṇaṃ upātivatto tādi ca hoti.
527 然而,在“已弃除……沐浴者”这一句中,应如此理解其义:那位对于所谓内、外的一切处世间,以内、外所缘为缘,已生起或可能生起的一切罪恶,皆以道智去除、洗净了。由于罪恶已如此洗净,他不再随顺爱欲与邪见的分别而流转于天界与人界之中,因此被称为沐浴者。显示巴利原文
527.Ninhāya…pe… nhātakoti ettha pana yo ajjhattabahiddhāsaṅkhāte sabbasmimpi āyatanaloke ajjhattabahiddhārammaṇavasena uppattirahāni sabbapāpakāni maggañāṇena ninhāya dhovitvā tāya ninhātapāpakatāya taṇhādiṭṭhikappehi kappiyesu devamanussesu kappaṃ na eti, taṃ nhātakamāhūti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
528 在第四偈中,也说“于世间不作任何过恶”:那位在世间,即使是极微小的、称为恶的过恶也不作。因具如此的性质,故被称为龙象。至此,问题已得解答。其余部分,如前所述,是称赞之语。的确,那位以道断除过恶、不再作恶者,已舍离、已断除欲轭等一切轭,以及十结所系的一切束缚;于一切处的诸蕴等中,不因任何执取而耽着;以两种解脱而得解脱,并且是如者。显示巴利原文
528. Catutthagāthāyapi āguṃ na karoti kiñci loketi yo loke appamattakampi pāpasaṅkhātaṃ āguṃ na karoti, nāgo pavuccate tathattāti . Ettāvatā pañho byākato hoti, sesaṃ pubbanayeneva thutivacanaṃ. Yo hi maggena pahīnaāguttā āguṃ na karoti, so kāmayogādike sabbayoge dasasaññojanabhedāni ca sabbabandhanāni visajja jahitvā sabbattha khandhādīsu kenaci saṅgena na sajjati, dvīhi ca vimuttīhi vimutto, tādi ca hotīti.
530 如此,在解答了第二偈所问之后,对于第三偈所问:所说的“诸田”即指诸处。正如经中所说:“这是眼,这是眼处……这是田,这是基。”(《法集论》596-598)“胜解了那些”指:已征服、已制伏,或以无常等性质审察、彻底检视后,无余而全然地了知。其中,依执取之因而有诸田:天田、人田与梵天田。天田分为十二处,人田亦然,梵天田则为六处,或以眼处等十二处来划分。对如此一切田已胜解、已审察后,由于对一切田的根本束缚即是无明、有、渴爱等,因此他从一切田的根本束缚中得以解脱。由此,因已胜解或已审察诸田,故称“胜田者”。如是,以“诸田”等偈颂解答了此前的问题。在此,有人依“业为田,识为种子,渴爱为润泽”(《增支部》3.77)之说,认为诸业即是诸田。他们解释说:导向天界的业是天田,导向人界的业是人田,导向梵天界的业是梵天田。其余与前述道理相同。显示巴利原文
530. Evaṃ dutiyagāthāya vuttapañhe vissajjetvā tatiyagāthāya vuttapañhesupi yasmā ‘‘khettānī’’ti āyatanāni vuccanti. Yathāha – ‘‘cakkhupetaṃ cakkhāyatanaṃpetaṃ…pe… khettampetaṃ vatthupeta’’nti (dha. sa. 596-598). Tāni vijeyya vijetvā abhibhavitvā, viceyya vā aniccādibhāvena vicinitvā upaparikkhitvā kevalāni anavasesāni, visesato pana saṅgahetubhūtaṃ dibbaṃ mānusakañca brahmakhettaṃ, yaṃ dibbaṃ dvādasāyatanabhedaṃ tathā mānusakañca, yañca brahmakhettaṃ chaḷāyatane cakkhāyatanādidvādasāyatanabhedaṃ, taṃ sabbampi vijeyya viceyya vā. Yato yadetaṃ sabbesaṃ khettānaṃ mūlabandhanaṃ avijjābhavataṇhādi, tasmā sabbakhettamūlabandhanā pamutto. Evametesaṃ khettānaṃ vijitattā vicinitattā vā khettajino nāma hoti, tasmā ‘‘khettānī’’ti imāya gāthāya paṭhamapañhaṃ byākāsi. Tattha keci ‘‘kammaṃ khettaṃ, viññāṇaṃ bījaṃ, taṇhā sneho’’ti (a. ni. 3.77) vacanato kammāni khettānīti vadanti. Dibbaṃ mānusakañca brahmakhettanti ettha ca devūpagaṃ kammaṃ dibbaṃ, manussūpagaṃ kammaṃ mānusakaṃ, brahmūpagaṃ kammaṃ brahmakhettanti vaṇṇayanti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
531 然而,由于诸业依其自性而类似于库藏,故被称为“诸库”,能将其截断、予以断除者,即是善巧者。为阐明此义,以“诸库”等偈颂解答了第二个问题。偈颂的意思是:以世间与出世间的观智,从所缘与作用两方面,依“无常”等性质,全面审察了称为善与不善业的诸库。特别审察了作为执取之因的天库与人库——即八种欲界善思,以及梵天库——即九种广大善思之后,通过此道的修习,从无明、有、渴爱等所摄的一切库藏的根本束缚中解脱出来。如是,因为截断了这些库藏,故称其为“善巧者”;又因具备如此特质,也是“如者”。或者也可理解为:诸库是众生与诸法的住处,犹如剑鞘与库藏,指三有与十二处。应当依此理解关联。显示巴利原文
531. Yasmā pana sakaṭṭhena kosasadisattā ‘‘kosānī’’ti kammāni vuccanti, tesañca lunanā samucchedanā kusalo hoti, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘kosānī’’ti gāthāya dutiyapañhaṃ byākāsi. Tassattho – lokiyalokuttaravipassanāya visayato kiccato ca aniccādibhāvena kusalākusalakammasaṅkhātāni kosāni viceyya kevalāni, visesato pana saṅgahetubhūtaṃ aṭṭhakāmāvacarakusalacetanābhedaṃ dibbaṃ mānusakañca navamahaggatakusalacetanābhedañca brahmakosaṃ viceyya. Tato imāya maggabhāvanāya avijjābhavataṇhādibhedā sabbakosānaṃ mūlabandhanā pamutto, evametesaṃ kosānaṃ lunanā ‘‘kusalo’’ti pavuccati, tathattā tādī ca hotīti. Atha vā sattānaṃ dhammānañca nivāsaṭṭhena asikosasadisattā ‘‘kosānī’’ti tayo bhavā dvādasāyatanāni ca veditabbāni. Evamettha yojanā kātabbā.
532 再者,他并非仅仅因为能“辨别”就被称为“智者”;实际上,也因为他从此身出发,以审察慧去亲近、安住于那些洁白之事物,才被称为“智者”。为阐明此义,以“诸两者”等偈颂解答了第三个问题。偈颂的意思是:内与外如是两者,依“无常”等性质作了全面审察。“洁白者”指诸处,因其本性清净,且依循惯用语而如此称呼。审察它们之后,通过此行道,垢秽已除,智慧清净;因具备如此特质,故称为智者。因为对那些洁白者,他通过智慧而从此到达;余下的是对他的称赞。他确实超越了称为恶与福的黑白,而且是如者,故受到如是称赞。显示巴利原文
532. Yasmā ca na kevalaṃ paṇḍatīti imināva ‘‘paṇḍito’’ti vuccati, apica kho pana paṇḍarāni ito upagato pavicayapaññāya allīnotipi ‘‘paṇḍito’’ti vuccati, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘dubhayānī’’ti gāthāya tatiyapañhaṃ byākāsi . Tassattho – ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā cāti evaṃ ubhayāni aniccādibhāvena viceyya. Paṇḍarānīti āyatanāni. Tāni hi pakatiparisuddhattā ruḷhiyā ca evaṃ vuccanti, tāni viceyya imāya paṭipattiyā niddhantamalattā suddhipañño paṇḍitoti pavuccati tathattā, yasmā tāni paṇḍarāni paññāya ito hoti, sesamassa thutivacanaṃ. So hi pāpapuññasaṅkhātaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ upātivatto tādī ca hoti, tasmā evaṃ thuto.
533 然而,因为经中说“牟那即智,也就是彼慧、了知……乃至……正见,具备此智之人即是牟尼”,所以为显示此义,以“非真与真”这首偈颂解答了第四个问题。偈颂的意思是——凡此分为不善与善的非真法与真法,于内、于外,即此一切世间中,在以审察智了知非真与真之后;因为已了知此法,便超越了以贪等区分的七种染着、以渴爱与邪见区分的二种网,而后安住。因为他具备了那称为牟那的审察智,所以是“牟尼”。“为天与人所应供养”——这其实是对他的称赞语。因为彼诸漏尽的牟尼,确为天与人应供养的对象,故受到如是称赞。显示巴利原文
533. Yasmā pana ‘‘monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ, yā paññā pajānanā…pe… sammādiṭṭhi, tena ñāṇena samannāgato munī’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘asatañcā’’ti gāthāya catutthapañhaṃ byākāsi. Tassattho – yvāyaṃ akusalakusalappabhedo asatañca satañca dhammo, taṃ ajjhattaṃ bahiddhāti imasmiṃ sabbaloke pavicayañāṇena asatañca satañca ñatvā dhammaṃ tassa ñātattā eva rāgādibhedato sattavidhaṃ saṅgaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhibhedato duvidhaṃ jālañca aticca atikkamitvā ṭhito. So tena monasaṅkhātena pavicayañāṇena samannāgatattā muni. Devamanussehi pūjanīyoti idaṃ panassa thutivacanaṃ. So hi khīṇāsavamunittā devamanussānaṃ pūjāraho hoti, tasmā evaṃ thuto.
535 如此,解答了第三颂提出的问题后,对于第四颂提出的问题:因为,任何人只要以四种道智之明灭尽烦恼而到达,他在究竟义上便可称为“明达者”。而任何人对于一切沙门、婆罗门所谓的诸明,正是依此道的修习,从作用上以无常等角度作了审察,在那里通过舍断欲贪,便超越了一切那种明;并且对于以明为缘或以其他方式而生起的诸受,在一切受中皆离贪。因此,为了显示这一意义,不直接说“已得此”,而以“诸明”这首偈颂解答了第一个问题。又或者,因为:任何人若以审察慧审察了诸明之后,在那里通过舍断欲贪,超越一切明而安住,他也就是已到达、已了知、已超越了那些所谓的诸明。而任何于诸受中离贪的人,他也同样是已到达、已超越了那些被称为受的明。“已达诸明者”也可称为“明达者”,所以为了显示那个意义,不直接说“已得此”,而用此偈颂解答了第一个问题。显示巴利原文
535. Evaṃ tatiyagāthāya vuttapañhe vissajjetvā catutthagāthāya vuttapañhesupi yasmā yo catūhi maggañāṇavedehi kilesakkhayaṃ karonto gato, so paramatthato vedagū nāma hoti. Yo ca sabbasamaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ satthasaññitāni vedāni, tāyeva maggabhāvanāya kiccato aniccādivasena viceyya. Tattha chandarāgappahānena tameva sabbaṃ vedamaticca yā vedapaccayā vā aññathā vā uppajjanti vedanā , tāsu sabbavedanāsu vītarāgo hoti, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘idaṃ pattina’’nti avatvā ‘‘vedānī’’ti gāthāya paṭhamapañhaṃ byākāsi. Yasmā vā yo pavicayapaññāya vedāni viceyya, tattha chandarāgappahānena sabbaṃ vedamaticca vattati, so satthasaññitāni vedāni gato ñāto atikkanto ca hoti. Yo vedanāsu vītarāgo, sopi vedanāsaññitāni vedāni gato atikkanto ca hoti. Vedāni gatotipi vedagū, tasmā tampi atthaṃ dassento ‘‘idaṃ pattina’’nti avatvā imāya gāthāya paṭhamapañhaṃ byākāsi.
536 然而,在第二个问题中,“随觉者”是指已随觉了的人。他在自己内在的相续中,随觉了戏论的名色之后,以无常随观等方法,随察随知了那分为渴爱、慢、邪见的戏论,以及以戏论为缘的名色;不仅在内如此,在外他也随觉了病根,以及他人相续中这名色之病的根源——无明、有、渴爱等;又或者说,正是随觉了那戏论,然后通过那项修习,从一切病的根结缚中,即无明、有、渴爱等的种种分别中,得到了解脱。所以,为了显示这一意义,以“随觉已”这首偈颂解答了第二个问题。显示巴利原文
536. Yasmā pana dutiyapañhe ‘‘anuvidito’’ti anubuddho vuccati, so ca anuvicca papañcanāmarūpaṃ ajjhattaṃ attano santāne taṇhāmānadiṭṭhibhedaṃ papañcaṃ tappaccayā nāmarūpañca aniccānupassanādīhi anuvicca anuviditvā, na kevalañca ajjhattaṃ, bahiddhā ca rogamūlaṃ, parasantāne ca imassa nāmarūparogassa mūlaṃ avijjābhavataṇhādiṃ, tameva vā papañcaṃ anuvicca tāya bhāvanāya sabbesaṃ rogānaṃ mūlabandhanā, sabbasmā vā rogānaṃ mūlabandhanā, avijjābhavataṇhādibhedā, tasmā eva vā papañcā pamutto hoti, tasmā taṃ dassento ‘‘anuviccā’’ti gāthāya dutiyapañhaṃ byākāsi.
537 而在“怎样是精进者”这里,因为,任何人若以圣道远离了一切罪恶,并且由于如此远离,于未来不再结生,超越了地狱之苦,安住于精进、以精进为住处,那么这位漏尽者就值得被称为“精进者”。所以,为了显示这个意义,以“远离已”这首偈颂解答了第三个问题。至于“策励者、坚定者、如如者”等,都是对他的称赞语。因为他以道与禅那的策励而成为策励者,以有能力摧毁烦恼怨敌而成为坚定者,以没有变异而成为如如者,所以受到这样的称赞。其余的部分,应联系起来加以解说。显示巴利原文
537. ‘‘Kathañca vīriyavā’’ti ettha pana yasmā yo ariyamaggena sabbapāpakehi virato, tathā viratattā ca āyatiṃ apaṭisandhitāya nirayadukkhaṃ aticca ṭhito vīriyavāso vīriyaniketo, so khīṇāsavo ‘‘vīriyavā’’ti vattabbataṃ arahati, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘virato’’ti gāthāya tatiyapañhaṃ byākāsi. Padhānavā dhīro tādīti imāni panassa thutivacanāni. So hi padhānavā maggajhānapadhānena, dhīro kilesārividdhaṃsanasamatthatāya, tādī nibbikāratāya, tasmā evaṃ thuto. Sesaṃ yojetvā vattabbaṃ.
538 关于“良马何以称为良马”:在世间,凡是断除了一切歪曲过失、知晓应作与不应作的马或象,便被世人称为“良马”。然而,它的那些过失并非彻底断除。漏尽者则不同,他已断尽这些过失,因此在胜义上才真正堪称为“良马”。为阐明此义,以“凡…”这一偈颂解答了第四个问题。其义为:“于内与外”——如此,那些所谓内外的诸结缚,他已截断,即以智慧之刀切断、摧毁的束缚。“染着之根”——指在种种事中成为染着、亲近、无法超越的根本;或者说,凡是他在内、外作为染着之根的贪等诸结缚,皆已截断。他从一切染着的根本,或从一切染着的根本结缚中解脱出来,便称为“良马”;又因具备如此德性,故亦是“如者”。显示巴利原文
538. ‘‘Ājāniyo kinti nāma hotī’’ti ettha pana yasmā pahīnasabbavaṅkadoso kāraṇākāraṇaññū asso vā hatthī vā ‘‘ājāniyo hotī’’ti loke vuccati, na ca tassa sabbaso te dosā pahīnā eva, khīṇāsavassa pana te pahīnā, tasmā so ‘‘ājāniyo’’ti paramatthato vattabbataṃ arahatīti dassento ‘‘yassā’’ti gāthāya catutthapañhaṃ byākāsi. Tassattho – ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā cāti evaṃ ajjhattabahiddhāsaññojanasaṅkhātāni yassa assu lunāni bandhanāni paññāsatthena chinnāni padālitāni. Saṅgamūlanti yāni tesu tesu vatthūsu saṅgassa sajjanāya anatikkamanāya mūlaṃ honti, atha vā yassa assu lunāni rāgādīni bandhanāni yāni ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā ca saṅgamūlāni honti, so sabbasmā saṅgānaṃ mūlabhūtā sabbasaṅgānaṃ vā mūlabhūtā bandhanā pamutto ‘‘ājāniyo’’ti vuccati, tathattā tādi ca hotīti.
540 如此解答了第四偈所提的问题后,对于第五偈所提的问题:因为那些仅凭喜好音韵、推敲文字便称赞某人“博闻者”,这不过是随俗名称的博闻者罢了。然而,圣者因多闻且远离一切恶法,才是胜义上的博闻者。为阐明此义,不说“已得此”,而是以“闻已”这一偈解答了第一个问题。其义为:于此世间,有人以闻所成慧的作用而“闻已”,或以应作之作用而“闻已”,对所有适合纳入观照的法,以无常等方式彻底了知后,对于世间任何存在的有罪或无罪之法,他以此行道征服了烦恼及其所依处,证得“阿毗浮”之称谓;他“闻已”,即彻底了知一切法后,对于世间任何存在的有罪、无罪法,人们称阿毗浮为“多闻者”、“博闻者”。再者,一个没有犹豫的人,已从烦恼结缚中解脱,于一切法——蕴、处、界等,在一切处都没有贪等炽恼,因此是无恼者;正因如此,人们也称无犹豫者、解脱者、一切处无恼者为“博闻者”,因为他已远离了恶法。显示巴利原文
540. Evaṃ catutthagāthāya vuttapañhe vissajjetvā pañcamagāthāya vuttapañhesupi yasmā yaṃ chandajjhenamattena akkharacintakā sottiyaṃ vaṇṇayanti, vohāramattasottiyo so. Ariyo pana bāhusaccena nissutapāpatāya ca paramatthasottiyo hoti, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘idaṃ pattina’’nti avatvā ‘‘sutvā’’ti gāthāya paṭhamapañhaṃ byākāsi. Tassattho – yo imasmiṃ loke sutamayapaññākiccavasena sutvā kātabbakiccavasena vā sutvā vipassanūpagaṃ sabbadhammaṃ aniccādivasena abhiññāya sāvajjānavajjaṃ yadatthi kiñci, imāya paṭipadāya kilese kilesaṭṭhāniye ca dhamme abhibhavitvā abhibhūti saṅkhaṃ gato, taṃ sutvā sabbadhammaṃ abhiññāya loke sāvajjānavajjaṃ yadatthi kiñci, abhibhuṃ sutavattā sottiyoti āhu. Yasmā ca yo akathaṃkathī kilesabandhanehi vimutto, rāgādīhi īghehi anīgho ca hoti sabbadhi sabbesu dhammesu khandhāyatanādīsu, tasmā taṃ akathaṃkathiṃ vimuttaṃ anīghaṃ sabbadhi nissutapāpakattāpi ‘‘sottiyo’’ti āhūti.
541 然而,因为他是希求利益者所应亲近的,所以称为‘圣者’,即应受尊崇、应被亲近之义。因此,为了显示那些令他成为应亲近者的功德,以‘已断’一偈解答了第二个问题。其义为:以智慧之刀断除了四种漏和两种着的人,是明智者、有识者、通晓者、具足四道智者;他不再以‘后有’之因而入母胎,不会趣入任何一种胎藏。进而,他排遣了称为‘三想’的欲想等三种想,以及称为‘五欲’的淤泥之后,也不再趣入渴爱、邪见思惟中的任何一种。像这样具足断漏等功德的人,他们称为‘圣者’。又或者,因为远离了诸罪恶,所以称为‘圣者’;因为在非正行中不运作,所以称为‘圣者’。为阐明此义,同样以这一偈解答了第二个问题。应知,诸漏等被称为罪恶法,判属非正行,而这些已被他断除、排遣了,他也不会为此而动摇。因此,这些法于他是远离的,他亦不在其中运作。所以,依‘那些罪恶法于他是远离的’之义,及依‘他不在非正行中运作’之义,他们称他为‘圣者’——于此应如是了知关联。至于‘明智者他不入母胎’这句话,在此义释中,实…显示巴利原文
541. Yasmā pana hitakāmena janena araṇīyato ariyo hoti, abhigamanīyatoti attho. Tasmā yehi guṇehi so araṇīyo hoti, te dassentā ‘‘chetvā’’ti gāthāya dutiyapañhaṃ byākāsi. Tassattho – cattāri āsavāni dve ca ālayāni paññāsatthena chetvā vidvā viññū vibhāvī catumaggañāṇī so punabbhavavasena na upetigabbhaseyyaṃ, kañci yoniṃ na upagacchati, kāmādibhedañca saññaṃ tividhaṃ. Kāmaguṇasaṅkhātañca paṅkaṃ panujja panuditvā taṇhādiṭṭhikappānaṃ aññatarampi kappaṃ na eti, evaṃ āsavacchedādiguṇasamannāgataṃ tamāhu ariyoti. Yasmā vā pāpakehi ārakattā ariyo hoti anaye ca anirīyanā, tasmā tampi atthaṃ dassento imāya gāthāya dutiyapañhaṃ byākāsi. Āsavādayo hi pāpakā dhammā anayasammatā, te cānena chinnā panunnā, na ca tehi kampati, iccassa te ārakā honti, na ca tesu irīyati tasmā ārakāssa honti pāpakā dhammāti imināpatthena. Anaye na irīyatīti imināpatthena tamāhu ariyoti ca evampettha yojanā veditabbā. ‘‘Vidvā so na upeti gabbhaseyya’’nti idaṃ pana imasmiṃ atthavikappe thutivacanameva hoti.
542 关于“如何是行道者”这一问题,因为由行道证得所应证得的人才配称为“行道者”,所以为了显示此义,便以“凡在此”一偈解答第三个问题。其中,“凡在此”指在此教法中。“于诸行道”指于戒等法,也就是《雪山夜叉经》等所说的十五种法之中,此处是依处所义而用位格。“证得所应证得者”是指已证得应证得的阿拉汉果。意思是:其相为行道、其因为行道、其缘为行道,由此证得所应证得的阿拉汉果之人。以此行道证得所应证得故,他便是“行道者”。到此,问题已解答完毕,余下的是对他的称赞。的确,由行道而证得所应证得的人,即是善巧者、聪敏者,且于一切时了知涅槃法;因为他的心一向趣向涅槃,于一切处所对蕴等诸法皆不执著;他以两种解脱而成为心解脱者,无有丝毫瞋恚。显示巴利原文
542. ‘‘Kathaṃ caraṇavā’’ti ettha pana yasmā caraṇehi pattabbaṃ patto ‘‘caraṇavā’’ti vattabbataṃ arahati, tasmā taṃ dassento ‘‘yo idhā’’ti gāthāya tatiyapañhaṃ byākāsi. Tattha yo idhāti yo imasmiṃ sāsane. Caraṇesūti sīlādīsu hemavatasutte (su. ni. 153 ādayo) vuttapannarasadhammesu. Nimittatthe bhummavacanaṃ. Pattipattoti pattabbaṃ patto. Yo caraṇanimittaṃ caraṇahetu caraṇapaccayā pattabbaṃ arahattaṃ pattoti vuttaṃ hoti. Caraṇavā soti so imāya caraṇehi pattabbapattiyā caraṇavā hotīti. Ettāvatā pañho byākato hoti, sesamassa thutivacanaṃ. Yo hi caraṇehi pattipatto, so kusalo ca hoti cheko, sabbadā ca ājānāti nibbānadhammaṃ, niccaṃ nibbānaninnacittatāya sabbattha ca khandhādīsu na sajjati. Dvīhi ca vimuttīhi vimuttacitto hoti, paṭighā yassa na santīti.
543 然而,因为以远离业等而遍行,故称为“游方者”。因此,为显示此义,便以“苦报”一偈解答第四个问题。其中,异熟即是“报”,若其报为苦,即名为“苦报”。由于能产生轮回之苦,一切三界之业皆如此说。“上”指过去,“下”指未来,“横向或中间”指现在。以其非上亦非下,居于横向而又在二者之间,故说为“中间”。“远离游方已”是指将其驱逐、排除出去。“遍知行”是指以智慧遍加判断而后行。这是先前的逐词解释。以下是义理上的关联:凡存在于三世、能生苦的业,无论有多少,他都以圣道令其中的渴爱与无明枯竭,使之不再引生结生,以此而“远离游方已”;正因为如此远离游方后,他再以遍知业的方式而行,故成为“遍知行”。不仅于业,对于幻、慢、贪、瞋等法,他也以断遍知而成为“遍知行”;他已将名色推至尽头,意思是,他已令名色至于尽头、被彻底远离。由于对业等的这一远离,他们称之为“游方者”。而“证得所应证得者”这句,实际上是对他的称赞。显示巴利原文
543. Yasmā pana kammādīnaṃ paribbājanena paribbājako nāma hoti, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘dukkhavepakka’’nti gāthāya catutthapañhaṃ byākāsi. Tattha vipāko eva vepakkaṃ, dukkhaṃ vepakkamassāti dukkhavepakkaṃ. Pavattidukkhajananato sabbampi tedhātukakammaṃ vuccati. Uddhanti atītaṃ. Adhoti anāgataṃ. Tiriyaṃ vāpi majjheti paccuppannaṃ. Tañhi na uddhaṃ na adho, tiriyaṃ ubhinnañca antarā, tena ‘‘majjhe’’ti vuttaṃ. Paribbājayitvāti nikkhāmetvā niddhametvā . Pariññacārīti paññāya paricchinditvā caranto. Ayaṃ tāva apubbapadavaṇṇanā. Ayaṃ pana adhippāyayojanā – yo tiyaddhapariyāpannampi dukkhajanakaṃ yadatthi kiñci kammaṃ, taṃ sabbampi ariyamaggena taṇhāvijjāsinehe sosento apaṭisandhijanakabhāvakaraṇena paribbājayitvā tathā paribbājitattā eva ca taṃ kammaṃ pariññāya caraṇato pariññacārī. Na kevalañca kammameva, māyaṃ mānamathopi lobhakodhaṃ imepi dhamme pahānapariññāya pariññacārī, pariyantamakāsi nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpassa ca pariyantamakāsi paribbājesi iccevattho. Imesaṃ kammādīnaṃ paribbājanena taṃ paribbājakamāhu. Pattipattanti idaṃ panassa thutivacanaṃ.
544 萨毗耶因世尊解答问题而欢喜,在“并且那些三种”等赞叹偈中,“着处”即入处、门户,指邪见。它们因与萨迦耶见结合,并摄取了《梵网经》所说六十二种恶见,故成六十三种。而且,这些是外道沙门言论的源头,作为“教说”而被依止,这是从可以指称的角度说的,并非从生起的角度。若从生起而言,即所谓“女人、男人”等世间共许之名,以及愚者因邪思维、传闻等而生起“以如是自我存在”的颠倒想,此二者为所依;那些邪见是依此二者而生,并非依各自亲证。这些,世尊已完全调伏、断除,而抵达暴流之暗——即已抵达、已超越暴流之暗。另有读作“Oghantamagā”,意为已至暴流尽头。故偈颂中说:“并且那些三种……乃至……他已到达彼处”。显示巴利原文
544. Evaṃ pañhabyākaraṇena tuṭṭhassa pana sabhiyassa ‘‘yāni ca tīṇī’’tiādīsu abhitthavanagāthāsu osaraṇānīti ogahaṇāni titthāni, diṭṭhiyoti attho. Tāni yasmā sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā saha brahmajāle vuttadvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatāni gahetvā tesaṭṭhi honti, yasmā ca tāni aññatitthiyasamaṇānaṃ pavādabhūtāni satthāni sitāni upadisitabbavasena, na uppattivasena. Uppattivasena pana yadetaṃ ‘‘itthī puriso’’ti saññakkharaṃ vohāranāmaṃ, yā cāyaṃ micchāparivitakkānussavādivasena ‘‘evarūpena attanā bhavitabba’’nti bālānaṃ viparītasaññā uppajjati, tadubhayanissitāni tesaṃ vasena uppajjanti, na attapaccakkhāni. Tāni ca bhagavā vineyya vinayitvā oghatamagā oghatamaṃ oghandhakāraṃ agā atikkanto. ‘‘Oghantamagā’’tipi pāṭho, oghānaṃ antaṃ agā, tasmā āha ‘‘yāni ca tīṇi…pe… tamagā’’ti.
545 此后,轮回之苦的尽头与彼岸即是涅槃,因证入彼处则无苦,亦因其与苦相背,故说“你是苦之尽头者、彼岸到达者”。又另一种解释:世尊已至涅槃,故为彼岸到达者,因此称唤世尊说:“你是彼岸到达者、苦之尽头者”——此处的句义关联如此。正确地自行觉悟者,即是“正自觉者”。“认为是那个”,即认为正是那一个而非其他,这是以极度的恭敬而说。“有光明者”,因破除他人之暗而具足光明。“有慧者”,因具足那名为“不依他而应知之智”的能力慧。“大智慧者”,即智慧无边际者,此处正指一切知智。“作尽苦者”是呼唤之辞。“你度脱了我”:你从疑惑中度脱了我。显示巴利原文
545. Tato paraṃ vaṭṭadukkhassa antaṃ pārañca nibbānaṃ tappattiyā dukkhābhāvato tappaṭipakkhato ca taṃ sandhāyāha, ‘‘antagūsi pāragū dukkhassā’’ti. Atha vā pāragū bhagavā nibbānaṃ gatattā, taṃ ālapanto āha, ‘‘pāragū antagūsi dukkhassā’’ti ayamettha sambandho. Sammā ca buddho sāmañca buddhoti sammāsambuddho. Taṃ maññeti tameva maññāmi, na aññanti accādarena bhaṇati. Jutimāti paresampi andhakāravidhamanena jutisampanno. Mutimāti aparappaccayañeyyañāṇasamatthāya mutiyā paññāya sampanno. Pahūtapaññoti anantapañño. Idha sabbaññutaññāṇamadhippetaṃ. Dukkhassantakarāti āmantento āha. Atāresi manti kaṅkhāto maṃ tāresi.
546-9 在“Yaṃ me”等开头的偈颂中,他说的是作礼敬的话。其中,“所疑惑的”指的是依那二十个问题的道理,因他对此曾生疑惑。“于牟尼道”:即于智之道中。“已除榛荆”:即已去除榛荆,意为彻底断除。“龙象啊,于龙象”:前一个是呼格,后一个与“说话时随喜”相关联。“说法”是省略的文句。“一切天”:指住在虚空与大地的天众。至于“那罗陀山”,据说那也是有两位大智慧的天众,他们亦随喜。他以全部的净信之心,说出这些作礼敬的话。显示巴利原文
546-9.Yaṃ metiādigāthāya namakkārakaraṇaṃ bhaṇati. Tattha kaṅkhittanti vīsatipañhanissitaṃ atthaṃ sandhāyāha. So hi tena kaṅkhito ahosi. Monapathesūti ñāṇapathesu. Vinaḷīkatāti vigatanaḷā katā, ucchinnāti vuttaṃ hoti. Nāga nāgassāti ekaṃ āmantanavacanaṃ, ekassa ‘‘bhāsato anumodantī’’ti iminā sambandho. ‘‘Dhammadesana’’nti pāṭhaseso. Sabbe devāti ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā ca. Nāradapabbatāti tepi kira dve devagaṇā paññavanto, tepi anumodantīti sabbaṃ pasādena ca namakkārakaraṇaṃ bhaṇati .
550-53 他听闻这值得随喜的回答成就后,合掌说“礼敬您”,而后说道——“人中最胜者”,意即人类中出身最殊胜的人。“对论者”:你堪为比对之人,由通达四谛而成为佛陀,由善教诫及如商队首领般引度而成为导师,由战胜四魔而成为魔的征服者,由佛陀牟尼而成为牟尼。“依着”:指蕴、烦恼、欲乐、诸行这四种。“美誉”:美好的名声。“于福德,你不染着”:对于世间福德你全无染着,因你已不造作他们;或即便往昔造作,未来亦无受用果报;又或不以彼为缘而生起爱、见之染着。他一边如此说,一边握住世尊的脚踝,行五体投地之礼:“礼敬导师”。显示巴利原文
550-53. Anumodanārahaṃ byākaraṇasampadaṃ sutvā ‘‘namo te’’ti añjaliṃ paggahetvā āha. Purisājaññāti purisesu jātisampannaṃ. Paṭipuggaloti paṭibhāgo puggalo tuvaṃ buddho catusaccapaṭivedhena, satthā anusāsaniyā satthavāhatāya ca, mārābhibhū catumārābhibhavena, muni buddhamuni. Upadhīti khandhakilesakāmaguṇābhisaṅkhārabhedā cattāro. Vaggūti abhirūpaṃ. Puññe cāti lokiye na limpasi tesaṃ akaraṇena, pubbe katānampi vā āyatiṃ phalūpabhogābhāvena. Taṃnimittena vā taṇhādiṭṭhilepena. Vandati satthunoti evaṃ bhaṇanto gopphakesu pariggahetvā pañcapatiṭṭhitaṃ vandi.
「先前是外道」:即原本就是外道。「渴望」:意思是希望。「心已确立」:指心已生起欢喜。此外,「在此,人之差别已被了知」:也就是说,我于此已了知外道们在别住期间的人之差别,并非所有人都需要别住。那么,谁不需要别住呢?事火苦行者、释迦族出身者、舍去原本身份而来者。即使未舍弃身份而来,若具备获得道果的因缘,也是如此,如游方者萨比耶。因此,世尊为允许他出家而说:「萨比耶,你无需为履行外道规矩而行别住,你是为真舍利益而来,具备得道果的因缘——此我已了知。」接着又说:「而且在此,人之差别已被了知。」萨比耶为表敬意,说道:「尊者,如果……」所有这一切,以及其他类似内容,因意义明显,且前面已讲过类似的方法,此处不再解说,应依前文解释来理解。显示巴利原文
Aññatitthiyapubboti aññatitthiyo eva. Ākaṅkhatīti icchati. Āraddhacittāti abhirādhitacittā. Apica mettha puggalavemattatā viditāti apica mayā ettha aññatitthiyānaṃ parivāse puggalanānattaṃ viditaṃ, na sabbeneva parivasitabbanti. Kena pana na parivasitabbaṃ? Aggiyehi jaṭilehi, sākiyena jātiyā, liṅgaṃ vijahitvā āgatena. Avijahitvā āgatopi ca yo maggaphalapaṭilābhāya hetusampanno hoti, tādisova sabhiyo paribbājako. Tasmā bhagavā ‘‘tava pana, sabhiya, titthiyavattapūraṇatthāya parivāsakāraṇaṃ natthi, atthatthiko tvaṃ ‘maggaphalapaṭilābhāya hetusampanno’ti viditametaṃ mayā’’ti tassa pabbajjaṃ anujānanto āha – ‘‘apica mettha puggalavemattatā viditā’’ti. Sabhiyo pana attano ādaraṃ dassento āha ‘‘sace bhante’’ti. Taṃ sabbaṃ aññañca tathārūpaṃ uttānatthattā pubbe vuttanayattā ca idha na vaṇṇitaṃ, yato pubbe vaṇṇitānusārena veditabbanti.
第七、《萨罗经》的解释。显示巴利原文
7. Selasuttavaṇṇanā
以「如是我闻」开端的,即是《萨罗经》。此经的起因,即序言中所述。其释义次第,与前面类似经文相同,可依前文所述方式理解。至于未曾出现之处,我们将略过浅显易懂的词句,直接进行解释。「于鸯古答拉地方」:此地区即鸯伽国,且因其邻近恒河以北的水域,故也称为「北水地」。具体是哪条河的北部水域?是大摩醯河的北部。显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti selasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Ayameva yāssa nidāne vuttā. Atthavaṇṇanākkamepi cassa pubbasadisaṃ pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Yaṃ pana apubbaṃ, taṃ uttānatthāni padāni pariharantā vaṇṇayissāma. Aṅguttarāpesūti aṅgā eva so janapado, gaṅgāya pana yā uttarena āpo, tāsaṃ avidūrattā ‘‘uttarāpo’’tipi vuccati. Kataragaṅgāya uttarena yā āpoti? Mahāmahīgaṅgāya.
此处,为阐明该河,从头解说:据说此赡部洲方圆一万由旬。其中,方圆四千由旬的区域被水覆盖,称为「海」。方圆三千由旬的区域,有人居住。另外方圆三千由旬的区域,雪山耸立,高五百由旬,有八万四千座山峰环绕庄严,四周有五百条河奔流分布,景色斑斓。于此,长、宽、深各五十由旬,周长一百五十由旬的阿耨达等七大湖,如《施食清净经注释》中所说,安住其中。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ tassā nadiyā āvibhāvatthaṃ ādito pabhuti vaṇṇanā – ayaṃ kira jambudīpo dasasahassayojanaparimāṇo. Tattha catusahassayojanaparimāṇo padeso udakena ajjhotthaṭo ‘‘samuddo’’ti saṅkhaṃ gato. Tisahassayojanapamāṇe manussā vasanti. Tisahassayojanapamāṇe himavā patiṭṭhito ubbedhena pañcayojanasatiko caturāsītisahassakūṭehi paṭimaṇḍito samantato sandamānapañcasatanadīvicitto. Yattha āyāmavitthārena gambhīratāya ca paññāsapaññāsayojanā diyaḍḍhayojanasataparimaṇḍalā pūraḷāsasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttā anotattādayo satta mahāsarā patiṭṭhitā.
其中,阿耨达池被善见峰、杂色峰、黑峰、香醉峰、凯拉斯峰这五座山所围绕。善见峰由黄金所成,高二百由旬,内弯,形如乌鸦之嘴,覆盖遮护此池而立。杂色峰由一切宝石所成;黑峰由锑石所成;香醉峰由岩石所成,内呈绿豆色,遍覆种种药草,每逢黑月布萨日,便像燃烧的火炭一样炽燃而立;凯拉斯峰则由白银所成。所有这些山峰都与善见峰等高、同形,同样覆盖遮护此池而立。依仗诸天与诸龙的神力,一切雨水降下,河流便在其中流淌。那些水全部流入阿耨达池。当太阳和月亮运行于南方或北方时,从山间照耀此池;运行于空中正上方时,则不照耀。因此,此池得名“阿耨达”(无热恼)。显示巴利原文
Tesu anotatto sudassanakūṭaṃ, citrakūṭaṃ, kāḷakūṭaṃ, gandhamādanakūṭaṃ, kelāsakūṭanti imehi pañcahi pabbatehi parikkhitto. Tattha sudassanakūṭaṃ suvaṇṇamayaṃ dviyojanasatubbedhaṃ antovaṅkaṃ kākamukhasaṇṭhānaṃ tameva saraṃ paṭicchādetvā ṭhitaṃ, citrakūṭaṃ sabbaratanamayaṃ, kāḷakūṭaṃ añjanamayaṃ, gandhamādanakūṭaṃ sānumayaṃ abbhantare muggavaṇṇaṃ nānappakāraosadhasañchannaṃ kāḷapakkhuposathadivase ādittamiva aṅgāraṃ jalantaṃ tiṭṭhati, kelāsakūṭaṃ rajatamayaṃ. Sabbāni sudassanena samānubbedhasaṇṭhānāni tameva saraṃ paṭicchādetvā ṭhitāni. Sabbāni devānubhāvena nāgānubhāvena ca vassanti, nadiyo ca tesu sandanti. Taṃ sabbampi udakaṃ anotattameva pavisati. Candimasūriyā dakkhiṇena vā uttarena vā gacchantā pabbatantarena taṃ obhāsenti, ujuṃ gacchantā na obhāsenti. Tenevassa ‘‘anotatta’’nti saṅkhā udapādi.
那里有心旷神怡的石板地面,无鱼无鳖,水如水晶般清澈澄净,诸多沐浴之处设施完备。诸佛、独觉佛、诸漏尽者以及仙人众们在此沐浴;天人、夜叉等则在此处的园林中嬉戏游乐。显示巴利原文
Tattha manoharasilātalāni nimmacchakacchapāni phalikasadisanimmalūdakāni nahānatitthāni suppaṭiyattāni honti, yesu buddhapaccekabuddhakhīṇāsavā isigaṇā ca nhāyanti, devayakkhādayo ca uyyānakīḷikaṃ kīḷanti.
此池四面各有一口:狮口、象口、马口、牛口,共有四口,四条河流从这些口流出。从狮口流出的那条河,其岸多狮;从象口等流出的河岸边,象、马、牛则特别多。从东方流出的那条河,绕阿耨达池右绕三匝后,不与其余三河汇合,便沿着东雪山中人迹不至的非人之路,直入大海。西方和北方流出的河也是如此,右绕后,分别沿着西雪山和北雪山中人迹不至的非人之路,流入大海。至于从南方流出的那条河,绕池右绕三匝后,径直向南在石板地面上流经六十由旬,撞击山岳,激涌而出,形成高三伽浮他的水柱,再从空中飞流六十由旬,落在一块名为“三闩”的岩石上,岩石被水柱的冲力击碎。那里便形成了一个周长五十由旬的池塘,名叫“三闩池”。池水冲破堤岸,穿入岩石,又向前推进六十由旬。然后,水流再穿破厚实的大地,以地下隧道的形式流了六十由旬,撞击一座名叫“毗阇”的横向山脉,分为像手掌上五根手指一样的五股水流。这条河绕阿耨达池右绕三圈后所流经之处,称为“旋恒河”;在石板地上径直六十由旬的那段,则称为“……显示巴利原文
Catūsu cassa passesu sīhamukhaṃ, hatthimukhaṃ, assamukhaṃ, usabhamukhanti cattāri mukhāni honti, yehi catasso nadiyo sandanti. Sīhamukhena nikkhantanadītīre sīhā bahutarā honti, hatthimukhādīhi hatthiassausabhā. Puratthimadisato nikkhantanadī anotattaṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā itarā tisso nadiyo anupagamma pācīnahimavanteneva amanussapathaṃ gantvā mahāsamuddaṃ pavisati. Pacchimadisato ca uttaradisato ca nikkhantanadiyopi tatheva padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pacchimahimavanteneva uttarahimavanteneva ca amanussapathaṃ gantvā mahāsamuddaṃ pavisanti. Dakkhiṇadisato nikkhantanadī pana taṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā dakkhiṇena ujukaṃ pāsāṇapiṭṭheneva saṭṭhiyojanāni gantvā pabbataṃ paharitvā vuṭṭhāya pariṇāhena tigāvutapamāṇā udakadhārā hutvā ākāsena saṭṭhi yojanāni gantvā tiyaggaḷe nāma pāsāṇe patitā, pāsāṇo udakadhārāvegena bhinno. Tatra paññāsayojanapamāṇā tiyaggaḷā nāma pokkharaṇī jātā. Pokkharaṇiyā kūlaṃ bhinditvā pāsāṇaṃ pavisiya saṭṭhi yojanāni gatā. Tato ghanapathaviṃ bhinditvā umaṅgena saṭṭhi yojanāni gantvā viñjhaṃ nāma tiracchānapabbataṃ paharitvā hatthatale pañcaṅgulisadisā pañcadhārā hutvā pavattati. Sā tikkhattuṃ anotattaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā gataṭṭhāne ‘‘āvaṭṭagaṅgā’’ti vuccati . Ujukaṃ pāsāṇapiṭṭhena saṭṭhi yojanāni gataṭṭhāne ‘‘kaṇhagaṅgā’’ti vuccati. Ākāsena saṭṭhi yojanāni gataṭṭhāne ‘‘ākāsagaṅgā’’ti vuccati. Tiyaggaḷapāsāṇe paññāsayojanokāse ‘‘tiyaggaḷapokkharaṇī’’ti vuccati. Kūlaṃ bhinditvā pāsāṇaṃ pavisiya saṭṭhi yojanāni gataṭṭhāne ‘‘bahalagaṅgā’’ti vuccati. Pathaviṃ bhinditvā umaṅgena saṭṭhi yojanāni gataṭṭhāne ‘‘umaṅgagaṅgā’’ti vuccati. Viñjhaṃ nāma tiracchānapabbataṃ paharitvā pañcadhārā hutvā pavattaṭṭhāne ‘‘gaṅgā, yamunā, aciravatī, sarabhū, mahī’’ti pañcadhā vuccati. Evametā pañca mahāgaṅgā himavatā sambhavanti. Tāsu yā ayaṃ pañcamī mahī nāma, sā idha ‘‘mahāmahīgaṅgā’’ti adhippetā. Tassā gaṅgāya uttarena yā āpo, tāsaṃ avidūrattā so janapado ‘‘aṅguttarāpo’’ti veditabbo. Tasmiṃ janapade aṅguttarāpesu.
“游行”是指作远途之行。这里世尊的游行有两种:紧急游行与不紧急游行。其中,为了见到虽在远方却有缘得度的人而急速前往,称为紧急游行。此可参见迎接大迦叶尊者等事例:世尊为迎接大迦叶,顷刻间便行走了三伽浮他;为调伏旷野夜叉,行了三十由旬;为度化央掘魔罗,也是如此;为度化弗迦娑提,行了四十五由旬;为度化大劫宾那,行了一百二十由旬;为度化陀尼耶,则行了七百由旬的路程。这便是紧急游行。另一种,则是随顺村落、市镇、都城的次第,为了托钵乞食等而游行,以此利益世间众生,称为不紧急游行。此处所指的正是这一种。世尊便是这样在游行。“与大比丘僧团”:即与数量众多、功德广大的沙门团体一起。“一千二百五十人”:即与一千二百五十位比丘一起,这是此句的意思。“前往……”:那个市镇因为店铺极多,故得名“阿波那”。相传那里曾有两万间店铺的门面。世尊从央掘多罗波国,朝着进入阿波那市镇的方向与道路,进入、抵达并住于该市镇,这便是此句的含义。显示巴利原文
Cārikaṃ caramānoti addhānagamanaṃ kurumāno . Tattha bhagavato duvidhā cārikā turitacārikā, aturitacārikā ca. Tattha dūrepi bhabbapuggale disvā sahasā gamanaṃ turitacārikā. Sā mahākassapapaccuggamanādīsu daṭṭhabbā. Taṃ paccuggacchanto hi bhagavā muhutteneva tigāvutaṃ agamāsi, āḷavakadamanatthaṃ tiṃsayojanaṃ, tathā aṅgulimālassatthāya. Pukkusātissa pana pañcattālīsayojanaṃ, mahākappinassa vīsayojanasataṃ, dhaniyassatthāya sattayojanasataṃ addhānaṃ agamāsi. Ayaṃ turitacārikā nāma. Gāmanigamanagarapaṭipāṭiyā pana piṇḍapātacariyādīhi lokaṃ anuggaṇhantassa gamanaṃ aturitacārikā nāma. Ayaṃ idha adhippetā. Evaṃ cārikaṃ caramāno. Mahatāti saṅkhyāmahatā guṇamahatā ca. Bhikkhusaṅghenāti samaṇagaṇena. Aḍḍhateḷasehīti aḍḍhena teḷasahi, dvādasahi satehi paññāsāya ca bhikkhūhi saddhinti vuttaṃ hoti. Yena…pe… tadavasarīti āpaṇabahulatāya so nigamo ‘‘āpaṇo’’ tveva nāmaṃ labhi. Tasmiṃ kira vīsatiāpaṇamukhasahassāni vibhattāni ahesuṃ. Yena disābhāgena maggena vā so aṅguttarāpānaṃ raṭṭhassa nigamo osaritabbo, tena avasari tadavasari agamāsi, taṃ nigamaṃ anupāpuṇīti vuttaṃ hoti.
“稽尼耶结发者”:“稽尼耶”是其名字,“结发者”是指苦行者。据说他本是一位大婆罗门富豪,为了守护财产而受持苦行者的出家行,向国王献上礼物后求得一块土地,在那里建造草庵居住,成为千户人家的依止处。据说在他草庵里有一棵棕榈树,每天会落下金果一枚。他白天身穿袈裟衣、编起发髻,夜间则随心所欲且毫不匮乏地享受五种欲乐。“释迦子”:这是为了彰显他出身于高贵的种姓。“从释迦族出家”:这是为了彰显他是凭信心出家的,意思是:他并非被任何衰败所压倒,而是在家族尚未衰败时便舍弃了那个家族,凭信心出家了。“而那位”:这是表示其状态的受格,意思是“而那位尊者乔达摩”。“善”:即具足善好之德,意为“最殊胜的”。“称誉之声”:即称扬、赞叹的声音。显示巴利原文
Keṇiyo jaṭiloti keṇiyoti nāmena, jaṭiloti tāpaso. So kira brāhmaṇamahāsālo, dhanarakkhaṇatthāya pana tāpasapabbajjaṃ samādāya rañño paṇṇākāraṃ datvā bhūmibhāgaṃ gahetvā tattha assamaṃ kāretvā vasati kulasahassassa nissayo hutvā. Assamepi cassa eko tālarukkho divase divase ekaṃ suvaṇṇaphalaṃ muñcatīti vadanti. So divā kāsāyāni dhāreti jaṭā ca bandhati, rattiṃ yathāsukhaṃ pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti. Sakyaputtoti uccākulaparidīpanaṃ. Sakyakulā pabbajitoti saddhāya pabbajitabhāvaparidīpanaṃ, kenaci pārijuññena anabhibhūto aparikkhīṇaṃyeva taṃ kulaṃ pahāya saddhāya pabbajitoti vuttaṃ hoti. Taṃ kho panāti itthambhūtākhyānatthe upayogavacanaṃ, tassa kho pana bhoto gotamassāti attho. Kalyāṇoti kalyāṇaguṇasamannāgato, seṭṭhoti vuttaṃ hoti. Kittisaddoti kittiyeva thutighoso vā.
开头“彼世尊是阿拉汉等”的经文,其语法关联是这样的:彼世尊,正是以这些因、以这些缘——也就是“他是阿拉汉,也是正自觉者……乃至是世尊”这些原因。这其中,从“远离”、“杀敌”、“斩断轮回之辐”、“堪受资具等”、“不在隐秘处行恶”这些原因,我们便可知彼世尊称为“阿拉汉”。具体来说:他确实以道连同习气彻底摧毁了一切烦恼,因为“远离”了一切烦恼,所以是阿拉汉。那些名为“敌”的烦恼,又为他以道所杀,因为“杀死敌人”,所以也是阿拉汉。再者,那个以无明、有、爱为轴,以福行等诸行为辐,以老死为辋,被漏集所成的轴贯穿,并套在三有之车上、无始以来一直运转的轮回之轮,他在菩提树下,以精进的双足安稳地立于戒地之上,以信的手握持能尽除诸业的智斧,斩断了一切轮辐,因为“斩断轮回之辐”,所以也是阿拉汉。又因他是最上之应供者,故应受衣服等资具及恭敬、尊重等,因为“堪受资具等”,所以也是阿拉汉。再者,如同世间某些自以为聪明实则愚痴之人,因惧怕恶名而暗中行恶,但世尊任何时候都绝不会如此,因为显示巴利原文
Itipi so bhagavāti ādimhi pana ayaṃ tāva yojanā – so bhagavā itipi arahaṃ, itipi sammāsambuddho…pe… itipi bhagavāti, iminā ca iminā ca kāraṇenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha ārakattā, arīnaṃ arānañca hatattā paccayādīnaṃ arahattā, pāpakaraṇe rahābhāvāti imehi tāva kāraṇehi so bhagavā arahanti veditabbo. Ārakā hi so sabbakilesehi maggena savāsanānaṃ kilesānaṃ viddhaṃsitattāti ārakattā arahaṃ. Te cānena kilesārayo maggena hatāti arīnaṃ hatattāpi arahaṃ. Yañcetaṃ avijjābhavataṇhāmayanābhi, puññādiabhisaṅkhārānaṃ jarāmaraṇanemi, āsavasamudayamayena akkhena vijjhitvā tibhavarathe samāyojitaṃ anādikālapavattaṃ saṃsāracakkaṃ. Tassānena bodhimaṇḍe vīriyapādehi sīlapathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya saddhāhatthena kammakkhayakarañāṇapharasuṃ gahetvā sabbe arā hatāti arānaṃ hatattātipi arahaṃ . Aggadakkhiṇeyyattā ca cīvarādipaccaye sakkāragarukārādīni ca arahatīti paccayādīnaṃ arahattāpi arahaṃ. Yathā ca loke keci paṇḍitamānino bālā asilokabhayena raho pāpaṃ karonti, evaṃ nāyaṃ kadāci karotīti pāpakaraṇe rahābhāvatopi arahaṃ. Hoti cettha –
因为远离故,因为杀灭故,那些名为烦恼的怨敌,那位牟尼——
已断尽轮回之轮辐,又堪受资具等供养;
从不行隐秘的恶事,因此被称为阿拉汉。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ārakattā hatattā ca, kilesārīna so muni; Hatasaṃsāracakkāro, paccayādīna cāraho; Na raho karoti pāpāni, arahaṃ tena pavuccatī’’ti.
「正自觉者」:由正确地、依自力觉悟诸谛而称正自觉者。
「明行足」:由具足极其清净的明与最为卓越的行,故称明行足。
「善逝」:由善行故、善至故、善去故、善说故,而称善逝。
「世间解」:由以一切方式了知世间。彼世尊确实以一切方式了知行世间:从自性、集、灭及灭除方便诸方面,了知以蕴、处等所分类的行世间。例如:“一世间:一切有情皆依食而住。二世间:名与色。三世间:三种受。四世间:四种食。五世间:五取蕴。六世间:内六处。七世间:七识住。八世间:八世间法。九世间:九有情居。十世间:十处。十二世间:十二处。十八世间:十八界。”(《无碍解道》1.112)如是以一切方式了知行世间。他又了知有情的倾向,了知随眠,了知行迹,了知胜解,了知哪些有情少尘垢或多尘垢、利根或钝根、善相或恶相、易教化或难教化、有能力或无能力,故以一切方式了知有情世间。同样,他知道一个轮围世界:显示巴利原文
Sammā sāmañca saccānaṃ buddhattā sammāsambuddho. Atisayavisuddhāhi vijjāhi abbhuttamena caraṇena ca samannāgatattā vijjācaraṇasampanno. Sobhanagamanattā sundaraṃ ṭhānaṃ gatattā suṭṭhu gatattā sammā gadattā ca sugato. Sabbathāpi viditalokattā lokavidū. So hi bhagavā sabhāvato samudayato nirodhato nirodhūpāyatoti sabbathā khandhāyatanādibhedaṃ saṅkhāralokaṃ avedi, ‘‘eko loko sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā. Dve lokā nāmañca rūpañca. Tayo lokā tisso vedanā. Cattāro lokā cattāro āhārā. Pañca lokā pañcupādānakkhandhā. Cha lokā cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni. Satta lokā satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo. Aṭṭha lokā aṭṭha lokadhammā. Nava lokā nava sattāvāsā. Dasa lokā dasāyatanāni. Dvādasa lokā dvādasāyatanāni. Aṭṭhārasa lokā aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.112) evaṃ sabbathā saṅkhāralokaṃ avedi. Sattānaṃ āsayaṃ jānāti, anusayaṃ jānāti, caritaṃ jānāti, adhimuttiṃ jānāti, apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye bhabbe abhabbe satte jānātīti sabbathā sattalokaṃ avedi. Tathā ekaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ āyāmato vitthārato ca yojanānaṃ dvādasa satasahassāni tīṇi sahassāni aḍḍhapañcamāni ca satāni, parikkhepato chattiṃsa satasahassāni dasa sahassāni aḍḍhuḍḍhāni ca satāni.
四十万,又八那由他;
以此厚度,「水」安住于「风」上。
「九十万」,「风」向上抵达虚空;
以及「六万」,这便是「世间」的安立。
显示巴利原文 Duve satasahassāni, cattāri nahutāni ca; Ettakaṃ bahalattena, saṅkhātāyaṃ vasundharā. Cattāri satasahassāni, aṭṭheva nahutāni ca; Ettakaṃ bahalattena, jalaṃ vāte patiṭṭhitaṃ. Nava satasahassāni, māluto nabhamuggato; Saṭṭhi ceva sahassāni, esā lokassa saṇṭhiti’’.
如此安立时,此处的由旬如下:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ saṇṭhite cettha yojanānaṃ –
深入大海八万四千由旬;
同样高耸出海面的,便是山中之王——须弥山。
此后,依次以减半的量,
这些山峦,或沉没于大海,或高耸入云,宛若天界,以种种宝石为饰。
这些山分别是:持双山、伊沙陀罗山、迦罗毗迦山、善见山、
尼民达罗山、毗那怛迦山,以及高大巍峨的马耳山。
这七座大石山,环列于须弥山周围;
是四大王天的居所,为天神与夜叉所亲近依止。
显示巴利原文 Caturāsīti sahassāni, ajjhogāḷho mahaṇṇave; Accuggato tāvadeva, sineru pabbatuttamo. Tato upaḍḍhupaḍḍhena, pamāṇena yathākkamaṃ; Ajjhogāḷhuggatā dibbā, nānāratanacittitā. Yugandharo īsadharo, karavīko sudassano; Nemindharo vinatako, assakaṇṇo giri brahā. Ete satta mahāselā, sinerussa samantato; Mahārājānamāvāsā, devayakkhanisevitā. Yojanānaṃ satānucco, himavā pañca pabbato; Yojanānaṃ sahassāni, tīṇi āyatavitthato. Caturāsītisahassehi, kūṭehi paṭimaṇḍito; Tipañcayojanakkhandha-parikkhepā nagavhayā. Paññāsayojanakkhandha-sākhāyāmā samantato; Sattayojanavitthiṇṇā, tāvadeva ca uggatā. Jambū yassānubhāvena, jambudīpo pakāsito; Dve asītisahassāni, ajjhogāḷho mahaṇṇave. Accuggato tāvadeva, cakkavāḷasiluccayo; Parikkhipitvā taṃ sabbaṃ, cakkavāḷamayaṃ ṭhito’’.
其中,月轮为四十九由旬,日轮为五十由旬,三十三天界广一万由旬;阿修罗界、无间大地狱与赡部洲洲也是如此。西牛货洲为七千由旬,东胜身洲同样为七千由旬,北俱卢洲则为八千由旬。这里的每一个大洲,皆以五百小洲作为眷属。这一切总括起来,称为一个轮围,亦即一个世界界。在各个轮围之间,则是世界中间地狱。如此,轮围无量,世界界亦无量,佛陀以无量的佛智,彻知一切种种器世间。是故,彼世尊于一切处了知世间,当知即为‘世间解’。显示巴利原文
Tattha candamaṇḍalaṃ ekūnapaññāsayojanaṃ, sūriyamaṇḍalaṃ paññāsayojanaṃ, tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ dasasahassayojanaṃ, tathā asurabhavanaṃ avīcimahānirayo jambudīpo ca. Aparagoyānaṃ sattasahassayojanaṃ, tathā pubbavideho, uttarakuru aṭṭhasahassayojano. Ekameko cettha mahādīpo pañcasatapañcasataparittadīpaparivāro. Taṃ sabbampi ekaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ ekā lokadhātu. Cakkavāḷantaresu lokantarikanirayā. Evaṃ anantāni cakkavāḷāni anantā lokadhātuyo, anantena buddhañāṇena aññāsīti sabbathā okāsalokaṃ avedi. Evaṃ so bhagavā sabbathā. Viditalokattā lokavidūti veditabbo.
然而,由于在功德上无有任何众生能比他更为殊胜,故称‘无上’。他以种种调伏的方便,引导那些可被调伏之人,故称‘调御丈夫’。他随顺适宜地,以现法利益、来世利益与究竟义利益,教导并度脱众生,故称‘导师’。其中提及‘天、人’,是就最显著的界限与可受度化的众生来摄受的;然而,即便是对龙等众生,他同样以世间利益加以教导。凡是那些被称为应受引导者,他都因觉悟了一切,以解脱究竟智而成为‘佛陀’。显示巴利原文
Attano pana guṇehi visiṭṭhatarassa kassaci abhāvā anuttaro. Vicittehi vinayanūpāyehi purisadamme sāretīti purisadammasārathi. Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthehi yathārahaṃ anusāsati nitthāreti cāti satthā. Devamanussaggahaṇaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena bhabbapuggalapariggahavasena ca kataṃ, nāgādikepi pana esa lokiyatthena anusāsati. Yadatthi neyyaṃ nāma, sabbassa buddhattā vimokkhantikañāṇavasena buddho. Yato pana so –
‘Bhagavā’意为:他具足祥瑞,具有破坏,亦因种种祥瑞而殊胜有别;
他已受用应受用者,已离去应离去之来去,于诸有中为世尊,故称‘Bhagavā’。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhagyavā bhaggavā yutto, bhagehi ca vibhattavā; Bhattavā vantagamano, bhavesu bhagavā tato’’ti.
此处仅为略说。若欲广解,这些文句在《清净道论》中已有阐述。显示巴利原文
Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthārato panetāni padāni visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.124-125) vuttāni.
‘彼世尊于此世间’:那世尊于此世间。以下将说所当说。‘含天界’等句子,一如《耕田婆罗堕阇经》与《阿罗婆迦经》中所说之要义。‘亲自’:自己成为无需他人引导者。‘以证智’:即已证知。‘现证’:即已亲自作证。‘宣说’:即令觉悟、令知、开示。彼世尊出于对众生之悲愍,舍离那无上之远离乐而宣说正法。又,无论说法或多或寡,皆以‘初善’等方式进行宣说。如何宣说呢?即使仅为一首偈颂,因法是全然的圆满美善,故以第一句为‘初善’,以第二句及第三句为‘中善’,以末句为‘后善’。对于单一连贯之经典,以序分为‘初善’,以结分为‘后善’,以中间部分为‘中善’。对于多连贯之经典,以第一个连贯为‘初善’,以最后一个连贯为‘后善’,余下之连贯为‘中善’。就整体教法而言:或以自性之戒为‘初善’,以止、观、道、果为‘中善’,以涅槃为‘后善’;或以戒、定为‘初善’,以观、道为‘中善’,以果、涅槃为‘后善’;或以佛陀之圆满正觉为‘初善’,以法之善法性为‘中善’,以僧之善行道性为‘后善’。显示巴利原文
So imaṃ lokanti so bhagavā imaṃ lokaṃ. Idāni vattabbaṃ nidasseti. Sadevakantiādīni kasibhāradvājaāḷavakasuttesu vuttanayāneva. Sayanti sāmaṃ aparaneyyo hutvā. Abhiññāti abhiññāya. Sacchikatvāti paccakkhaṃ katvā. Pavedetīti bodheti ñāpeti pakāseti. So dhammaṃ deseti…pe… pariyosānakalyāṇanti so bhagavā sattesu kāruññataṃ paṭicca anuttaraṃ vivekasukhaṃ hitvāpi dhammaṃ deseti. Tañca kho appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā desento ādikalyāṇādippakārameva deseti. Kathaṃ? Ekagāthāpi hi samantabhaddakattā dhammassa paṭhamapādena ādikalyāṇā, dutiyatatiyapādehi majjhekalyāṇā, pacchimapādena pariyosānakalyāṇā. Ekānusandhikaṃ suttaṃ nidānena ādikalyāṇaṃ, nigamanena pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ, sesena majjhekalyāṇaṃ. Nānānusandhikaṃ paṭhamānusandhinā ādikalyāṇaṃ, pacchimena pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ, sesehi majjhekalyāṇaṃ. Sakalopi sāsanadhammo attano atthabhūtena sīlena ādikalyāṇo, samathavipassanāmaggaphalehi majjhekalyāṇo, nibbānena pariyosānakalyāṇo. Sīlasamādhīhi vā ādikalyāṇo, vipassanāmaggehi majjhekalyāṇo, phalanibbānehi pariyosānakalyāṇo. Buddhasubodhitāya vā ādikalyāṇo, dhammasudhammatāya majjhekalyāṇo, saṅghasuppaṭipattiyā pariyosānakalyāṇo . Taṃ sutvā tathattāya paṭipannena adhigantabbāya abhisambodhiyā vā ādikalyāṇo, paccekabodhiyā majjhekalyāṇo, sāvakabodhiyā pariyosānakalyāṇo . Suyyamāno cesa nīvaraṇādivikkhambhanato savanenapi kalyāṇameva āvahatīti ādikalyāṇo, paṭipajjamāno samathavipassanāsukhāvahanato paṭipattiyāpi kalyāṇameva āvahatīti majjhekalyāṇo, tathā paṭipanno ca paṭipattiphale niṭṭhite tādibhāvāvahanato paṭipattiphalenapi kalyāṇameva āvahatīti pariyosānakalyāṇo. Nāthappabhavattā ca pabhavasuddhiyā ādikalyāṇo, atthasuddhiyā majjhekalyāṇo, kiccasuddhiyā pariyosānakalyāṇo. Yato appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā desento ādikalyāṇādippakārameva desetīti veditabbo.
关于“有义、有文”等说法:世尊在宣说此法时,既开示了教法梵行与道梵行,又以种种方式加以阐明;并且随其所应,因义理圆满而为“有义”,因文句圆满而为“有文”。以宣示、开示、展露、分别、显明、施设等与义理要点相应,故称“有义”;以字母、语句、文句、形态、语法、解说等善巧,故称“有文”。依义理甚深与证悟甚深而有义,依法甚深与说法甚深而有文。是义无碍解和辩才无碍解的所缘,故为有义;是法无碍解和词无碍解的所缘,故为有文。能令智者了知,令同法者生信,故为有义;能令人信受,令世俗者生信,故为有文。含深奥旨趣,故为有义;用词显了,故为有文。无所须增添,整体圆具体性,故为“完全圆满”;无所须去除,处于无过体性,故为“清净”。含摄三学,是他们梵行者——最殊胜者所应行、所行道,故称“梵行”。因此,显示巴利原文
Sātthaṃ sabyañjananti evamādīsu pana yasmā imaṃ dhammaṃ desento sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ maggabrahmacariyañca pakāseti, nānānayehi dīpeti, tañca yathāsambhavaṃ atthasampattiyā sātthaṃ, byañjanasampattiyā sabyañjanaṃ. Saṅkāsanapakāsanavivaraṇavibhajanauttānīkaraṇapaññattiatthapadasamāyogato sātthaṃ, akkharapadabyañjanākāraniruttiniddesasampattiyā sabyañjanaṃ. Atthagambhīratāpaṭivedhagambhīratāhi sātthaṃ, dhammagambhīratādesanāgambhīratāhi sabyañjanaṃ. Atthapaṭibhānapaṭisambhidāvisayato sātthaṃ, dhammaniruttipaṭisambhidāvisayato sabyañjanaṃ. Paṇḍitavedanīyato sarikkhakajanappasādakanti sātthaṃ, saddheyyato lokiyajanappasādakanti sabyañjanaṃ. Gambhīrādhippāyato sātthaṃ, uttānapadato sabyañjanaṃ. Upanetabbassābhāvato sakalaparipuṇṇabhāvena kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ, apanetabbassa abhāvato niddosabhāvena parisuddhaṃ. Sikkhattayapariggahitattā brahmabhūtehi seṭṭhehi caritabbato tesañca cariyabhāvato brahmacariyaṃ. Tasmā ‘‘sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ…pe… brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetī’’ti vuccati.
再者,世尊说法时,先开示因缘及生起之由,故为“初善”;说法时与所化众生根器相应、义理无误,又结合因由与譬喻,故为“中善”;结尾部分能令听者生起信心,故为“后善”。如此宣说,即阐明了梵行。进而,从实践修证方面,以证得的显了而为“有义”;从教理传承方面,以教法的显了而为“有文”。具足戒等五法蕴,故为“完全圆满”。远离随烦恼,唯为度脱而转,不期世间利养,故为“清净”。就最胜义而言,是佛陀、独觉佛、声闻等梵行者所行道,故称“梵行”。因此,也会说“他宣说法……阐明梵行”。显示巴利原文
Apica yasmā sanidānaṃ sauppattikañca desento ādikalyāṇaṃ deseti, vineyyānaṃ anurūpato atthassa aviparītatāya hetudāharaṇayogato ca majjhekalyāṇaṃ , sotūnaṃ saddhāpaṭilābhena nigamanena ca pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ. Evaṃ desento ca brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Tañca paṭipattiyā adhigamabyattito sātthaṃ, pariyattiyā āgamabyattito sabyañjanaṃ, sīlādipañcadhammakkhandhayuttato kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ, nirupakkilesato nittharaṇatthāya pavattito lokāmisanirapekkhato ca parisuddhaṃ, seṭṭhaṭṭhena brahmabhūtānaṃ buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakānaṃ cariyato brahmacariyanti vuccati, tasmāpi ‘‘so dhammaṃ deseti…pe… brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetī’’ti vuccati.
“善哉,尊者”意思是“实在美好啊”,指能带来利益、带来安乐。“以法谈”即藉由与饮料功德相关的开示。因为这位结尼耶在傍晚听到世尊到来,心想:“空手去拜见世尊,实在令人惭愧,而饮料即使对于离非时食的人也还是可以用的。”于是叫人用五百个壶盛上精心制作的枣汁,然后前去。就像《药犍度》中所说:“那时,结尼耶结发者心想:‘我应当拿什么去供养乔达摩沙门呢?’”(《大品》300)详情应该那样去了解。于是,世尊便针对他,如同在《有学经》(《中部》2.22等)中以与住处功德相关的开示教导释迦族人;在《牛角沙罗林》(《中部》1.325等)中以与和合安乐功德相关的开示教导三位良家子;在《车乘差别经》(《中部》1.252等)中以与十论事相关的开示教导本生地比丘们那样,此时以相应当机的、与饮料功德相关的开示,指出布施饮料的利益──这就是“示”;鼓励他们再度行持这样的福业,使其发起精进──这就是“教”;激发他们的热忱──这就是“励”;以现前和来世的殊胜果报令他们欢喜──这就是“喜”。因此说:“以法谈……示、教、励、喜”。结尼耶对世尊的净信越发增上,于是邀请世尊;世尊在三次拒绝之后,默然接受。因此说:“那时,结尼耶结发者……世尊默然接受”。显示巴利原文
Sādhu kho panāti sundaraṃ kho pana, atthāvahaṃ sukhāvahanti vuttaṃ hoti. Dhammiyā kathāyāti pānakānisaṃsapaṭisaṃyuttāya. Ayañhi keṇiyo sāyanhasamaye bhagavato āgamanaṃ assosi. ‘‘Tucchahattho bhagavantaṃ dassanāya gantuṃ lajjamāno vikālabhojanā viratānampi pānakaṃ kappatī’’ti cintetvā pañcahi kājasatehi susaṅkhataṃ badarapānaṃ gāhāpetvā agamāsi. Yathāha bhesajjakkhandhake ‘‘atha kho keṇiyassa jaṭilassa etadahosi, kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ samaṇassa gotamassa harāpeyya’’nti (mahāva. 300) sabbaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tato naṃ bhagavā yathā sekkhasutte (ma. ni. 2.22 ādayo) sākiye āvasathānisaṃsapaṭisaṃyuttāya kathāya, gosiṅgasālavane (ma. ni. 1.325 ādayo) tayo kulaputte sāmaggirasānisaṃsapaṭisaṃyuttāya, rathavinīte (ma. ni. 1.252 ādayo) jātibhūmake bhikkhū dasakathāvatthupaṭisaṃyuttāya, evaṃ taṅkhaṇānurūpāya pānakānisaṃsapaṭisaṃyuttāya kathāya pānakadānānisaṃsaṃ sandassesi, tathārūpānaṃ puññānaṃ punapi kattabbatāya niyojento samādapesi, abbhussāhaṃ janento samuttejesi, sandiṭṭhikasamparāyikena phalavisesena pahaṃsento sampahaṃsesi. Tenāha ‘‘dhammiyā kathāya…pe… sampahaṃsesī’’ti. So bhiyyosomattāya bhagavati pasanno bhagavantaṃ nimantesi, bhagavā cassa tikkhattuṃ paṭikkhipitvā adhivāsesi. Tenāha ‘‘atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo…pe… adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvenā’’ti.
那么,世尊为何拒绝呢?因为一再地请求,能令结尼耶增长福德,而且他会更普遍地去筹备,于是原本为三百五十位比丘准备的食物,就将足够一千二百五十位比丘食用。为何多出了三百位呢?因为在食物尚未备好时,塞勒婆罗门就将与三百位青年一同出家,世尊预见此事,才如此说。‘朋友、僚属’指朋友与作务的人。‘亲戚、同血统者’指同一血统、有共同母系关系的儿女等,以及其他亲属。‘以……故’即由于那个原因。‘为我’即对我。‘身役务’即以身体亲自服务。‘准备圆堂’就是搭起有白色顶盖的堂舍。显示巴利原文
Kimatthaṃ pana paṭikkhipi bhagavāti? Punappunaṃ yācanāya cassa puññavuḍḍhi bhavissati, bahutarañca paṭiyādessati, tato aḍḍhatelasānaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ paṭiyattaṃ aḍḍhasoḷasannaṃ pāpuṇissatīti. Kuto aparāni tīṇi satānīti ce? Appaṭiyatteyeva hi bhatte selo brāhmaṇo tīhi māṇavakasatehi saddhiṃ pabbajissati, taṃ disvā bhagavā evamāhāti. Mittāmacceti mitte ca kammakare ca. Ñātisālohiteti samānalohite ekayonisambandhe puttadhītādayo avasesabandhave ca. Yenāti yasmā. Meti mayhaṃ. Kāyaveyyāvaṭikanti kāyena veyyāvaccaṃ. Maṇḍalamāḷaṃ paṭiyādetīti setavitānamaṇḍapaṃ karoti.
‘通达三吠陀’即通达《梨俱吠陀》《夜柔吠陀》《娑摩吠陀》。‘具有字汇与词源’指具有字汇书和词源书。‘字汇’是阐明名称、字汇、树木等异名的论书。‘词源’是为饶益诗人,抉择行为仪轨的论书。‘具有语音分析’即具有语音分析学。‘语音分析’指音韵学与语法。‘以历史为第五’:将《阿闼婆吠陀》作为第四,再将那些‘所谓历史,所谓历史’此类言说所关涉的往事,称为历史,以此为第五,故说‘以历史为第五’。它们即是‘以历史为第五者’。‘通达文句’即研习、了知其余的语法等,所以称为‘通达文句的语法家’。于顺世论(诡辩论书)及大人相论中,对那部一万二千颂的大人相论书,能够不欠缺、完全地践行,因此是‘于顺世论及大人相论中无减’,意思是成为无欠无缺的人。所谓‘无减’,是指那些不能从义理和经卷上掌握、持守这些论书的人。显示巴利原文
Tiṇṇaṃ vedānanti irubbedayajubbedasāmavedānaṃ. Saha nighaṇḍunā ca keṭubhena ca sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ. Nighaṇḍūti nāmanighaṇḍurukkhādīnaṃ vevacanappakāsakaṃ satthaṃ. Keṭubhanti kiriyākappavikappo kavīnaṃ upakārāya satthaṃ. Saha akkharappabhedena sākkharappabhedānaṃ. Akkharappabhedoti sikkhā ca nirutti ca. Itihāsapañcamānanti athabbanavedaṃ catutthaṃ katvā ‘‘itiha āsa itiha āsā’’ti īdisavacanapaṭisaṃyutto purāṇakathāsaṅkhāto itihāso pañcamo etesanti itihāsapañcamā. Tesaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ. Padaṃ tadavasesañca byākaraṇaṃ ajjheti vedeti cāti padako veyyākaraṇo. Lokāyate vitaṇḍavādasatthe mahāpurisalakkhaṇādhikāre ca dvādasasahasse mahāpurisalakkhaṇasatthe anūno paripūrakārīti lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo, avayo na hotīti vuttaṃ hoti. Avayo nāma yo tāni atthato ca ganthato ca sandhāretuṃ na sakkoti.
‘经行’是对小腿有益的行走,即为了消除久坐等所生的疲劳,为伸展小腿而走的长路,这便是所说的经行。‘边走边行’即正在经行。‘四处漫游’即到处走动。‘结尼耶结发者的庵’指结尼耶的庵舍、住处。‘迎娶’即娶新娘。‘出嫁’即嫁女儿。‘大祭祀’即大供养。‘摩揭陀王’就是摩揭陀的君主。因为拥有大军,故名‘色尼耶’。‘宾比’是金的意思,由于具有纯金般的肤色,故名‘宾比萨罗’。‘他被我邀请’即他被我邀请。显示巴利原文
Jaṅghāya hitaṃ vihāraṃ jaṅghāvihāraṃ, cirāsanādijanitaṃ parissamaṃ vinodetuṃ jaṅghāpasāraṇatthaṃ adīghacārikanti vuttaṃ hoti. Anucaṅkamamānoti caṅkamamāno eva. Anuvicaramānoti ito cito ca caramāno. Keṇiyassa jaṭilassa assamoti keṇiyassa assamaṃ nivesanaṃ. Āvāhoti kaññāgahaṇaṃ. Vivāhoti kaññādānaṃ. Mahāyaññoti mahāyajanaṃ. Māgadhoti magadhānaṃ issaro. Mahatiyā senāya samannāgatattā seniyo. Bimbīti suvaṇṇaṃ, tasmā sārasuvaṇṇasadisavaṇṇatāya bimbisāro. So me nimantitoti so mayā nimantito.
那时,婆罗门由于过去生所作的大功德,一听“佛陀”这个名号,便如得甘露灌顶一般,现出了惊叹之相,说道:“尊者结尼耶,你说‘佛陀’吗?”另一人如实相告,说:“尊者塞勒,我说‘佛陀’。”接着,为了让他再坚定信心,塞勒又问,结尼耶也同样回答。当时,为了显示即便百千劫中,这“佛陀”的音声也极为难得,塞勒说道:“世间难得者,正是这‘佛陀’的音声。”显示巴利原文
Atha brāhmaṇo pubbe katādhikārattā buddhasaddaṃ sutvāva amatenevābhisitto vimhayarūpattā āha – ‘‘buddhoti, bho keṇiya, vadesī’’ti. Itaro yathābhūtaṃ ācikkhanto āha – ‘‘buddhoti, bho sela, vadāmī’’ti. Tato naṃ punapi daḷhīkaraṇatthaṃ pucchi, itaropi tatheva ārocesi. Atha kappasatasahassehipi buddhasaddassa dullabhabhāvaṃ dassento āha – ‘‘ghosopi kho eso dullabho lokasmiṃ yadidaṃ buddho’’ti. Tattha yadidanti nipāto, yo esoti vuttaṃ hoti.
那时,婆罗门听到“佛陀”这个名号后,心想:“他真的是佛陀吗?还是仅有‘佛陀’这个称呼呢?”为了探查清楚,他便思惟,并说了出来:“我等传承之中……除去障盖者。”在此,“于秘典中”是指于吠陀中。“据说,如来将出现于世”——在此之前,净居天的天人便化作婆罗门的模样,将大人相编入吠陀,使之流传诵习,并说:“依着这些大人相,具大威德者便能认出如来。”因此,过去大人相是载于吠陀中的。然而,自如来般涅槃之后,这些大人相便逐渐隐没,所以现今已不复存在。“大人”是指具足愿、正受、智、悲等功德的大丈夫。“唯有两种趣向”是指只有两种归宿。的确,这个“趣”字,在“舍利弗,有此五种趣”(《中部》1.153)等语中,是指生命形态的差别;在“兽的趣向是树林”(《经集》339)中,是指居住之处;在“如是极胜趣向者”(《中部》1.161)中,是指智慧;在“已往趣者”(《小品》204)中,是指散布的状态。而在此处,应知是指归宿。虽然具足那些大人相的人可成为转轮王,但并非凭着完全相同的相即能成佛。显示巴利原文
Atha brāhmaṇo buddhasaddaṃ sutvā ‘‘kiṃ nu kho so saccameva buddho, udāhu nāmamattamevassa buddho’’ti vīmaṃsitukāmo cintesi, abhāsi eva vā ‘‘āgatāni kho pana…pe… vivaṭṭacchado’’ti. Tattha ‘‘mantesū’’ti vedesu. ‘‘Tathāgato kira uppajjissatī’’ti paṭikacceva suddhāvāsadevā brāhmaṇavesena lakkhaṇāni pakkhipitvā vede vācenti ‘‘tadanusārena mahesakkhā sattā tathāgataṃ jānissantī’’ti. Tena pubbe vedesu mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni āgacchanti. Parinibbute pana tathāgate kamena antaradhāyanti, tena etarahi natthi. Mahāpurisassāti paṇidhisamādānañāṇasamādānakaruṇādiguṇamahato purisassa . Dveva gatiyoti dve eva niṭṭhā. Kāmañcāyaṃ gatisaddo ‘‘pañca kho imā, sāriputta, gatiyo’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.153) bhavabhede, ‘‘gatī migānaṃ pavana’’ntiādīsu (pari. 339) nivāsaṭṭhāne, ‘‘evaṃ adhimattagatimanto’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.161) paññāyaṃ, ‘‘gatigata’’ntiādīsu (cūḷava. 204) visaṭabhāve vattati, idha pana niṭṭhāyaṃ veditabbo. Tattha kiñcāpi yehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgato rājā hoti cakkavatti, na tehi eva buddho. Jātisāmaññato pana tāniyeva tānīti vuccanti. Tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘yehi samannāgatassā’’ti.
“若居住在家”:意思是如果住在俗家之中。“成为转轮王”:由于以四种稀有法与四摄事令世人欢喜,所以称为“王”;转动轮宝,以四种成就之轮而转动,也令其他人跟随转动,并且为了利益他人而有威仪之轮的转动存在于此,所以称为“转轮者”。在此,“王”是总称,“转轮者”是特别说明。“依法而行”:指如法,意思就是依道理、公正地行持。“依法获得王位而生为王者”:因此称为“法王”。或者说,以利益他人的法行而称为“如法者”,以利益自己的法行而称为“法王”。“为一境之自在主”:即四境自在主,意思是对以四海为边界、以四洲为庄严的大地拥有自在权。“已征服内外之敌”:即向内征服了瞋等怨敌,向外征服了一切国王,所以称为“战胜者”。“令国邑得安住”:意思是使国邑得到坚固、稳定,不能被任何人动摇;或者在他之下国邑得安稳,无热恼,专心从事自己的事业,不动不摇,因此称为“令国邑得安住者”。显示巴利原文
Sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasatīti yadi agāre vasati. Rājā hoti cakkavattīti catūhi acchariyadhammehi saṅgahavatthūhi ca lokaṃ rañjanato rājā. Cakkaratanaṃ vatteti, catūhi sampatticakkehi, vattati, tehi ca paraṃ vatteti, parahitāya ca iriyāpathacakkānaṃ vatto etasmiṃ atthīti cakkavatti. Ettha ca rājāti sāmaññaṃ, cakkavattīti visesanaṃ. Dhammena caratīti dhammiko, ñāyena samena vattatīti attho. Dhammena rajjaṃ labhitvā rājā jātoti dhammarājā. Parahitadhammakaraṇena vā dhammiko, attahitadhammakaraṇena dhammarājā. Caturantāya issaroti cāturanto, catusamuddantāya cattubbidhadīpavibhūsitāya ca pathaviyā issaroti attho. Ajjhattaṃ kodhādipaccatthike bahiddhā ca sabbarājāno vijesīti vijitāvī. Janapadatthāvariyappattoti janapade dhuvabhāvaṃ thāvarabhāvaṃ patto, na sakkā kenaci cāletuṃ, janapado vā tamhi thāvariyappatto anussukko sakammanirato acalo asampavedhītipi janapadatthāvariyappatto.
“Seyyathida”为介词,意思是“哪些是这些?”轮宝……乃至……引导宝,这七宝的所有种类已在《宝经》的注释中说过。其中,这位转轮王以轮宝征服未征服的领土,以象宝、马宝在自己的疆域内随心所欲地游历,以引导宝守护已征服的领土,以其余诸宝享受受用之乐。轮宝成就他的精进力,象宝、马宝、居士宝成就他的统帅力,引导宝成就他的谋略力,女宝与摩尼宝则是这三种力量所结出的果实。他以女宝、摩尼宝享受财富之乐,以其余诸宝享受自在之乐。应当特别了知,前三宝由无嗔善根所生之业的威力而成就,中间三宝由无贪善根所生之业的威力而成就,最后一宝——引导宝,由无痴善根所生之业的威力而成就。显示巴利原文
Seyyathidanti nipāto, tassa etāni katamānīti attho. Cakkaratanaṃ…pe… pariṇāyakaratanameva sattamanti tāni sabbappakārato ratanasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttāni. Tesu ayaṃ cakkavattirājā cakkaratanena ajitaṃ jināti, hatthiassaratanehi vijite yathāsukhamanuvicarati, pariṇāyakaratanena vijitamanurakkhati, sesehi upabhogasukhamanubhavati. Paṭhamena cassa ussāhasattiyogo, hatthiassagahapatiratanehi pabhusattiyogo, pariṇāyakaratanena mantasattiyogo suparipuṇṇo hoti, itthimaṇiratanehi ca tividhasattiyogaphalaṃ. So itthimaṇiratanehi bhogasukhamanubhoti, sesehi issariyasukhaṃ. Visesato cassa purimāni tīṇi adosakusalamūlajanitakammānubhāvena sampajjanti, majjhimāni alobhakusalamūlajanitakammānubhāvena, pacchimamekaṃ amohakusalamūlajanitakammānubhāvenāti veditabbaṃ.
“Parosahassa”的意思是超过一千。“Sūrā”指具有无所畏惧本性的人。“Vīraṅgarūpā”:对此,有人解释为与天子相似的色身;而此处的真实含义是:“vīrā”被称为至上勇者,“vīraṅga”为勇者的特征,亦即勇者的原因——精进。具有勇者特征之形色的人,就如同精进所成之身,称为“vīraṅgarūpā”。“Parasenappamaddanā”:意思是假如敌军迎面而立,他们有能力粉碎敌军。“Dhammena”:通过“不杀生”等五戒之法。“阿拉汉、正自觉者、世间开覆者”:在此句中,世间被贪、嗔、痴、慢、见、无明、恶行这七种覆盖所遮蔽,处于烦恼的黑暗中;佛陀掀开那些覆盖,从一切处生起光明而住立,因此称为“开覆者”。其中,第一词──阿拉汉,说的是应受供养之德;第二词──正自觉者,是其因,因为他是正自觉者;第三词说的是正觉之因,即开覆之性,应如此理解。或者,“开覆者”就是既已揭开而又无覆盖,意为已离轮回、已无覆盖。由此,以离轮回而说阿拉汉,以无显示巴利原文
Parosahassanti atirekasahassaṃ. Sūrāti abhīrukajātikā. Vīraṅgarūpāti devaputtasadisakāyā, evaṃ tāveke. Ayaṃ panettha sabhāvo vīrāti uttamasūrā vuccanti, vīrānaṃ aṅgaṃ vīraṅgaṃ, vīrakāraṇaṃ vīriyanti vuttaṃ hoti. Vīraṅgaṃ rūpaṃ etesanti vīraṅgarūpā, vīriyamayasarīrā viyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Parasenappamaddanāti sace paṭimukhaṃ tiṭṭheyya parasenā, taṃ pamaddituṃ samatthāti adhippāyo. Dhammenāti ‘‘pāṇo na hantabbo’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 2.244; ma. ni. 3.257) pañcasīladhammena. Arahaṃ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchadoti ettha rāgadosamohamānadiṭṭhiavijjāduccaritachadanehi sattahi paṭicchanne kilesandhakāre loke taṃ chadanaṃ vivaṭṭetvā samantato sañjātāloko hutvā ṭhitoti vivaṭṭacchado. Tattha paṭhamena padena pūjārahatā, dutiyena tassā hetu yasmā sammāsambuddhoti. Tatiyena buddhattahetu vivaṭṭacchadatā vuttāti veditabbā. Atha vā vivaṭṭo ca vicchado cāti vivaṭṭacchado, vaṭṭarahito chadanarahito cāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tena arahaṃ vaṭṭābhāvena sammāsambuddho chadanābhāvenāti evaṃ purimapadadvayasseva hetudvayaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. Dutiyena vesārajjena cettha purimasiddhi, paṭhamena dutiyasiddhi, tatiyacatutthehi tatiyasiddhi hoti. Purimañca dhammacakkhuṃ, dutiyaṃ buddhacakkhuṃ, tatiyaṃ samantacakkhuṃ sādhetīti veditabbaṃ.
此时,想要前往世尊那里的他说道:“那么,朋友啊……正自觉者在哪里?”在“这样说”等句中,“yenesā”:指那个方向的部分。“Nīlavanarājī”:指青色的树列。据说那片树林如同云的行列。为了指出世尊当时所住之处,他说:“朋友施罗啊,那青色的树列所在之处。”此句中,“他住”是此处省略的文词,又或是将以具格表达的处格含义。“Pade pada”:意思是在脚步近处迈步,以此避免急促行走。“Durāsadā hi”:他说明了原因,因为他们难以接近,所以诸位应当如此前来。如果问:“为何难以接近?”因为“犹如狮子般独行”。正如狮子由于无需同伴而独行,他们也是因为乐于远离而如此。以“当我说时……”等语句教导那些青年适当的举止。其中,“mā opātetha”:就是不要插话、不要做声的意思。“Āgamentu”:指应当等待,直到谈话结束,保持沉默,这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
Idāni bhagavato santikaṃ gantukāmo āha – ‘‘kahaṃ pana bho…pe… sammāsambuddho’’ti. Evaṃ vuttetiādīsu yenesāti yena disābhāgena esā. Nīlavanarājīti nīlavaṇṇarukkhapanti. Vanaṃ kira meghapantisadisaṃ. Yattha bhagavā tadā vihāsi, taṃ niddisanto āha – ‘‘yenesā bho, sela, nīlavanarājī’’ti. Tattha ‘‘so viharatī’’ti ayaṃ panettha pāṭhaseso, bhummatthe vā karaṇavacanaṃ. Pade padanti padasamīpe padaṃ. Tena turitagamanaṃ paṭisedheti. Durāsadā hīti kāraṇaṃ āha, yasmā te durāsadā, tasmā evaṃ bhonto āgacchantūti. Kiṃ pana kāraṇā durāsadāti ce? Sīhāva ekacarā. Yathā hi sīhā sahāyakiccābhāvato ekacarā, evaṃ tepi vivekakāmatāya. ‘‘Yadā cāha’’ntiādinā pana te māṇavake upacāraṃ sikkhāpeti. Tattha mā opātethāti mā pavesetha, mā kathethāti vuttaṃ hoti. Āgamentūti paṭimānentu, yāva kathā pariyosānaṃ gacchati, tāva tuṇhī bhavantūti attho.
“Samannesī”:即遍寻。“Yebhuyyena”:指见到了多数,少数则未见。于是,为说明那些未见之相,他说:“除了两个”。“Kaṅkhatī”:生起渴望之疑,“啊,但愿我能看见”。“Vicikicchatī”:指从各处寻思这些相而产生疲劳,不能得见。“Nādhimuccatī”:由于那种疑,不能达到决定。“Na sampasīdatī”:对此不生起“这位具足圆满相”的对世尊的净信。或者,“疑”(kaṅkhā)是指极微弱的犹豫;“vicikicchā”(疑)是中等程度的;“不决定”(anadhimuccanatā)是强烈的;“不信净”(asampasādena)是说以此三种法而有心的浑浊状态。显示巴利原文
Samannesīti gavesi. Yebhuyyenāti bahukāni addasa, appakāni nāddasa. Tato yāni na addasa , tāni dīpento āha ‘‘ṭhapetvā dve’’ti. Kaṅkhatīti kaṅkhaṃ uppādeti patthanaṃ ‘‘aho vata passeyya’’nti. Vicikicchatīti tato tato tāni vicinanto kicchati na sakkoti daṭṭhuṃ. Nādhimuccatīti tāya vicikicchāya sanniṭṭhānaṃ na gacchati. Na sampasīdatīti tato ‘‘paripuṇṇalakkhaṇo aya’’nti bhagavati pasādaṃ nāpajjati. Kaṅkhāya vā sudubbalavimati vuttā, vicikicchāya majjhimā, anadhimuccanatāya balavatī, asampasādena tehi tīhi dhammehi cittassa kālussiyabhāvo.
“Kosohite”:指被衣鞘所覆盖。“Vatthaguyhe”:指密处。世尊的密处正如优良的象王一般,收入鞘中,呈金色,犹如莲花苞。他因为衣物覆盖而没有见到此相,也没有注意到舌头可以伸到前额的广大之相,所以对这二相生起了疑与犹豫。“Tathārūpa”:即怎样的形色?对此问题,我们有什么可说的呢?那先长老在被弥兰陀王问及时已经说过了:显示巴利原文
Kosohiteti vatthikosena paṭicchanne. Vatthaguyheti aṅgajāte. Bhagavato hi varavāraṇasseva kosohitaṃ vatthaguyhaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ padumagabbhasamānaṃ. Taṃ so vatthapaṭicchannattā apassanto antomukhagatāya ca jivhāya pahūtabhāvaṃ asallakkhento tesu dvīsu lakkhaṇesu kaṅkhī ahosi vicikicchī. Tathārūpanti kathaṃ rūpaṃ? Kimettha amhehi vattabbaṃ, vuttametaṃ nāgasenatthereneva milindaraññā puṭṭhena (mi. pa. 4.3.3) –
“尊者那先,世尊所做的真是难行啊。”“大王,是什么呢?”“尊者,世尊将令人羞耻的部位示现给大众,也示现给梵摩婆罗门及其内弟子优多罗,示现给破哇人的十六位婆罗门内弟子,示现给施罗婆罗门的三百位青年内弟子。”“大王,世尊并非示现密处,世尊示现的是影像,以神通化作出穿着下衣、系着腰带、披着覆衣的仅是影像之形。既见到影像,不就等于见到如来吗,尊者?”“就此打住吧,大王。若有众生见到心脏的形色就能觉悟,正自觉者便会取出心脏之肉示现吗?”“尊者那先,您说得好。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Dukkaraṃ, bhante nāgasena, bhagavatā katanti. Kiṃ, mahārājāti? Mahājanena hirikaraṇokāsaṃ brahmāyubrāhmaṇassa ca antevāsiuttarassa ca bāvarissa antevāsīnaṃ soḷasannaṃ brāhmaṇānañca selassa brāhmaṇassa antevāsīnaṃ tisatamāṇavānañca dassesi, bhanteti. Na, mahārāja, bhagavā guyhaṃ dasseti, chāyaṃ bhagavā dasseti, iddhiyā abhisaṅkharitvā nivāsananivatthaṃ kāyabandhanabaddhaṃ cīvarapārutaṃ chāyārūpakamattaṃ dasseti, mahārājāti. Chāyārūpe diṭṭhe sati diṭṭho eva nanu, bhanteti. Tiṭṭhatetaṃ, mahārāja, hadayarūpaṃ disvā bujjhanakasatto bhaveyya, hadayamaṃsaṃ nīharitvā dasseyya sammāsambuddhoti. Kallosi, bhante, nāgasenā’’ti (mi. pa. 4.3.3).
「Ninnāmetvā」:即伸出。应知,此处以抚摸耳孔显示舌长,以抚摸鼻孔显示舌细,以覆盖前额显示舌宽。「Ācariyapācariyāna」:指老师及老师的老师。「Sake vaṇṇe」:指自己的功德。显示巴利原文
Ninnāmetvāti nīharitvā. Kaṇṇasotānumasanena cettha dīghabhāvo, nāsikāsotānumasanena tanubhāvo, nalāṭacchādanena puthulabhāvo pakāsitoti veditabbo. Ācariyapācariyānanti ācariyānañceva ācariyācariyānañca. Sake vaṇṇeti attano guṇe.
554 「身圆满」:因具足大人相及肢节无缺,故身圆满。「好光」:身光美好。「善生」:因身高、体围及形态皆圆满,故称善生。「见可爱」:纵使久视亦不觉厌倦,为不违逆、可悦、美妙的所观,故称见可爱者。亦有说指眼目美好。「金色」:身色如黄金。「你是」:您即是。此词当与前述一切描述相连接。「齿极白」:牙齿极为洁白。因世尊牙齿放出如月光般的极白光净,故说‘您是齿极白者’。显示巴利原文
554.Paripuṇṇakāyoti lakkhaṇehi paripuṇṇatāya ahīnaṅgapaccaṅgatāya ca paripuṇṇasarīro . Surucīti sundarasarīrappabho. Sujātoti ārohapariṇāhasampattiyā saṇṭhānasampattiyā ca sunibbatto. Cārudassanoti sucirampi passantānaṃ atittijanakaṃ appaṭikūlaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ cāru eva dassanaṃ assāti cārudassano. Keci pana bhaṇanti ‘‘cārudassanoti sundaranetto’’ti. Suvaṇṇavaṇṇoti suvaṇṇasadisavaṇṇo. Asīti bhavasi. Etaṃ sabbapadehi yojetabbaṃ. Susukkadāṭhoti suṭṭhu sukkadāṭho. Bhagavato hi dāṭhāhi candakiraṇā viya ativiya paṇḍararaṃsiyo niccharanti. Tenāha – ‘‘susukkadāṭhosī’’ti.
555 「大人相」:即前述诸相,此处以另一种表述作结。显示巴利原文
555.Mahāpurisalakkhaṇāti pubbe vuttabyañjanāneva vacanantarena nigamento āha.
556 现在,他依自己所喜爱的大人相来赞颂世尊,说道:“眼净”等。世尊因具足五种色泽清净,故称眼净者;因面如满月轮,故称善面者;因身量与体态圆满,故称高大者;因身体端直,故称正直者;因具足光辉,故称具威耀者。又,前面已提及的,再以“在沙门众中”之语而赞叹:“如是,他便在沙门众中照耀。”后面的偈颂也采用了同样的方式。显示巴利原文
556. Idāni tesu lakkhaṇesu attano abhirucitehi lakkhaṇehi bhagavantaṃ thunanto āha – ‘‘pasannanetto’’tiādi. Bhagavā hi pañcavaṇṇapasādasampattiyā pasannanetto, paripuṇṇacandamaṇḍalasadisamukhattā sumukho, ārohapariṇāhasampattiyā brahā, bahmujugattatāya uju, jutimantatāya patāpavā. Yampi cettha pubbe vuttaṃ, taṃ ‘‘majjhe samaṇasaṅghassā’’ti iminā pariyāyena thunatā puna vuttaṃ. Īdiso hi evaṃ virocati. Esa nayo uttaragāthāyapi.
557-8 「有最胜色者」:指具足最胜妙色之人。「赡部洲」:即赡部洲洲。他这是借人所共知的权威来赞叹那位转轮王的威势;而且,转轮王正是四大部洲之主。显示巴利原文
557-8.Uttamavaṇṇinoti uttamavaṇṇasampannassa. Jambusaṇḍassāti jambudīpassa. Pākaṭena issariyaṃ vaṇṇayanto āha, apica cakkavatti catunnampi dīpānaṃ issaro hoti.
559 「刹帝利」:指出身刹帝利种姓者。「领主」:指享有财富者。「国王们」:指一切执掌王权者。「随从」:指追随的仆从。「王中之王」:即诸王所敬奉之王,此处指转轮王。「人主」:即人类之君主,最上自在者。显示巴利原文
559.Khattiyāti jātikhattiyā. Bhojāti bhogiyā. Rājānoti ye keci rajjaṃ kārentā. Anuyantāti anugāmino sevakā. Rājābhirājāti rājūnaṃ pūjaniyo rājā hutvā, cakkavattīti adhippāyo. Manujindoti manussādhipati paramissaro hutvā.
560 听了这样的称赞,为满施罗的心愿,世尊心想:“凡阿拉汉、正自觉者,当自身的功德被称扬时,便会显现自身。”于是说道:“我是王。”此中含义如下:“施罗,你向我请求:‘您堪为转轮王。’对此你不必挂虑,我正是王。然而,就王权而言,其他国王即便是转轮王,其所统领的领域也有限量:或一百由旬,或二、三、四、五百由旬,乃至一千由旬,最多也仅限于四大洲的边际。我的领域则无此界限,因为我是法王、无上者。向上至有顶天,向下至无间地狱,横向于无量无数世界,皆在我的教化范围之内。在无足、二足等一切众生中,我最为殊胜。的确,从戒乃至解脱智见,无有任何人与我相等。我就是这样的法王、无上者。我以无上的四念处等菩提分法所摄之法,转动‘舍此住彼’等教诫之轮,或以‘诸比丘,此是苦圣谛’等教法,转动法轮。所谓不退转轮,即此轮不为沙门乃至世间任何所逆转。”显示巴利原文
560. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā ‘‘ye te bhavanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā, te sake vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attānaṃ pātukarontī’’ti imaṃ selassa manorathaṃ pūrento āha ‘‘rājāhamasmī’’ti. Tatrāyamadhippāyo – yaṃ kho maṃ tvaṃ sela yācasi ‘‘rājā arahasi bhavituṃ cakkavattī’’ti, ettha appossukko hoti, rājāhamasmi, sati ca rājatte yathā añño rājā samānopi yojanasataṃ vā anusāsati, dve tīṇi vā cattāri vā pañca vā yojanasatāni yojanasahassaṃ vā cakkavatti hutvāpi catudīpapariyantamattaṃ vā, nāhamevaṃ paricchinnavisayo. Ahañhi dhammarājā anuttaro bhavaggato avīcipariyantaṃ katvā tiriyaṃ appameyyā lokadhātuyo anusāsāmi. Yāvatā hi apadadvipadādibhedā sattā, ahaṃ tesaṃ aggo. Na hi me koci sīlena vā…pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanena vā paṭibhāgo atthi. Svāhaṃ evaṃ dhammarājā anuttaro anuttareneva catusatipaṭṭhānādibhedabodhipakkhiyasaṅkhātena dhammena cakkaṃ vattemi ‘‘idaṃ pajahatha, idaṃ upasampajja viharathā’’tiādinā āṇācakkaṃ, ‘‘idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasacca’’ntiādinā (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 14) pariyattidhammena dhammacakkameva vā. Cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyanti yaṃ cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ hoti samaṇena vā…pe… kenaci lokasminti.
561-2 看见世尊这样显现自身,施罗心生欢悦,为令信心坚固,诵出两首偈颂:“您自认是正自觉者……”其中他问:“谁是将军?”意思是:“尊贵的法王,您依法转动了法轮,那位随转法轮的将军是谁呢?”显示巴利原文
561-2. Evaṃ attānaṃ āvikarontaṃ bhagavantaṃ disvā pītisomanassajāto selo daḷhikaraṇatthaṃ ‘‘sambuddho paṭijānāsī’’ti gāthādvayamāha. Tattha ko nu senāpatīti dhammarañño bhoto, dhammena pavattitassa dhammacakkassa anuppavattako senāpati koti pucchi.
563 那时,尊者舍利弗坐在世尊的右侧,如金聚般闪耀光辉。世尊指着他,诵出“由我所转……”这首偈颂。其中,“依如来而生”的意思是:因如来而生,以如来为因而出生。显示巴利原文
563. Tena ca samayena bhagavato dakkhiṇapasse āyasmā sāriputto nisinno hoti suvaṇṇapuñjo viya siriyā sobhamāno, taṃ dassento bhagavā ‘‘mayā pavattita’’nti gāthamāha. Tattha anujāto tathāgatanti tathāgatahetu anujāto, tathāgatena hetunā jātoti attho.
564 如此回答了“谁是将军”后,针对施罗所说的“您自称正自觉者”,世尊为使他对此确信无疑,便欲令他明了:“我并非仅凭自称而声称,乃是依此理据而为佛陀”,因而宣说了“应证知……”的偈颂。其中,“应证知”指明与解脱。虽道谛与集谛属应修、应断,但此处以因表述,故依果之成就,他们之果——即灭谛与苦谛——实亦已被说出。因此,应证知者已证知,应遍知者已遍知,此偈所表达的正是此义。如是,世尊显示了四谛的修证之果及明与解脱,并以“于应觉悟之法觉悟后,我即为佛陀”这一合理依据,证成了自身的佛位。显示巴利原文
564. Evaṃ ‘‘ko nu senāpatī’’ti pañhaṃ byākaritvā yaṃ selo āha – ‘‘sambuddho paṭijānāsī’’ti, tatra naṃ nikkaṅkhaṃ kātukāmo ‘‘nāhaṃ paṭiññāmatteneva paṭijānāmi, apicāhaṃ iminā kāraṇena buddho’’ti ñāpetuṃ ‘‘abhiññeyya’’nti gāthamāha. Tattha abhiññeyyanti vijjā ca vimutti ca. Maggasaccasamudayasaccāni pana bhāvetabbapahātabbāni, hetuvacanena pana phalasiddhito tesaṃ phalāni nirodhasaccadukkhasaccānipi vuttāneva bhavanti. Yato sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikataṃ, pariññeyyaṃ pariññātanti evampettha vuttameva hoti. Evaṃ catusaccabhāvanāphalañca vijjāvimuttiṃ dassento ‘‘bujjhitabbaṃ bujjhitvā buddho jātosmī’’ti yuttena hetunā buddhattaṃ sādheti.
565-7 如此以究竟的方式彰显自身后,世尊为去除婆罗门心中的疑惑,便策励他,说出三首偈颂:“请调伏……”。其中,“拔箭者”即拔出贪等七种箭之人。“梵位者”:指已达最胜地位者。“无等者”:指已超越比较、超越譬喻,即无可比拟者。“摧破魔军者”:即摧破魔众之军者;此魔军正是如“欲为汝第一军……又轻视他人”等所述之魔罗眷属。“一切敌”:指对于五蕴魔、烦恼魔、诸行魔、死魔、天子魔等一切敌,悉令臣服。“无畏惧者”:指于一切处皆不生起恐惧。显示巴利原文
565-7. Evaṃ nippariyāyena attānaṃ pātukatvā attani kaṅkhāvitaraṇatthaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ abhittharayamāno ‘‘vinayassū’’ti gāthāttayamāha. Tattha sallakattoti rāgasallādisattasallakattano. Brahmabhūtoti seṭṭhabhūto. Atituloti tulaṃ atīto upamaṃ atīto, nirūpamoti attho. Mārasenappamaddanoti ‘‘kāmā te paṭhamā senā’’tiādikāya ‘‘pare ca avajānātī’’ti (su. ni. 440; mahāni. 28; cūḷani. nandamāṇavapucchāniddesa 47) evaṃ vuttāya māraparisasaṅkhātāya mārasenāya pamaddano. Sabbāmitteti khandhakilesābhisaṅkhāramaccudevaputtamārādike sabbapaccatthike. Vasīkatvāti attano vase vattetvā. Akutobhayoti kutoci abhayo.
568-70 当世尊如此说时,婆罗门施罗当下便对世尊生起了净信。他渴望出家,正如善根成熟、得遇殊胜缘者,被正确地策励一般,因而说出这三首偈颂:“诸贤,请……”。其中,“黑生种”指出生于旃陀罗等低贱家庭之人。显示巴利原文
568-70. Evaṃ vutte selo brāhmaṇo tāvadeva bhagavati sañjātappasādo pabbajjāpekkho hutvā ‘‘imaṃ bhavanto’’ti gāthāttayamāha yathā taṃ paripākagatāya upanissayasampattiyā sammā codiyamāno. Tattha kaṇhābhijātikoti caṇḍālādinīcakule jāto.
571 接着,那些年轻人也同样生起出家的愿望,便说出“若尊者您满意于此……”的偈颂,正如那些曾与他一同积累功德的良家子弟所为。显示巴利原文
571. Tato tepi māṇavakā tatheva pabbajjāpekkhā hutvā ‘‘etañce ruccati bhoto’’ti gāthamāhaṃsu yathā taṃ tena saddhiṃ katādhikārā kulaputtā.
572 那时,施罗对年轻人们心生欢喜,为示现他们并请求出家,便说出“婆罗门……”的偈颂。显示巴利原文
572. Atha selo tesu māṇavakesu tuṭṭhacitto te dassento pabbajjaṃ yācamāno ‘‘brāhmaṇā’’ti gāthamāha.
573 于是,世尊心中想到:在遥远的过去,施罗曾在莲花上佛的教法中,正是这三百人的首领。他与他们一起修建了精舍,共同做了布施等福德,之后次第地享受人天善趣的成就。在此最后一生,他投生为他们的老师,并且他们所做的那份业,已经成熟到能让他们获得解脱的果报,并成为他们「善来比丘」身份的亲依止缘。因此,世尊为了让他们全部以「善来比丘」的方式出家,便说出了「善说……」的偈颂。其中,「现见」指亲自身验、可以现前看见的。「无时」指并非要经过一段时间后才得果,而是道果立即生起。「于此」指以此作为原因。因为,以道之梵行为因的出家,对于一个不放逸、不忘失正念、在三学中修习的人来说,是不会空过的。因此世尊说:「善说……乃至……对于修习者。」显示巴利原文
573. Tato bhagavā yasmā selo atīte padumuttarassa bhagavato sāsane tesaṃyeva tiṇṇaṃ purisasatānaṃ gaṇaseṭṭho hutvā tehi saddhiṃ pariveṇaṃ kārāpetvā dānādīni puññāni ca katvā kamena devamanussasampattiṃ anubhavamāno pacchime bhave tesaṃyeva ācariyo hutvā nibbatto, tañca nesaṃ kammaṃ vimuttiparipākāya paripakkaṃ ehibhikkhubhāvassa ca upanissayabhūtaṃ, tasmā te sabbeva ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbājento ‘‘svākkhāta’’nti gāthamāha. Tattha sandiṭṭhikanti paccakkhaṃ. Akālikanti maggānantaraphaluppattito na kālantare pattabbaphalaṃ. Yatthāti yannimittā. Maggabrahmacariyanimittā hi pabbajjā appamattassa sativippavāsavirahitassa tīsu sikkhāsu sikkhato amoghā hoti. Tenāha – ‘‘svākkhātaṃ…pe… sikkhato’’ti.
说完之后,世尊说:‘来,比丘们。’他们便全都持好衣钵,从空中而来,顶礼世尊。对于他们这种‘善来比丘’的身份,结集者这样记载:‘些罗尊者……乃至……得受了具足戒。’显示巴利原文
Evañca vatvā ‘‘etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca. Te sabbe pattacīvaradharā hutvā ākāsenāgamma bhagavantaṃ abhivādesuṃ. Evamimaṃ tesaṃ ehibhikkhubhāvaṃ sandhāya saṅgītikārā ‘‘alattha kho selo…pe… upasampada’’nti āhaṃsu.
‘食已’指已用餐完毕。‘置钵洗手’指手已从钵移开,即已移开手之意。此处应视作省略了‘前往’一词。否则便难以理解他是如何在世尊身旁坐下的。显示巴利原文
Bhuttāvinti bhuttavantaṃ. Onītapattapāṇinti pattato onītapāṇiṃ, apanītahatthanti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha ‘‘upagantvā’’ti pāṭhaseso daṭṭhabbo. Itarathā hi bhagavantaṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdīti na yujjati.
574 ‘火供为首’这句话,是世尊为了随顺肯尼雅的心意而随喜说出的。因为婆罗门若不事火便没有祭祀,所以偈中说‘火供为首诸祭祀’,意思是火供最为殊胜、最为上首。在吠陀诵习中,由于最先必须诵习萨维特里,所以称萨维特里为韵律之首。因为国王是众人中最殊胜的,所以称国王为人之首。由于大海是众河的容器与归宿,所以称大海为河之首。凭借月亮运行可以知晓‘今日昴宿星值日’‘今日毕宿星值日’,又因其能照亮且性质柔和,故说月亮为星辰之首。在炎热者之中,太阳是最上的,所以称太阳为炎热者之首。而对于诸应供养者,其中最上的——特别是在那时以佛陀为首的僧团,所以说‘渴求福德的人们啊,僧众确实是祭祀之首’。由此表明僧团是生起福德的入口。显示巴利原文
574.Aggihuttamukhāti bhagavā keṇiyassa cittānukūlavasena anumodanto evamāha. Tattha aggiparicariyaṃ vinā brāhmaṇānaṃ yaññābhāvato ‘‘aggihuttamukhā yaññā’’ti vuttaṃ. Aggihuttaseṭṭhā aggihuttapadhānāti attho. Vede sajjhāyantehi paṭhamaṃ sajjhāyitabbato sāvittī ‘‘chandaso mukha’’nti vuttā. Manussānaṃ seṭṭhato rājā ‘‘mukha’’nti vutto. Nadīnaṃ ādhārato paṭisaraṇato ca sāgaro ‘‘mukha’’nti vutto. Candayogavasena ‘‘ajja kattikā ajja rohinī’’ti sañjānanato ālokakaraṇato sommabhāvato ca ‘‘nakkhattānaṃ mukhaṃ cando’’ti vutto. Tapantānaṃ aggattā ādicco ‘‘tapataṃ mukha’’nti vutto. Dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ pana aggattā visesena tasmiṃ samaye buddhappamukhaṃ saṅghaṃ sandhāya ‘‘puññaṃ ākaṅkhamānānaṃ, saṅgho ve yajataṃ mukha’’nti vutto. Tena saṅgho puññassa āyamukhanti dasseti.
576 “彼之皈依”是另一首授记偈颂。其意为:具足五眼的世尊啊,我们在八天前皈依了您,因此在七夜之间,便通过您教法中无上的调御而得到了调伏。啊!皈依的威力真是不可思议啊!显示巴利原文
576.Yaṃ taṃ saraṇanti aññabyākaraṇagāthamāha. Tassattho – pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumā bhagavā, yasmā mayaṃ ito aṭṭhame divase taṃ saraṇaṃ agamamha, tasmā sattarattena tava sāsane anuttarena damathena dantamha. Aho te saraṇassa ānubhāvoti.
577-8 此后,以两首偈颂称赞世尊已,又以第三首偈颂请求顶礼:显示巴利原文
577-8. Tato paraṃ bhagavantaṃ dvīhi gāthāhi thunitvā tatiyāya vandanaṃ yācati –
这三百位比丘,合掌恭立于此;
大雄啊,请伸展双足,让龙象们向导师顶礼!
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhikkhavo tisatā ime, tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā; Pāde vīra pasārehi, nāgā vandantu satthuno’’ti.
第八、《箭经》的注释。显示巴利原文
8. Sallasuttavaṇṇanā
580 「无相」即指《箭经》。此经因何因缘而起?据说,世尊有一位在家弟子担任侍者,他的儿子去世了。他被丧子之痛所击倒,整整七日不进饮食。世尊出于悲悯,亲临其家,为遣除他的忧伤而宣说了此经。显示巴利原文
580.Animittanti sallasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Bhagavato kira upaṭṭhāko eko upāsako, tassa putto kālamakāsi. So puttasokābhibhūto sattāhaṃ nirāhāro ahosi. Taṃ anukampanto bhagavā tassa gharaṃ gantvā sokavinodanatthaṃ imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
此处,“无相”意指没有可作为前兆的行动行相。例如,在“当我眨眼或扬眉时,便以此暗示盗取那物品”等情形中,存在一个行动的行相;然而生命并无这样的行相。因为不可能获得“在我做这做那期间,你必须活着,不准死”的保证。所谓“不可确知”:正是由此,生命长度无法确定,无论从投生趣向,还是从寿命限度而言。譬如四大王天等天界有其确定的寿量,而人类则无,故生命长度不可确知。显示巴利原文
Tattha animattanti kiriyākāranimittavirahitaṃ. Yathā hi ‘‘yadāhaṃ akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇissāmi, bhamukaṃ vā ukkhipissāmi, tena nimittena taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā’’tiādīsu kiriyākāranimittamatthi, na evaṃ jīvite. Na hi sakkā laddhuṃ ‘‘yāvāhaṃ idaṃ vā idaṃ vā karomi, tāva tvaṃ jīva, mā mīyā’’ti. Anaññātanti ato eva na sakkā ekaṃsena aññātuṃ ‘‘ettakaṃ vā ettakaṃ vā kālaṃ iminā jīvitabba’’nti gatiyā āyupariyantavasena vā. Yathā hi cātumahārājikādīnaṃ parimitaṃ āyu, na tathā maccānaṃ, evampi ekaṃsena anaññātaṃ.
“困苦”:因生命依众多因缘而转起,故为困苦,并非安乐易养。如此,生命实依赖于出入息、四大种、段食、暖气及识。若不吸气,或不呼气,便不能存活。于四界中,此身犹如被名为“木口”等毒蛇所噬:首先,当地界紊乱时,身体便变得僵硬,犹如朽木。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Kasiranti anekapaccayapaṭibaddhavuttibhāvato kicchaṃ na sukhayāpanīyaṃ. Tathā hi taṃ assāsapaṭibaddhañca, passāsapaṭibaddhañca, mahābhūtapaṭibaddhañca, kabaḷīkārāhārapaṭibaddhañca, usmāpaṭibaddhañca, viññāṇapaṭibaddhañca. Anassasantopi hi na jīvati apassasantopi. Catūsu ca dhātūsu kaṭṭhamukhādiāsīvisadaṭṭho viya kāyo pathavīdhātuppakopena tāva thaddho hoti kaliṅgarasadiso. Yathāha –
身体变得僵硬,犹如被“木口”毒蛇所噬;
当地界扰动时,他的身体便犹如被‘木口’所咬一般。”(《法集论注释》584)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Patthaddho bhavatī kāyo, daṭṭho kaṭṭhamukhena vā; Pathavīdhātuppakopena, hoti kaṭṭhamukheva so’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 584);
水界扰动时,身体便会腐败,脓血与肉流淌,最后只剩下骸骨与皮囊。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Āpodhātuppakopena pūtibhāvaṃ āpajjitvā paggharitapubbamaṃsalohito aṭṭhicammāvaseso hoti. Yathāha –
“身体腐败,犹如被‘腐口’所咬;
水界紊乱时,他的身体便如同被毒蛇咬过一般,疮口腐烂。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pūtiko bhavatī kāyo, daṭṭho pūtimukhena vā; Āpodhātuppakopena, hoti pūtimukheva so’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 584);
火界紊乱时,身体则如被投入火坑一般,周身遍遭焚烧。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Tejodhātuppakopena aṅgārakāsuyaṃ pakkhitto viya samantā pariḍayhati. Yathāha –
身体烧灼难耐,犹如被火口噬咬;
由于火界紊乱,他犹如身陷火口。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Santatto bhavatī kāyo, daṭṭho aggimukhena vā; Tejodhātuppakopena, hoti aggimukheva so’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 584);
当风界紊乱时,关节间的连结被割裂,如遭石捣、碾成粉末的骨头一般。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Vāyodhātuppakopena sañchijjamānasandhibandhano pāsāṇehi koṭṭetvā sañcuṇṇiyamānaṭṭhiko viya ca hoti. Yathāha –
身体被割裂,犹如被刀口所伤;
由于风界紊乱,他便如同落于刀刃一般。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sañchinno bhavatī kāyo, daṭṭho satthamukhena vā; Vāyodhātuppakopena, hoti satthamukheva so’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 584);
当这些界紊乱、身体失调时,便无法生存。唯有当这些界互相扶持,完成支撑等作用,彼此协调运作时,生命才得以延续。因此,生命是依于这些大种的。生命依于段食:在饥荒等时,众生因食物断绝而命终,此理显而易见,所以生命系于段食。同样,生命也依于火界:当饮食等消化时,业生的火界耗尽,众生便寿尽命终,这也很明显,所以生命系于火界。而生命也依于识:当识灭时,从灭那一刻起,众生便无生命,这在世间同样显而易见,所以生命系于识。由此可见,生命因需依靠诸多因缘和合方能存在,故应了知它极其脆弱。显示巴利原文
Dhātuppakopabyāpannakāyopi ca na jīvati. Yadā pana tā dhātuyo aññamaññaṃ patiṭṭhānādikiccaṃ sādhentāpi samaṃ vahanti, tadā jīvitaṃ pavattati. Evaṃ mahābhūtapaṭibaddhañca jīvitaṃ. Dubbhikkhādīsu pana āhārupacchedena sattānaṃ jīvitakkhayo pākaṭo eva. Evaṃ kabaḷīkārāhārapaṭibaddhañca jīvitaṃ. Tathā asitapītādiparipāke kammajateje khīṇe sattā jīvitakkhayaṃ pāpuṇantāpi pākaṭā eva. Evaṃ usmāpaṭibaddhañca jīvitaṃ. Viññāṇe pana niruddhe niruddhato pabhuti sattānaṃ na hoti jīvitanti evampi loke pākaṭameva. Evaṃ viññāṇapaṭibaddhañca jīvitaṃ. Evaṃ anekapaccayapaṭibaddhavuttibhāvato kasiraṃ veditabbaṃ.
“小”即微少。与诸天寿命相比,犹如草尖上的露珠;又或因超越心识刹那便不复存在,故称为“小”。即使极为长寿的有情,若以过去心而言,曾活,非现在活,亦非将来活;以未来心而言,将来活,非现在活,亦非曾活;以现在心而言,现在活,非曾活,亦非将来活。对此,有这样的说法:显示巴利原文
Parittañcāti appakaṃ, devānaṃ jīvitaṃ upanidhāya tiṇagge ussāvabindusadisaṃ, cittakkhaṇato uddhaṃ abhāvena vā parittaṃ. Atidīghāyukopi hi satto atītena cittena jīvittha na jīvati na jīvissati, anāgatena jīvissati na jīvati na jīvittha, paccuppannena jīvati na jīvittha na jīvissati. Vuttañcetaṃ –
生命与有身,以及一切的苦乐;
这些皆与一心相应,刹那轻转流逝。
那些住寿八万四千劫的天神,
他们也不是与两种心相应而活。」(《大义释》10)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Jīvitaṃ attabhāvo ca, sukhadukkhā ca kevalā; Ekacittasamāyuttā, lahuso vattate khaṇo. ‘‘Cullāsītisahassāni , kappā tiṭṭhanti ye marū; Natveva tepi jīvanti, dvīhi cittehi saṃyutā’’ti. (mahāni. 10);
而那个生命是与苦相结合的:此生命虽如此无相、不为人知、艰难而微小,却与寒冷、炎热、蚊虻等触,饥渴,以及行苦、变易苦、苦苦诸苦结合。这是何意?正因为凡夫的生命便是如此,所以只要它尚未灭尽,你就应当只修法行,莫为儿子悲伤。显示巴利原文
Tañca dukkhena saṃyutanti tañca jīvitaṃ evaṃ animittamanaññātaṃ kasiraṃ parittañca samānampi sītuṇhaḍaṃsamakasādisamphassakhuppipāsāsaṅkhāradukkhavipariṇāmadukkhadukkhadukkhehi saṃyutaṃ. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yasmā īdisaṃ maccānaṃ jīvitaṃ, tasmā tvaṃ yāva taṃ parikkhayaṃ na gacchati, tāva dhammacariyameva brūhaya, mā puttamanusocāti.
581 或者,你或许会这样想:‘我虽用一切资具保护儿子,他却还是死了,因此我悲伤。’即便如此,也勿悲伤。因为没有任何方法能使已生的众生不死。这是说,无法以任何手段保护已生的众生,使他们免于一死。接着,由于他想:‘尊者,活到衰老而死才称得上合宜,可我的儿子太过年轻就死了。’因此佛陀说:‘即使活到衰老,死亡也必然来临,因为众生有此法则。’意思是,无论活到衰老与否,死亡都会发生,此事并无一定之规。显示巴利原文
581. Athāpi maññeyyāsi ‘‘sabbūpakaraṇehi puttaṃ anurakkhantassāpi me so mato, tena socāmī’’ti, evampi mā soci. Na hi so upakkamo atthi, yena jātā na miyyare, na hi sakkā kenaci upakkamena jātā sattā mā marantūti rakkhitunti vuttaṃ hoti. Tato yasmā so ‘‘jaraṃ patvā nāma, bhante, maraṇaṃ anurūpaṃ, atidaharo me putto mato’’ti cintesi, tasmā āha ‘‘jarampi patvā maraṇaṃ, evaṃdhammā hi pāṇino’’ti, jaraṃ patvāpi appatvāpi maraṇaṃ, natthi ettha niyamoti vuttaṃ hoti.
582 此处为了以譬喻阐明此义,而说“犹如成熟的果实……”等句。其含义是:譬如成熟的果实,从日出开始,树木被阳光烘烤时,地味与水味依次从叶到枝、从枝到干、从干到根,由根进入大地;而降雨来临之时,又从地到根、从根到干,依次上行至枝叶、嫩芽等处,但在向上运行时,水味并不会进入成熟果实的果蒂根部。之后,当阳光烘烤果蒂根部时,便产生灼热。因此那些果实每天早晨常常坠落,它们有清晨坠落的怖畏,即坠落的怖畏。同样地,已生的有情趋向死亡,常有怖畏。众生恰如成熟的果实。显示巴利原文
582. Idāni tamatthaṃ nidassanena sādhento ‘‘phalānamiva pakkāna’’ntiādimāha. Tassattho – yathā phalānaṃ pakkānaṃ yasmā sūriyuggamanato pabhuti sūriyātapena santappamāne rukkhe pathaviraso ca āporaso ca pattato sākhaṃ sākhato khandhaṃ khandhato mūlanti evaṃ anukkamena mūlato pathavimeva pavisati, ogamanato pabhuti pana pathavito mūlaṃ mūlato khandhanti evaṃ anukkamena sākhāpattapallavādīni puna ārohati, evaṃ ārohanto ca paripākagate phale vaṇṭamūlaṃ na pavisati. Atha sūriyātapena tappamāne vaṇṭamūle pariḷāho uppajjati. Tena tāni phalāni pāto pāto niccakālaṃ patanti, nesaṃ pāto patanato bhayaṃ hoti, patanā bhayaṃ hotīti attho. Evaṃ jātānaṃ maccānaṃ niccaṃ maraṇato bhayaṃ . Pakkaphalasadisā hi sattāti.
583-6 再者,“犹如陶师的……生命”一句,因此,“年轻者……归趣”,应如此来理解;这样理解之后,“对于他们,死亡……或者亲属对于亲属”,也应如此来理解。因为父亲不能庇护儿子,亲属也不能庇护亲属,所以就在亲属们眼睁睁看着的时候……便被带走。显示巴利原文
583-6. Kiñca bhiyyo ‘‘yathāpi kumbhakārassa…pe… jīvita’’nti. Tasmā ‘‘daharā ca…pe… parāyaṇā’’ti evaṃ gaṇha, evañca gahetvā ‘‘tesaṃ maccu…pe… ñātī vā pana ñātake’’ti evampi gaṇha. Yasmā ca na pitā tāyate puttaṃ, ñātī vā pana ñātake, tasmā pekkhataṃyeva…pe… nīyati.
在此,文句的连接如下:就在亲属们眼睁睁看着的时候,他们“妈啊!爸啊!”地发出种种悲泣,一一有情正如一头将被宰杀的牛那样被带走。近事男,你当如此观察:世间竟是这般没有救护!显示巴利原文
Tattha ayaṃ yojanā – passamānānaṃyeva ñātīnaṃ ‘‘amma, tātā’’tiādinā nayena puthu anekappakārakaṃ lālapataṃyeva maccānaṃ ekameko macco yathā go vajjho evaṃ nīyati, evaṃ passa, upāsaka, yāva atāṇo lokoti.
587 佛陀、独觉佛等具足坚定智慧者,深知“世间如此为死亡与衰老所逼迫,于此,任何人都无法提供救护”,因此,那些智者了知世间之流转后便不悲伤。也就是说:了知此世间本性之后,他们便不悲伤。显示巴利原文
587. Tattha ye buddhapaccekabuddhādayo dhitisampannā, te ‘‘evamabbhāhato loko maccunā ca jarāya ca, so na sakkā kenaci parittāṇaṃ kātu’’nti yasmā jānanti, tasmā dhīrā na socanti viditvā lokapariyāyaṃ. Imaṃ lokasabhāvaṃ ñatvā na socantīti vuttaṃ hoti.
588 可是,你却为一位你不知其来路与去处的人而悲叹——这是什么意思呢?意思是:你既不知他进入母胎的来处,也不知他从此处死后去往他处的去处。对于他,你不见此两端,只是徒劳无益地悲叹。然而,智者能见彼,了知世间流转后,便不悲伤。显示巴利原文
588. Tvaṃ pana yassa maggaṃ…pe… paridevasi. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yassa mātukucchiṃ āgatassa āgatamaggaṃ vā ito cavitvā aññattha gatassa gatamaggaṃ vā na jānāsi, tassa ime ubho ante asampassaṃ niratthaṃ paridevasi. Dhīrā pana te passantā viditvā lokapariyāyaṃ na socantīti.
589 现在,为了证明“徒劳地悲叹”这一所说的悲叹毫无利益,他接着说“若悲叹……”等。其中,“能产生”意为能引起、能保持,即于自身中生起之意。“愚痴者伤害自己”:指成为愚痴后,折磨自己。若确实能以此带来某种利益,那么明智者也会那样去悲叹了。显示巴利原文
589. Idāni ‘‘niratthaṃ paridevasī’’ti ettha vuttaparidevanāya niratthakabhāvaṃ sādhento ‘‘paridevayamāno ce’’tiādimāha. Tattha udabbaheti ubbaheyya dhāreyya, attani sañjaneyyāti attho. Sammūḷho hiṃsamattānanti sammūḷho hutvā attānaṃ bādhento. Kayirā ce naṃ vicakkhaṇoti yadi tādiso kañci atthaṃ udabbahe, vicakkhaṇopi naṃ paridevaṃ kareyya.
590 “确实不是靠哭泣”这句的解释是:确实没有哪个人能通过哭泣或忧伤获得内心的宁静;相反,正在哭泣和忧伤的人,只会生起更多的苦,身体也会因变得憔悴等而受到损害。显示巴利原文
590.Na hi ruṇṇenāti etthāyaṃ yojanā – na pana koci ruṇṇena vā sokena vā cetaso santiṃ pappoti, apica kho pana rodato socato ca bhiyyo assa uppajjate dukkhaṃ, sarīrañca dubbaṇṇiyādīhi upahaññatīti.
591 “不是依靠那悲叹”:依靠那种悲叹,已去世的人既不会得到保护,也不会继续存活,那对他们并无利益。因此,悲叹毫无意义。显示巴利原文
591.Na tena petāti tena paridevanena kālakatā na pālenti na yāpenti, na taṃ tesaṃ upakārāya hoti. Tasmā niratthā paridevanāti.
592 不仅毫无意义,还会招致祸患。为什么呢?因为他不舍弃忧悲……(中略)……受其支配。其中,“anutthunanto”指正在忧伤的人。“vasamanvagū”指已受支配的人。显示巴利原文
592. Na kevalañca niratthā, anatthampi āvahati. Kasmā? Yasmā sokamappajahaṃ…pe… vasamanvagū. Tattha anutthunantoti anusocanto. Vasamanvagūti vasaṃ gato.
593 如此揭示了悲伤既无意义又带来损害之后,为了调伏悲伤,世尊教导说“且看其他”等。此处,“行人”指旅行者,即那些已准备前往他世的人。“在此颤抖的众生”指那些在此世间因死亡恐惧而颤抖的众生。显示巴利原文
593. Evampi niratthakattaṃ anatthāvahattañca sokassa dassetvā idāni sokavinayatthaṃ ovadanto ‘‘aññepi passā’’tiādimāha. Tattha gamineti gamike, paralokagamanasajje ṭhiteti vuttaṃ hoti. Phandantevidha pāṇinoti maraṇabhayena phandamāneyeva idha satte.
594 “以如是方式”指人们以那样的方式去想:“他将长寿,他将无病。”但随后,情况却完全变成另一回事——这样被期望的他,也会死,也会生病。这种“分离”正与原先的期望相违。看啊,近事男,这即是世间的本性。应当这样理解其中的意趣与理路。显示巴利原文
594.Yena yenāti yenākārena maññanti ‘‘dīghāyuko bhavissati, arogo bhavissatī’’ti. Tato taṃ aññathāyeva hoti, so evaṃ maññito maratipi, rogīpi hoti. Etādiso ayaṃ vinābhāvo maññitappaccanīkena hoti, passa, upāsaka, lokasabhāvanti evamettha adhippāyayojanā veditabbā.
596 “听闻阿拉汉”指听闻了阿拉汉这样的说法之后。“这不可由我获得”是指那位亡者清楚地了知:“现在想让我重新活过来”是不可能的,如此便调伏了悲叹。显示巴利原文
596.Arahato sutvāti imaṃ evarūpaṃ arahato dhammadesanaṃ sutvā. Neso labbhā mayā itīti so peto ‘‘idāni mayā puna jīvatū’’ti na labbhā iti parijānanto, vineyya paridevitanti vuttaṃ hoti.
597 更有:“犹如燃烧的房屋……应当摧毁。”在此,「贤者」由成就坚忍而应知,「有慧者」由本具的智慧而应知,「智者」由多闻所得的智慧而应知,「善巧者」由天生善於思惟的禀性而应知。或者,也可与思所成慧、闻所成慧、修所成慧联系起来理解。显示巴利原文
597. Kiñca bhiyyo – ‘‘yathā saraṇamādittaṃ…pe… dhaṃsaye’’ti. Tattha dhīro dhitisampadāya, sapañño sābhāvikapaññāya, paṇḍito bāhusaccapaññāya, kusalo cintakajātikatāya veditabbo. Cintāmayasutamayabhāvanāmayapaññāhi vā yojetabbaṃ.
598-9 并非仅有悲伤,还有悲叹……自己的刺。於此,「pajappanti」指渴爱。「忧」即心所层面的苦。「拔除」即拔取出。「刺」:正因其难以拔除,且能从内部刺穿,所以称为「刺」;或者也就是前面所说的七种贪等之刺。当这根刺被拔除时,那已拔除刺的人……便成为寂灭者。至此,世尊以阿拉汉果为顶峰而结束了这次说法。这里,「无所依者」指不依止於渴爱与邪见的人。「达到」指达到之後。其余的部分因先前已经解释过,意义明显,故不再注释。显示巴利原文
598-9. Na kevalañca sokameva, paridevaṃ…pe… sallamattano. Tattha pajappanti taṇhaṃ. Domanassanti cetasikadukkhaṃ. Abbaheti uddhare. Sallanti etameva tippakāraṃ dunnīharaṇaṭṭhena antovijjhanaṭṭhena ca sallaṃ. Pubbe vuttaṃ sattavidhaṃ rāgādisallaṃ vā. Etasmiñhi abbūḷhe salle abbūḷhasallo…pe… nibbutoti arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Tattha asitoti taṇhādiṭṭhīhi anissito. Pappuyyāti pāpuṇitvā. Sesaṃ idha ito pubbe vuttattā uttānatthameva, tasmā na vaṇṇitaṃ.
婆悉吒经注释显示巴利原文
9. Vāseṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā
「如是我闻」等语,出自《婆悉吒经》。此经的缘起是什么?即其序分中所说。至於义注,我们将沿用已有的解释方式,略过含义明显的词句来进行。「一奢能伽罗」是村名。「商吉」「哆卢伽」「兜德耶」等,是婆罗门富豪们惯用的称呼。「沸伽罗娑罗」与「生闻」,是两位占相者的名字。据说其中一人,是从雪山旁池塘里的莲花中诞生的。有位苦行者取来那朵莲花,看见里面躺着一个男孩,便将他抚养长大并带给国王。因为他躺在莲花中,因此取名为「沸伽罗娑罗」。另一位则担任占相者的官职,据说得到了名为「生闻」的国师之位,并因此而闻名。显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti vāseṭṭhasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Ayameva yāssa nidāne vuttā atthavaṇṇanaṃ panassa vuttanayāni uttānatthāni ca padāni pariharantā karissāma. Icchānaṅgaloti gāmassa nāmaṃ. Brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṃ caṅkī tārukkho todeyyoti vohāranāmametaṃ. Pokkharasāti jāṇussoṇīti nemittikaṃ. Tesu kira eko himavantapasse pokkharaṇiyā padume nibbatto, aññataro tāpaso taṃ padumaṃ gahetvā tattha sayitaṃ dārakaṃ disvā saṃvaḍḍhetvā rañño dassesi. Pokkhare sayitattā ‘‘pokkharasātī’’ti cassa nāmamakāsi. Ekassa ṭhānantare nemittikaṃ. Tena kira jāṇussoṇināmakaṃ purohitaṭṭhānaṃ laddhaṃ, so teneva paññāyi.
他们以及其他众多极负盛名的婆罗门富豪,为何都住在“一奢能伽罗”呢?是为了读诵和探究吠陀。据说那时,在憍萨罗国,精通吠陀的婆罗门们为了读诵吠陀并探究其义,都会聚集到那个村子里。因此,他们也就不时地从自己受封的村庄前来,住在这里。显示巴利原文
Te sabbepi aññe ca abhiññātā abhiññātā brāhmaṇamahāsālā kasmā icchānaṅgale paṭivasantīti? Vedasajjhāyanaparivīmaṃsanatthaṃ. Tena kira samayena kosalajanapade vedakā brāhmaṇā vedānaṃ sajjhāyakaraṇatthañca atthūpaparikkhaṇatthañca tasmiṃyeva gāme sannipatanti. Tena tepi antarantarā attano bhogagāmato āgamma tattha paṭivasanti.
“婆悉吒与婆罗堕阇”指的是婆悉吒和婆罗堕阇两人。“此中间话题”意思是:当他们以适合朋友身份的方式边谈话边漫步时,在原先话题的中间,突然生起了另一个话题,故而这样说。“具净胎藏”指具有清净之腹,意思是纯粹从清净的婆罗门母胎中出生。因为在“等引消化之火”等用语中,将腹内之火称为‘消化之火’,而在这里,“胎藏”是指母胎。“直至七代”指母亲的母亲、父亲的父亲,如此逆推直到第七代。在这里,祖父与祖母合称‘祖父辈’,同样外祖父与外祖母合称‘外祖父辈’,祖父辈和外祖父辈都属于祖父辈。祖父辈的一对就称为“祖父辈对”。“对”指寿量,但这只是言语上的表达;实际上,祖父辈本身就是指‘祖父辈对’。“不被轻视”指关于出身,不被任何人以“他算什么”而看不起。“不被非难”指从未因出身缺陷的指责而被非难过。“具足仪律”指具足行仪。“令了知”意为使之知道、使之觉悟,也就是使之不中断。“我们去”就是前往。显示巴利原文
Vāseṭṭhabhāradvājānanti vāseṭṭhassa ca bhāradvājassa ca. Ayamantarākathāti yaṃ attano sahāyakabhāvānurūpaṃ kathaṃ kathentā anuvicariṃsu, tassā kathāya antarā vemajjheyeva ayaṃ aññā kathā udapādīti vuttaṃ hoti. Saṃsuddhagahaṇikoti saṃsuddhakucchiko, saṃsuddhāya brāhmaṇiyā eva kucchismiṃ nibbattoti adhippāyo. ‘‘Samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā’’tiādīsu hi udaraggi ‘‘gahaṇī’’ti vuccati. Idha pana mātukucchi. Yāva sattamāti mātu mātā, pitu pitāti evaṃ paṭilomena yāva satta jātiyo. Ettha ca pitāmaho ca pitāmahī ca pitāmahā, tathā mātāmaho ca mātāmahī ca mātāmahā, pitāmahā ca mātāmahā ca pitāmahāyeva. Pitāmahānaṃ yugaṃ pitāmahayugaṃ. Yuganti āyuppamāṇaṃ. Abhilāpamattameva cetaṃ, atthato pana pitāmahāyeva pitāmahayugaṃ. Akkhittoti jātiṃ ārabbha ‘‘kiṃ so’’ti kenaci anavaññāto . Anupakkuṭṭhoti jātisandosavādena anupakkuṭṭhapubbo. Vatasampannoti ācārasampanno. Saññāpetunti ñāpetuṃ bodhetuṃ, nirantaraṃ kātunti vuttaṃ hoti. Āyāmāti gacchāma.
600 “被认可并自认”意思是我们被老师们认可为“你们是三明者”,同时自己也这样自认。“我们是”即成为。“两者”指两人。他说“我是沸伽罗娑罗的弟子,这位青年是哆卢伽的”,这是为了彰显老师的成就和自己的成就,真正的意思是:我是沸伽罗娑罗座下最年长的内弟子、上首弟子,而这位是哆卢伽的门人。显示巴利原文
600.Anuññātapaṭiññātāti ‘‘tevijjā tumhe’’ti evaṃ mayaṃ ācariyehi ca anuññātā attanā ca paṭijānimhāti attho. Asmāti bhavāma. Ubhoti dvepi janā. Ahaṃ pokkharasātissa, tārukkhassāyaṃ māṇavoti ahaṃ pokkharasātissa jeṭṭhantevāsī aggasisso, ayaṃ tārukkhassāti adhippāyena bhaṇati ācariyasampattiṃ attano sampattiñca dīpento.
601 「三明者」指通达三吠陀之人。「究竟者」指达到终点、圆满无缺的人。「我们是」即我们正是如此。接着,为了详说那种究竟圆满的状态,他说:“我们是读诵者……等等”。在这里,他将吠陀称为「读诵」。「由业」是指由十种善业道所造之业。因为之前,他针对七种身语业说过:“居士,只要成为具戒者……”,在说到三种意业时又说“具足仪律”。正因具足这些,便是具足行仪。显示巴利原文
601.Tevijjānanti tivedānaṃ. Kevalinoti niṭṭhaṅgatā. Asmaseti amha bhavāma. Idāni taṃ kevalibhāvaṃ vitthārento āha – ‘‘padakasmā…pe… sādisā’’ti. Tattha jappeti vede. Kammunāti dasavidhena kusalakammapathakammunā. Ayañhi pubbe sattavidhaṃ kāyavacīkammaṃ sandhāya ‘‘yato kho bho sīlavā hotī’’ti āha. Tividhaṃ manokammaṃ sandhāya ‘‘vatasampanno’’ti āha. Tena samannāgato hi ācārasampanno hoti.
602-5 现在,他换一种表达方式说道:“而我以业说”。「超越毁灭」指已越出任何缺失的状态,意为圆满无缺。「到来」指前往、到达。「礼敬」即行礼致敬。「于世间生起的眼」指在无明所覆的黑暗世间中,破除那黑暗,通过为世人开示现法利益等义,成为眼目而出现于世间。显示巴利原文
602-5. Idāni taṃ vacanantarena dassento āha – ‘‘ahañca kammunā brūmī’’ti. Khayātītanti ūnabhāvaṃ atītaṃ, paripuṇṇanti attho. Peccāti upagantvā. Namassantīti namo karonti. Cakkhuṃ loke samuppannanti avijjandhakāre loke, taṃ andhakāraṃ vidhamitvā lokassa diṭṭhadhammikādiatthasandassanena cakkhu hutvā samuppannaṃ.
606 如是赞叹之后,因婆悉吒的祈请,世尊为了摄受这两人,说:“我将为你们次第解说……”等。此中,「将为解说」意思是我将解说。「次第」是指:暂置婆罗门的思惟,我将从昆虫、爬虫、草、树开始,为你们次第解说。应这样了解此处的用意:这二位青年是需要藉由详尽说法来调伏的。「种姓分别」即对种姓的详尽说明。「因为种种姓互不相同」是说,那些有情的种姓各各不同,有着种种差别。显示巴利原文
606. Evaṃ abhitthavitvā vāseṭṭhena yācito bhagavā dvepi jane saṅgaṇhanto āha – ‘‘tesaṃ vo ahaṃ byakkhissa’’ntiādi. Tattha byakkhissanti byākarissāmi. Anupubbanti tiṭṭhatu tāva brāhmaṇacintā, kīṭapaṭaṅgatiṇarukkhato pabhuti vo anupubbaṃ byakkhissanti evamettha adhippāyo veditabbo, evaṃ vitthārakathāya vinetabbā hi te māṇavakā. Jātivibhaṅganti jātivitthāraṃ. Aññamaññā hi jātiyoti tesaṃ tesañhi pāṇānaṃ jātiyo aññā aññā nānappakārāti attho.
607 接着,在应当解说有情的种姓差别时,他先就非执受者开始解说:“也请你们了知草与树……”这是为了什么?为了容易了知执受者。因为,一旦把握了非执受者的种姓差别,对于执受者的种姓差别就会更加清楚。其中,“草”指的是内里有髓、外部有坚固心材的植物,因此棕榈、椰子等也归入草类。“树”则是外部有髓、内部有坚固心材的植物。草与树合称为“草木”。他以业格复数指称它们,说:“也请你们了知草与树。”“它们并不宣称”,意思是它们不会说“我是草”“我是树”。“特征由种姓所成”,即便它们不宣称,其形态也正是由各自的种姓决定,与它们所从属的草等根本类别保持一致。为什么呢?“因为种种姓各不相同”,也就是说,草的种姓为一类,树的种姓为另一类;即使在草当中,棕榈的种姓是一类,椰子的种姓又是另一类,应当这样详细展开。显示巴利原文
607. Tato pāṇānaṃ jātivibhaṅge kathetabbe ‘‘tiṇarukkhepi jānāthā’’ti anupādinnakānaṃ tāva kathetuṃ āraddho. Taṃ kimatthamiti ce? Upādinnesu sukhañāpanatthaṃ. Anupādinnesu hi jātibhede gahite upādinnesu so pākaṭataro hoti. Tattha tiṇāni nāma antopheggūni bahisārāni. Tasmā tālanāḷikerādayopi tiṇasaṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Rukkhā nāma bahipheggū antosārā. Tiṇāni ca rukkhā ca tiṇarukkhā. Te upayogabahuvacanena dassento āha – ‘‘tiṇarukkhepi jānāthā’’ti. Na cāpi paṭijānareti ‘‘mayaṃ tiṇā, mayaṃ rukkhā’’ti evampi na paṭijānanti. Liṅgaṃ jātimayanti apaṭijānantānampi ca tesaṃ jātimayameva saṇṭhānaṃ attano mūlabhūtatiṇādisadisameva hoti. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Aññamaññā hi jātiyo, yasmā aññā tiṇajāti, aññā rukkhajāti; tiṇesupi aññā tālajāti, aññā nāḷikerajātīti evaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ.
这说明什么?凡是因种姓而有差别的事物,即使不靠自己的宣称或他人的教导,也能看出它与其他种姓的差别。如果婆罗门是由种姓而成为婆罗门,那他也应不靠自己的宣称或他人的教导,就被认出与刹帝利、吠舍和首陀罗有差别,然而事实并非如此,因此婆罗门并非由种姓而来。而且,后面他还会用“正如在这些种姓中”这一偈颂,以言语揭示此义。显示巴利原文
Tena kiṃ dīpeti? Yaṃ jātivasena nānā hoti, taṃ attano paṭiññaṃ paresaṃ vā upadesaṃ vināpi aññajātito visesena gayhati. Yadi ca jātiyā brāhmaṇo bhaveyya, sopi attano paṭiññaṃ paresaṃ vā upadesaṃ vinā khattiyato vessasuddato vā visesena gayheyya, na ca gayhati, tasmā na jātiyā brāhmaṇoti. Parato pana ‘‘yathā etāsu jātīsū’’ti imāya gāthāya etamatthaṃ vacībhedeneva āvikarissati.
608 如此显示了非执受者的种姓差别之后,为了显示执受者的种姓差别,他说:“其次,昆虫”等等。其中,“昆虫”即指蛆虫。“爬虫”就是爬虫类。“乃至昆塔基比罗”,意思是以昆塔基比罗作为界限。显示巴利原文
608. Evaṃ anupādinnesu jātibhedaṃ dassetvā upādinnesu taṃ dassento ‘‘tato kīṭe’’ti evamādimāha. Tattha kīṭāti kimayo. Paṭaṅgāti paṭaṅgāyeva. Yāva kunthakipilliketi kunthakipillikaṃ pariyantaṃ katvāti attho.
609 “小”指黑蚁等;“大”指兔、猫等。因为它们都有种种颜色。显示巴利原文
609.Khuddaketi kāḷakakaṇḍakādayo. Mahallaketi sasabiḷārādayo. Sabbe hi te anekavaṇṇā.
610 “腹足”指以腹部为足,即腹部就是它们的足。“长背”:蛇从头部至尾端只有背,故被称为“长背”。它们也有多种类别,如毒蛇等。显示巴利原文
610.Pādūdareti udarapāde, udaraṃyeva yesaṃ pādāti vuttaṃ hoti. Dīghapiṭṭhiketi sappānañhi sīsato yāva naṅguṭṭhā piṭṭhi eva hoti, tena te ‘‘dīghapiṭṭhikā’’ti vuccanti. Tepi anekappakārā āsīvisādibhedena.
611 “水生”指生于水中者。鱼类也有种种,如罗希塔鱼等。显示巴利原文
611.Odaketi udakamhi jāte. Macchāpi anekappakārā rohitamacchādibhedena.
612 所谓“有翅者”(pakkhī),即指鸟。因为它们拥有翅膀,所以称为“有翅者”。凭借翅膀而行,故称“翼行者”(pattayānā)。在空中飞行,故称“飞行者”(vihaṅgamā)。这些鸟类也有种种差别,如乌鸦等类别。显示巴利原文
612.Pakkhīti sakuṇe. Te hi pakkhānaṃ atthitāya ‘‘pakkhī’’ti vuccanti. Pattehi yantīti pattayānā. Vehāse gacchantīti vihaṅgamā. Tepi anekappakārā kākādibhedena.
613 在显示了陆行、水行、空行众生的种类差别之后,现在为了表明他显示这些的意图,而说出「如同在这些」(yathā etāsū)的偈颂。简略地说,其含义应依照前文所述的意图解释来理解。显示巴利原文
613. Evaṃ thalajalākāsagocarānaṃ pāṇānaṃ jātibhedaṃ dassetvā idāni yenādhippāyena taṃ dassesi, taṃ āvikaronto ‘‘yathā etāsū’’ti gāthamāha. Tassattho saṅkhepato pubbe vuttādhippāyavaṇṇanāvaseneva veditabbo.
614-6 不过,详细解释这里应说的内容,他自己显示说「不以发等」等。这里的连接是这样的:所说的“人中无有种种由生而有的相”,应该这样理解“没有”。也就是,不以发等。因为并没有确定的说法“婆罗门的头发是这样,刹帝利的头发是那样”,不像象、马、鹿等有定规。按照这个道理,一切都可以连接起来。“相不由生而有,如同在其他生类中”这一句,应知是对前面所说义的总结。它的连接是:正因为由这些头发等,在人类中没有种种由出生而决定的相,所以应知“在婆罗门等各类人中,相不由出生而有,如同在其他生类中”。显示巴利原文
614-6. Vitthārato panettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ sayameva dassento ‘‘na kesehī’’tiādimāha. Tatrāyaṃ yojanā – yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘natthi manussesu liṅgaṃ jātimayaṃ puthū’’ti, taṃ evaṃ natthīti veditabbaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ, na kesehīti. Na hi ‘‘brāhmaṇānaṃ īdisā kesā honti, khattiyānaṃ īdisā’’ti niyamo atthi yathā hatthiassamigādīnanti iminā nayena sabbaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Liṅgaṃ jātimayaṃ neva, yathā aññāsu jātisūti idaṃ pana vuttassevatthassa nigamananti veditabbaṃ. Tassa yojanā – tadeva yasmā imehi kesādīhi natthi manussesu liṅgaṃ jātimayaṃ puthu, tasmā veditabbametaṃ ‘‘brāhmaṇādibhedesu manussesu liṅgaṃ jātimayaṃ neva yathā aññāsu jātīsū’’ti.
617 现在,为了说明虽然没有生类的差别,但“婆罗门”、“刹帝利”这类差别如何产生,世尊宣说了「各别」偈。偈颂的意思是:如同畜生中以毛发等形相的差异是依胎生自然形成的,而在人当中,婆罗门等各自的身上并不存在这类形相的差别。然而,虽然这种身体上的差别并不存在,但被称为“婆罗门”、“刹帝利”的种种差别名目,在人间仅仅是依假名安立,不过是一种言说而已。显示巴利原文
617. Idāni evaṃ jātibhede asantepi brāhmaṇo khattiyoti idaṃ nānattaṃ yathā jātaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘paccatta’’nti gāthamāha. Tassattho – etaṃ tiracchānānaṃ viya yonisiddhameva kesādisaṇṭhānānattaṃ manussesu brāhmaṇādīnaṃ attano attano sarīresu na vijjati. Avijjamānepi pana etasmiṃ yadetaṃ brāhmaṇo khattiyoti nānattavidhānapariyāyaṃ vokāraṃ, taṃ vokārañca manussesu samaññāya pavuccati, vohāramattena vuccatīti.
619-625 到此,世尊破斥了婆罗堕阇的主张后,接着指出:若仅凭出身就能成为婆罗门,那么生活、戒行、正行有缺陷的人也会是婆罗门。然而,古代的婆罗门与世间其他有智慧的人都不承认那种人的婆罗门性。因此,为了支持婆悉吒的主张,世尊说明这一点时,宣说了“凡任何人间”(yo hi koci manussesu)等八首偈颂。其中,「护牛」(gorakkha)是指守护田地,即从事农耕,因为大地称为“牛”(go),其划分出的部分就是田地。 「种种技艺」(puthusippena)是指纺织等各类手艺。 「商贾」(vohāra)是指商业。 「受雇于他人」(parapessa)是指为他人的役使服务。 「箭术」(issattha)是指以武器谋生,即使用弓与矛。 「国师业」(porohicca)是指从事国师的工作。显示巴利原文
619-625. Ettāvatā bhagavā bhāradvājassa vādaṃ niggahetvā idāni yadi jātiyā brāhmaṇo bhaveyya, ājīvasīlācāravipannopi brāhmaṇo bhaveyya. Yasmā pana porāṇā brāhmaṇā tassa brāhmaṇabhāvaṃ na icchanti loke ca aññepi paṇḍitamanussā, tasmā vāseṭṭhassa vādapaggahaṇatthaṃ taṃ dassento ‘‘yo hi koci manussesū’’tiādikā aṭṭha gāthāyo āha. Tattha gorakkhanti khettarakkhaṃ, kasikammanti vuttaṃ hoti. Pathavī hi ‘‘go’’ti vuccati, tappabhedo ca khettaṃ. Puthusippenāti tantavāyakammādinānāsippena. Vohāranti vaṇijjaṃ. Parapessenāti paresaṃ veyyāvaccena. Issatthanti āvudhajīvikaṃ, usuñca sattiñcāti vuttaṃ hoti. Porohiccenāti purohitakammena.
626 这样,依据婆罗门的传统与世间的通称,已论证了那些在生活、戒行、正行上有缺陷的人不具备婆罗门性。既然事实如此,一个人便不是因出身而成为婆罗门,而是因功德而成为婆罗门。因此,不论生于何种家族,只要具备功德,他便是婆罗门,这才是此处的正理。世尊意义上确立此正理之后,再用语言阐明这道理,说:“我不称他为婆罗门”(na cāhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ brūmi)。显示巴利原文
626. Evaṃ brāhmaṇasamayena ca lokavohārena ca ājīvasīlācāravipannassa abrāhmaṇabhāvaṃ sādhetvā evaṃ sante na jātiyā brāhmaṇo, guṇehi pana brāhmaṇo hoti. Tasmā yattha yattha kule jāto yo guṇavā, so brāhmaṇo, ayamettha ñāyoti evametaṃ ñāyaṃ atthato āpādetvā puna tadeva ñāyaṃ vacībhedena pakāsento āha ‘‘na cāhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ brūmī’’ti.
其含义如下:我所说的不称他为婆罗门,是针对怎样的人呢?无论于四生中的哪一种出生,尤其是由被称作婆罗门的母亲所生、由胎而生、由母所生者,按照“双方皆善生”等理则,婆罗门们所谈论的婆罗门清净来源之道,即所说的“胎”,以及由“具足清净受持”所说的母方成就——因为是从那样的胎中出生,才称为“由胎而生、由母所生”。即便如此由胎而生、由母所生,我也并不因其仅仅由胎而生、由母所生而称他为婆罗门。何以故?因为仅凭口中喊“善来!善来!”这样的言辞,他便有别于那些仍有执著者,从而被称为“善言者”,但这仅适用于他尚有执著的时候。然而,有的人不论生于何种家庭,由于已无贪等执著而成为“无所者”,又因舍弃了一切执取成为“无取者”,我称此无所、无取之人为婆罗门。为何如此?因为他已经断除了诸恶。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – ahaṃ pana yvāyaṃ catūsu yonīsu yattha katthaci jāto, tatrāpi vā visesena yo brāhmaṇasamaññitāya mātari sambhūto, taṃ yonijaṃ mattisambhavaṃ yā cāyaṃ ‘‘ubhato sujāto’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.303; ma. ni. 2.424) nayena brāhmaṇehi brāhmaṇassa parisuddhauppattimaggasaṅkhātā yoni kathīyati, ‘‘saṃsuddhagahaṇiko’’ti iminā ca mātusampatti, tatopi jātasambhūtattā ‘‘yonijo mattisambhavo’’ti ca vuccati, tampi yonijaṃ mattisambhavaṃ iminā ca yonijamattisambhavamattena brāhmaṇaṃ na brūmi. Kasmā? Yasmā ‘‘bho bho’’ti vacanamattena aññehi sakiñcanehi visiṭṭhattā bhovādī nāma so hoti, sace hoti sakiñcano. Yo panāyaṃ yattha katthaci kule jātopi rāgādikiñcanābhāvena akiñcano, sabbagahaṇapaṭinissaggena ca anādāno, akiñcanaṃ anādānaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā bāhitapāpoti.
627 再者,“断一切结”等二十七首偈颂中,“一切结”指十种结。“不战栗”指不因渴爱而战栗。“彼我”即我称那样的人为婆罗门:他因超越了贪等执著,故为“超越执著者”;因四种轭悉皆断除,故为“离轭者”。此为义旨。显示巴利原文
627. Kiñca bhiyyo – ‘‘sabbasaṃyojanaṃ chetvā’’tiādikā sattavīsati gāthā. Tattha sabbasaṃyojananti dasavidhaṃ saṃyojanaṃ. Na paritassatīti taṇhāya na tassati. Tamahanti taṃ ahaṃ rāgādīnaṃ saṅgānaṃ atikkantattā saṅgātigaṃ, catunnampi yogānaṃ abhāvena visaṃyuttaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
628 “无绳”指因其束缚性质而转起的瞋恚。“皮绳”指因其束缚性质而转起的渴爱。“锁链与连结”指伴随着随眠现起的六十二种邪见锁链。断除这一切而安住者,因拔除了无明之门闩,故为“拔除门闩者”;因觉悟了四谛,故为“觉悟者”——我称此人为婆罗门。此为义旨。显示巴利原文
628.Naddhinti nayhanabhāvena pavattaṃ kodhaṃ. Varattanti bandhanabhāvena pavattaṃ taṇhaṃ. Sandānaṃ sahanukkamanti anusayānukkamasahitaṃ dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhisandānaṃ, idaṃ sabbampi chinditvā ṭhitaṃ avijjāpalighassa ukkhittattā ukkhittapalighaṃ catunnaṃ saccānnaṃ buddhattā buddhaṃ ahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
629 「不瞋」:是指有人即使被以十种骂法呵责,被手等殴击,被枷锁等捆绑,内心亦无瞋怒,能安忍承受。他因具足安忍之力,而成为「具忍力者」;又因具足这安忍之力的军阵——此军阵正是令他不再辗转受生的原因——故而成为「有军阵者」。我称这样的人为婆罗门,这就是其义。显示巴利原文
629.Aduṭṭhoti evaṃ dasahi akkosavatthūhi akkosañca pāṇiādīhi pothanañca andubandhanādīhi bandhanañca yo akuddhamānaso hutvā adhivāsesi, khantibalena samannāgatattā khantībalaṃ, punappunaṃ uppattiyā anīkabhūtena teneva khantībalānīkena samannāgatattā balānīkaṃ taṃ evarūpaṃ ahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
630 「持衣」:是指具足头陀支的人。他依四遍清净戒而成为「持戒者」;因无渴爱之凸起,而成为「无凸起者」;因善调御六根,而成为「已调御者」;因安住于终极的色身,而成为「最后身者」。我称这样的人为婆罗门,这就是其义。显示巴利原文
630.Vatantanti dhutavatena samannāgataṃ, catupārisuddhisīlena sīlavantaṃ, taṇhāussadābhāvena anussadaṃ, chaḷindriyadamanena dantaṃ, koṭiyaṃ ṭhitena attabhāvena antimasārīraṃ tamahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
631 「如不沾染」:犹如莲叶不沾水,同理,于内在的两种欲亦全然不染着,于诸欲中不停滞安住,我说这样的人即是婆罗门,这就是其义。显示巴利原文
631.Yona limpatīti evameva yo abbhantare duvidhepi kāme na limpati, tasmiṃ kāme na saṇṭhāti, tamahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
632 「苦」:指五蕴之苦。「已放下负担」:指已放下蕴的重担,从四种轭或一切烦恼中解脱。我说这样的人为婆罗门——这是含义。显示巴利原文
632.Dukkhassāti khandhadukkhassa. Pannabhāranti ohitakkhandhabhāraṃ catūhi yogehi sabbakilesehi vā visaṃyuttaṃ tamahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
633 「甚深慧」:指具足在甚深的蕴等上所起的智慧。「以法抉择慧的智者」:指以法抉择的智慧而成为智者。「道与非道的巧知者」:指能善于了知道路与非道路,即了知‘这是通往恶趣的路,这是通往善趣的路,这是通往涅槃的路,这不是路’。「达到最上义」:指证得了称为阿拉汉果的最上义。我说这样的人为婆罗门——这是含义。显示巴利原文
633.Gambhīrapaññanti gambhīresu khandhādīsu pavattāya paññāya samannāgataṃ, dhammojapaññāya medhāviṃ, ‘‘ayaṃ duggatiyā, ayaṃ sugatiyā, ayaṃ nibbānassa maggo, ayaṃ amaggo’’ti evaṃ magge amagge ca chekatāya maggāmaggassakovidaṃ, arahattasaṅkhātaṃ uttamatthamanuppattaṃ tamahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
634 「不杂处」:由于没有见、闻、交谈、受用、身触的杂处,故称不杂处。「两者」:指在家者与出家者,与这两者都不杂处。「无家屋而行」:即无有依著而游行的人。我说这样的人为婆罗门——这是含义。显示巴利原文
634.Asaṃsaṭṭhanti dassanasavanasamullāpaparibhogakāyasaṃsaggānaṃ abhāvena asaṃsaṭṭhaṃ. Ubhayanti gihīhi ca anagārehi cāti ubhayehipi asaṃsaṭṭhaṃ. Anokasārinti anālayacāriṃ, taṃ evarūpaṃ ahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
635 “放下”:即放下,卸下。“于颤动者与安住者”:由渴爱的颤栗而称为颤动者,由无渴爱的坚固而称为安住者。“彼不杀”:如此,于一切众生中,他因无有嗔恨而放下杖棒,自己既不杀害任何众生,也不令他人杀害。我说这样的婆罗门——这就是它的含义。显示巴利原文
635.Nidhāyāti nikkhipitvā oropetvā. Tasesu thāvaresu cāti taṇhātāsena tasesu taṇhābhāvena thiratāya thāvaresu. Yo na hantīti yo evaṃ sabbasattesu vigatapaṭighatāya nikkhittadaṇḍo neva kañci sayaṃ hanati, na aññena ghāteti, tamahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
636 “不违”:世间大众因愤恨而彼此对立,而他对这些人没有愤恨,因而称为不违者。“于执杖者中寂灭”:有些人即使手中不持棍棒与刀剑,仍不停止对他人施加伤害,因而称为执杖者。在这执杖者当中,他寂然安住,是放下杖的人。“于执取者中无执取”:有些人执取五蕴为“我、我所”,因而称为执取者。在这执取者当中,由于没有这种执取,他称为无执取者。我说这样的婆罗门——这就是它的含义。显示巴利原文
636.Aviruddhanti āghātavasena viruddhesupi lokiyamahājanesu āghātābhāvena aviruddhaṃ, hatthagate daṇḍe vā satthe vā avijjamānepi paresaṃ pahāradānato aviratattā attadaṇḍesu janesu nibbutaṃ nikkhittadaṇḍaṃ, pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ ‘‘ahaṃ mama’’nti gahitattā sādānesu, tassa gahaṇassa abhāvena anādānaṃ taṃ evarūpaṃ ahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
637 “从针尖”:于此人,贪等烦恼以及具有隐藏他人功德特相的覆藏,都犹如从针尖掉落的芥子;恰如芥子无法停留在针尖上,这些烦恼也全然不能住立在他的心中。我说这样的婆罗门——这就是它的含义。显示巴利原文
637.Āraggāti yassete rāgādayo ayañca paraguṇamakkhaṇalakkhaṇo makkho āraggā sāsapo viya papatito, yathā sāsapo āragge na santiṭṭhati, evaṃ citte na tiṭṭhati, tamahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
638 “不粗恶”即不粗暴。“能令人知晓”即能表达意义的话语。“真实”即如实的话语。不用任何言语使他人恼怒而生执取。漏尽者只说这样的话语。因此,我说此人即是婆罗门——这是其义。显示巴利原文
638.Akakkasanti apharusaṃ. Viññāpaninti atthaviññāpaniṃ. Saccanti bhūtaṃ. Nābhisajeti yāya girāya aññaṃ kujjhāpanavasena na laggāpeyya. Khīṇāsavo nāma evarūpameva giraṃ bhāseyya. Tasmā tamahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
639 对于衣物、装饰等,或长或短;对于摩尼珠、珍珠等,或细或粗;对于依价值高低而被称为净或不净的物品——在此世间,无论属于何人,若人不取任何他人所持之物,我说此人即是婆罗门。这就是其义。显示巴利原文
639. Sāṭakābharaṇādīsu dīghaṃ vā rassaṃ vā, maṇimuttādīsu aṇuṃ vā thūlaṃ vā mahagghaappagghavasena subhaṃ vā asubhaṃ vā yo puggalo imasmiṃ loke parapariggahitaṃ nādiyati, tamahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
640 “无期望”即无有渴爱。“离系”即脱离一切烦恼。我说此人即是婆罗门。这就是其义。显示巴利原文
640.Nirāsāsanti nittaṇhaṃ. Visaṃyuttanti sabbakilesehi viyuttaṃ tamahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
641 “所执著处”即渴爱。“了知后无疑”,是指如实了知八种事,从而断除了对这八种事的疑惑。“到达不死之深处”,是说已深入不死的涅槃并已证得。我说此人为“婆罗门”——这是句义。显示巴利原文
641.Ālayāti taṇhā. Aññāya akathaṃkathīti aṭṭha vatthūni yathābhūtaṃ jānitvā aṭṭhavatthukāya vicikicchāya nibbicikiccho. Amatogadhamanuppattanti amataṃ nibbānaṃ ogahetvā anuppattaṃ tamahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
642 “两者”是说将福行与罪行这二者一并舍弃。“系缚”是指贪等种种系缚。“超越了”即已超越。因为超脱了轮回之根——悲伤,所以称为“无悲伤”;因为内心没有贪、尘埃等尘垢,所以称为“离尘”;因为处于无随烦恼的状态,所以称为“清净”。我说此人为“婆罗门”——这是句义。显示巴利原文
642.Ubhoti dvepi puññāni pāpāni ca chaḍḍetvāti attho. Saṅganti rāgādibhedaṃ saṅgaṃ. Upaccagāti atikkanto. Tamahaṃ vaṭṭamūlasokena asokaṃ, abbhantare rāgarajādīnaṃ abhāvena virajaṃ, nirupakkilesatāya suddhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
643 “无垢”是指远离如云翳等垢秽。“清净”即无随烦恼。“明净”即内心澄净。“不浊”即无有烦恼之浊秽。“已耗尽喜有”是指对三有的渴爱已彻底灭尽。我说此人为“婆罗门”——这是句义。显示巴利原文
643.Vimalanti abbhādimalavirahitaṃ. Suddhanti nirupakkilesaṃ. Vippasannanti pasannacittaṃ. Anāvilanti kilesāvilattavirahitaṃ. Nandībhavaparikkhīṇanti tīsu bhavesu parikkhīṇataṇhaṃ tamahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
644 若有比丘,已超越此贪欲的泥沼、烦恼的险难、流转的轮回,以及未能通达四圣谛的无明,渡过了四瀑流,到达彼岸;他修习两种禅那,因无渴爱而为无扰动者,因无疑惑而为无疑惑者,因无执取而无所取著,依烦恼的灭尽而寂灭——我说此人是婆罗门。这就是句义。显示巴利原文
644.Yo bhikkhu imaṃrāgapalipathañceva kilesaduggañca saṃsāravaṭṭañca catunnaṃ saccānaṃ appaṭivijjhanakamohañca atīto, cattāro oghe tiṇṇo hutvā pāraṃ anuppatto, duvidhena jhānena jhāyī, taṇhāya abhāvena anejo, kathaṃkathāya abhāvena akathaṃkathī, upādānānaṃ abhāvena anupādiyitvā kilesanibbānena nibbuto, tamahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
645 凡在此世间,舍弃两种欲,成为无家而出家游行之人——那已耗尽欲贪、已耗尽有贪者,我说他是婆罗门。这就是句义。显示巴利原文
645.Yo puggalo, idha loke, ubhopi kāme hitvā anāgāro hutvā paribbajati, taṃ parikkhīṇakāmañceva parikkhīṇabhavañca ahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
646 凡在此世间,舍弃了依于六门转起的渴爱,于居家无所希求,成为无家而出家游行之人,由于渴爱与有皆已灭尽,那已耗尽渴爱与有者,我说此人是婆罗门。这就是句义。显示巴利原文
646.Yoidha loke chadvārikaṃ taṇhaṃ jahitvā gharāvāsena anatthiko anāgāro hutvā paribbajati, taṇhāya ceva bhavassa ca parikkhīṇattā taṇhābhavaparikkhīṇaṃ tamahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
647 “人轭”是指人的寿命,以及五种欲的轭。“天轭”也应同样理解。“超越”是指:那舍弃了人轭、超越了天轭,从所有四种轭中彻底解脱的人,我说他是婆罗门。显示巴利原文
647.Mānusakaṃ yoganti mānusakaṃ āyuñceva pañcavidhakāmaguṇe ca. Dibbayogepi eseva nayo. Upaccagāti yo mānusakaṃ yogaṃ hitvā dibbaṃ atikkanto, taṃ sabbehi catūhi yogehi visaṃyuttaṃ ahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
648 “乐”是对五种欲的乐。“不乐”是对阿兰若住处所生的厌烦。“清凉者”即寂灭者,“无依著者”即远离随烦恼者,“英雄”是指那征服了一切五蕴世间、安住其中而精进的人——我说这样具足精进的人是婆罗门。显示巴利原文
648.Ratinti pañcakāmaguṇaratiṃ. Aratinti araññavāse ukkaṇṭhitattaṃ. Sītibhūtanti nibbutaṃ, nirupadhinti nirupakkilesaṃ, vīranti taṃ evarūpaṃ sabbaṃ khandhalokaṃ abhibhavitvā ṭhitaṃ vīriyavantaṃ ahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
649 “他遍知”:他清楚地了知一切众生种种方式的死亡与结生。由于无所执取,他是“不执著者”;由于行道善妙,他是“善逝者”;由于觉悟四圣谛,他是“觉悟者”——我说这样的人是婆罗门。显示巴利原文
649.Yo vedīti yo sattānaṃ sabbākārena cutiñca paṭisandhiñca pākaṭaṃ katvā jānāti, tamahaṃ alaggatāya asattaṃ, paṭipattiyā suṭṭhu gatattā sugataṃ, catunnaṃ saccānaṃ buddhatāya buddhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
650 「他所」:指那些连诸天等都不知其趣向的人。因诸漏已尽,故称「漏尽者」;因远离烦恼,故称「阿拉汉」——我说这样的婆罗门。显示巴利原文
650.Yassāti yassete devādayo gatiṃ na jānanti, tamahaṃ āsavānaṃ khīṇatāya khīṇāsavaṃ, kilesehi ārakattā arahantaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
651 「过去」指过去的诸蕴,「未来」指未来的诸蕴,「中间」指现在的诸蕴。「执著」指渴爱的执取。在这三时中,他没有任何这样的执著。因远离贪等执著,故称「无所者」;因无任何抓取,故称「无取者」——我说这样的婆罗门。显示巴利原文
651.Pureti atītakkhandhesu. Pacchāti anāgatesu. Majjheti paccuppannesu. Kiñcananti yassetesu ṭhānesu taṇhāgāhasaṅkhātaṃ kiñcanaṃ natthi. Tamahaṃ rāgakiñcanādīhi akiñcanaṃ. Kassaci gahaṇassa abhāvena anādānaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
652 因无所畏惧,与牛王相似,故称「如牛」;以最胜义,称「殊胜者」;因精进成就,称「具力者」;因寻求伟大的戒蕴等,故称「大仙」;因战胜三魔,故称「胜利者」;因洗净烦恼,故称「沐浴者」;因觉悟四圣谛,故称「觉悟者」——我说这样的婆罗门。显示巴利原文
652. Acchambhitattena usabhasadisatāya usabhaṃ, uttamaṭṭhena pavaraṃ, vīriyasampattiyā vīraṃ, mahantānaṃ sīlakkhandhādīnaṃ esitattā mahesiṃ, tiṇṇaṃ mārānaṃ vijitattā vijitāvinaṃ, ninhātakilesatāya nhātakaṃ, catusaccabuddhatāya buddhaṃ taṃ evarūpaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
653 他了知宿住,以天眼照见二十六种天界与四种恶趣,又证得那称为“生已尽”的阿拉汉果——我说,他才是婆罗门。显示巴利原文
653.Yo pubbenivāsaṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā jānāti, chabbīsatidevalokabhedaṃ saggaṃ, catubbidhaṃ apāyañca dibbacakkhunā passati, atho jātikkhayasaṅkhātaṃ arahattaṃ patto, tamahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
654 世尊这样从德行的角度说明了婆罗门之后,为了指出那些执着“婆罗门由出身而成”的人并不知道这仅仅是一种假名,他们的见解是恶见,而说了“这仅是假名”等两首偈颂。其含义是:所谓“婆罗门、刹帝利、婆罗堕阇、婆悉吒”这些名姓,都是施设的;这在世间只是假名,应当理解为仅仅是约定的称呼。为什么?因为这是依共同认可而产生的。在各地,这些名姓是在出生时由亲戚们安立、造作出来的。如果没有这样的安立,那么任何人见到另一个人,都不会知道“这是婆罗门”或“这是婆罗堕阇”。显示巴利原文
654. Evaṃ bhagavā guṇato brāhmaṇaṃ vatvā ‘‘ye ‘jātito brāhmaṇo’ti abhinivesaṃ karonti, te idaṃ vohāramattaṃ ajānantā, sā ca nesaṃ diṭṭhi duddiṭṭhī’’ti dassento ‘‘samaññā hesā’’ti gāthādvayamāha. Tassattho – ‘‘yadidaṃ brāhmaṇo khattiyo bhāradvājo vāseṭṭho’’ti nāmagottaṃ pakappitaṃ, samaññā hesā lokasmiṃ, paññattivohāramattanti veditabbaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā sammuccā samudāgataṃ samanuññāya āgataṃ. Tañhi tattha tattha jātakāleyevassa ñātisālohitehi pakappitaṃ kataṃ. No cetaṃ evaṃ pakappeyyuṃ, na koci kañci disvā ‘‘ayaṃ brāhmaṇo’’ti vā ‘‘bhāradvājo’’ti vā jāneyya.
655 就这样,这种人为安立的“名姓”,长久以来作为一种恶见,随眠在那些不明事理者的心中。对于那些不了解“名姓只是施设的,这仅仅是名姓,是为了世间称谓而被安立”的众生,这种恶见长久随眠在他们心中。由于这随眠,他们不了解那名姓的真相,便宣称“婆罗门由出身成就”,他们正是在无知中这样宣说的。显示巴利原文
655. Evaṃ pakappitañcetaṃ dīgharattamanusayitaṃ diṭṭhigatamajānataṃ, ‘‘pakappitaṃ nāmagottaṃ, nāmagottamattametaṃ saṃvohāratthaṃ pakappita’’nti ajānantānaṃ sattānaṃ hadaye dīgharattaṃ diṭṭhigatamanusayitaṃ, tassa anusayitattā taṃ nāmagottaṃ ajānantā te pabruvanti ‘‘jātiyā hoti brāhmaṇo’’ti, ajānantāyeva evaṃ vadantīti vuttaṃ hoti.
656-7 如此,为了指出“那些执著于‘婆罗门因出身而成’的人,只是不明白这不过是世间的称呼,他们的那种见是恶见”,进而毫无保留地彻底驳斥出身论,并确立业论,世尊便说了“非因出身”等语。其中,为详细解释“因业而为婆罗门,因业而为非婆罗门”这半首偈颂,又进一步说了“农夫因业”等语。这里所说的“因业”,是指由现生耕田等业所引发的思业。显示巴利原文
656-7. Evaṃ ‘‘ye ‘jātito brāhmaṇo’ti abhinivesaṃ karonti, te idaṃ vohāramattamajānantā, sā ca nesaṃ diṭṭhi duddiṭṭhī’’ti dassetvā idāni nippariyāyameva jātivādaṃ paṭikkhipanto kammavādañca niropento ‘‘na jaccā’’tiādimāha. Tattha ‘‘kammunā brāhmaṇo hoti, kammunā hoti abrāhmaṇo’’ti imissā upaḍḍhagāthāya atthavitthāraṇatthaṃ ‘‘kassako kammunā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha kammunāti paccuppannena kasikammādinibbattakacetanākammunā.
659 “见缘起者”:因为“以此缘而有此果”——如此洞见缘起的人。“善巧业果者”:于业果极其善巧的人。他知晓:在应恭敬或应轻慢的家族中,有情的出生由业决定;其他种种殊胜或低劣的生存状态,也正是在殊胜或低劣之业成熟时所呈现的。显示巴利原文
659.Paṭiccasamuppādadassāti ‘‘iminā paccayena evaṃ hotī’’ti evaṃ paṭiccasamuppādadassāvino. Kammavipākakovidāti sammānāvamānārahe kule kammavasena uppatti hoti, aññāpi hīnapaṇītatā hīnapaṇīte kamme vipaccamāne hotīti evaṃ kammavipākakusalā.
660 在“依业而转”等偈颂中,无论是说“世间”、“众生”还是“有情”,含义其实相同,唯是言说差别。此处,第一句即是对“有一位梵天、大梵天……他是至高者、创造者、主宰者、一切已生与未生者之父”这种见解的否定。因为世间依业而转,在各趣中依业而生,谁能成为它的创造者?第二句显示:“如此依业而生的人,在后续的流转中,也唯依业而转——凭借过去业与现在业的差别,在经历苦乐时,呈现出殊胜、低劣等种种状态,辗转相续。”第三句将同一义归结为:“如此,一切情况下,众生皆被业所系缚,唯随业流转,而非依其他。”第四句则以比喻阐明此理:“犹如行进的车以车辖为系缚。”如同车子行走时,车辖是关键的连接件,没有车辖连接,车子便无法行进;同样,世间在生起与流转的过程中,业正是其系缚,离开业,则既不会生起,也不会流转。显示巴利原文
660.‘‘Kammunāvattatī’’ti gāthāya pana ‘‘loko’’ti vā ‘‘pajā’’ti vā ‘‘sattā’’ti vā ekoyeva attho, vacanamattameva nānaṃ. Purimapadena cettha ‘‘atthi brahmā mahābrahmā…pe… seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyāna’’nti (dī. ni. 1.42) imissā diṭṭhiyā nisedho veditabbo. Kammunā hi vattati tāsu tāsu gatīsu uppajjati loko, tassa ko sajitāti? Dutiyena ‘‘evaṃ kammunā uppannopi ca pavattiyampi atītapaccuppannabhedena kammunā eva pavattati, sukhadukkhāni paccanubhonto hīnapaṇītādibhāvaṃ āpajjanto pavattatī’’ti dasseti. Tatiyena tamevatthaṃ nigameti ‘‘evaṃ sabbathāpi kammanibandhanā sattā kammeneva baddhā hutvā pavattanti, na aññathā’’ti. Catutthena tamatthaṃ upamāya vibhāveti rathassāṇīva yāyatoti. Yathā rathassa yāyato āṇi nibandhanaṃ hoti, na tāya anibaddho yāti, evaṃ lokassa uppajjato ca pavattato ca kammaṃ nibandhanaṃ, na tena anibaddho uppajjati nappavattati.
661 如今,正因为世间如此为业所系缚,为了显示由最殊胜的业成就最殊胜的状态,世尊说了以“以苦行”开头的两首偈颂。其中,“以苦行”指通过根律仪而修。“以梵行”指依于学处、其余种种殊胜的修行。“以自制”指以戒律自制。“以调御”指以智慧调伏。凭此具有最胜意义、与梵性相应的业,一个人成为婆罗门。何以故?这便是“最上的婆罗门”,意即此业即为最上的婆罗门性。又,读作“brahmānaṃ”时,意为能带来梵性者,即带来、招感、给予梵性之义。显示巴利原文
661. Idāni yasmā evaṃ kammanibandhano loko, tasmā seṭṭhena kammunā seṭṭhabhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘tapenā’’ti gāthādvayamāha. Tattha tapenāti indriyasaṃvarena. Brahmacariyenāti sikkhānissitena vuttāvasesaseṭṭhacariyena. Saṃyamenāti sīlena. Damenāti paññāya. Etena seṭṭhaṭṭhena brahmabhūtena kammunā brāhmaṇo hoti. Kasmā? Yasmā etaṃ brāhmaṇamuttamaṃ, yasmā etaṃ kammaṃ uttamo brāhmaṇabhāvoti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Brahmāna’’ntipi pāṭho, tassattho – brahmaṃ ānetīti brahmānaṃ, brahmabhāvaṃ āneti āvahati detīti vuttaṃ hoti.
662 第二首偈颂中,“寂静”指烦恼已息灭的人。“梵天”与“帝释”,意即他既是梵天,也是帝释。若具如此特质,则不仅为婆罗门;更进一步,于有智、有识的贤者看来,他本身就是梵天与帝释。意思是:“婆悉吒,你应当如此了知。”其余解释与前述道理相同。显示巴利原文
662. Dutiyagāthāya santoti santakileso. Brahmā sakkoti brahmā ca sakko ca. Yo evarūpo, so na kevalaṃ brāhmaṇo, apica kho brahmā ca sakko ca so vijānataṃ paṇḍitānaṃ, evaṃ vāseṭṭha jānāhīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
第十 拘迦利迦经注显示巴利原文
10. Kokālikasuttavaṇṇanā
《拘迦利迦经》以“如是我闻”为始。其缘起为何?将于释义中说明。在释义里,“如是我闻”等,亦依前说之法解释。“那时,拘迦利迦”——这里的拘迦利迦是谁?他又为何来见世尊?解释说:据说,这位拘迦利迦是拘迦利迦国、拘迦利迦城、拘迦利迦富商之子,出家后住于其父所建寺院,名为“小拘迦利迦”,并非提婆达多的弟子。彼“大拘迦利迦”者,则是婆罗门之子。显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti kokālikasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Imassa suttassa uppatti atthavaṇṇanāyameva āvi bhavissati. Atthavaṇṇanāya cassa evaṃ me sutantiādi vuttanayameva. Atha kho kokālikoti ettha pana ko ayaṃ kokāliko, kasmā ca upasaṅkamīti? Vuccate – ayaṃ kira kokālikaraṭṭhe kokālikanagare kokālikaseṭṭhissa putto pabbajitvā pitarā kārāpite vihāreyeva paṭivasati ‘‘cūḷakokāliko’’ti nāmena, na devadattassa sisso. So hi brāhmaṇaputto ‘‘mahākokāliko’’ti paññāyi.
据说,世尊住在舍卫城时,两位上首弟子与约五百位比丘一同在各地游行。临近雨安居时,他们希望独处静修,便遣散了那些比丘,自持衣钵,来到那个地区的一座城市,进到一座寺院。在那里,他们与拘迦利彼此问候后,对他说:“贤友,我们将在此处住三个月,请不要告诉任何人。”他答应:“好的。”三个月过去,一天清晨,他进入城中告诉人们:“你们不知道上首弟子曾来此处安住吧,也没有人以资具邀请他们。”城民们说:“尊者,您为何不告诉我们呢?”“告诉你们有什么用?你们没看见有两位比丘住在这里吗?他们正是上首弟子。”于是人们迅速聚集,带着酥蜜丸、衣物等前来,放在拘迦利面前。拘迦利暗想:“上首弟子极为少欲,知道这是由暗示语产生的利养,必不接受;若不受,他们定会说‘给住寺者吧’。既然如此,我就让他们收下这些利养,然后带走。”他便这样做了。长老们一见,便知这是由暗示语产生的利养,心想:“这些资具既不适合我们,也不适合拘迦利。”于是没有说“给住寺者吧”,径自拒绝而去。拘迦利因此生起忧恼:“何以自己不受,也不……”显示巴利原文
Bhagavati kira sāvatthiyaṃ viharante dve aggasāvakā pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ janapadacārikaṃ caramānā upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya vivekavāsaṃ vasitukāmā te bhikkhū uyyojetvā attano pattacīvaramādāya tasmiṃ janapade taṃ nagaraṃ patvā taṃ vihāraṃ agamaṃsu. Tattha te kokālikena saddhiṃ sammoditvā taṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘āvuso, mayaṃ idha temāsaṃ vasissāma, mā kassaci āroceyyāsī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā temāse atīte itaradivasaṃ pageva nagaraṃ pavisitvā ārocesi – ‘‘tumhe aggasāvake idhāgantvā vasamāne na jānittha, na te koci paccayenāpi nimantetī’’ti. Nagaravāsino ‘‘kasmā no, bhante, nārocayitthā’’ti. Kiṃ ārocitena, kiṃ nāddasatha dve bhikkhū vasante, nanu ete aggasāvakāti. Te khippaṃ sannipatitvā sappiguḷavatthādīni ānetvā kokālikassa purato nikkhipiṃsu. So cintesi – ‘‘paramappicchā aggasāvakā ‘payuttavācāya uppanno lābho’ti ñatvā na sādiyissanti, asādiyantā addhā ‘āvāsikassa dethā’ti bhaṇissanti, handāhaṃ imaṃ lābhaṃ gāhāpetvā gacchāmī’’ti . So tathā akāsi, therā disvāva payuttavācāya uppannabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘ime paccayā neva amhākaṃ na kokālikassa vaṭṭantī’’ti cintetvā ‘‘āvāsikassa dethā’’ti avatvā paṭikkhipitvā pakkamiṃsu. Tena kokāliko ‘‘kathañhi nāma attanā aggaṇhantā mayhampi na dāpesu’’nti domanassaṃ uppādesi.
他们去到世尊那里。世尊于自恣后,若自己不出外游行,便会派遣上首弟子,说道:“比丘们,为了大众的利益,去游行吧……”等等。这是诸佛的惯例。当时,世尊自己不想远行,于是再次让他们出发:“去吧,比丘们,去游行吧。”他们便与约五百位比丘一起,次第游行,又回到了那个国家的同一座城市。城民们认出了长老们,便备办了附有资具的布施,在城中央搭起棚帐,进行供养,并向长老们奉上资具。长老们接纳后,交给了比丘僧团。拘迦利看到这番情景,心想:“这些人从前看似少欲,如今却被贪欲所压,成了多欲之人。往日他们装出少欲、知足、远离的样子,现在却多欲、宣扬虚假功德、是败坏的比丘。”他便来到长老们面前说:“贤友们,你们以前好像是少欲、知足、远离的人,如今却成了败坏的比丘。”说完,他即刻拿起衣钵,匆忙离去,心想:“我要把这件事告诉世尊。”于是朝着舍卫城的方向去,渐次来到世尊面前。这就是经文中的拘迦利,以此因缘前往。所以经文说:“那时,拘迦利比丘来到世尊那里”等等。显示巴利原文
Te bhagavato santikaṃ agamaṃsu. Bhagavā ca pavāretvā sace attanā janapadacārikaṃ na gacchati, aggasāvake peseti – ‘‘caratha, bhikkhave, cārikaṃ bahujanahitāyā’’tiādīni (mahāva. 32) vatvā . Idamāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatānaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena attanā agantukāmo hoti. Atha kho ime punadeva uyyojesi – ‘‘gacchatha, bhikkhave, caratha cārika’’nti. Te pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ cārikaṃ caramānā anupubbena tasmiṃ raṭṭhe tameva nagaraṃ agamaṃsu. Nāgarā there sañjānitvā saha parikkhārehi dānaṃ sajjetvā nagaramajjhe maṇḍapaṃ katvā dānaṃ adaṃsu, therānañca parikkhāre upanāmesuṃ. Therā gahetvā bhikkhusaṅghassa adaṃsu. Taṃ disvā kokāliko cintesi – ‘‘ime pubbe appicchā ahesuṃ, idāni lobhābhibhūtā pāpicchā jātā, pubbepi appicchasantuṭṭhapavivittasadisā maññe, ime pāpicchā asantaguṇaparidīpakā pāpabhikkhū’’ti. So there upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘āvuso, tumhe pubbe appicchā santuṭṭhā pavivittā viya ahuvattha, idāni panattha pāpabhikkhū jātā’’ti vatvā pattacīvaramādāya tāvadeva taramānarūpo nikkhamitvā gantvā ‘‘bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocessāmī’’ti sāvatthābhimukho gantvā anupubbena bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkami. Ayamettha kokāliko, iminā kāraṇena upasaṅkami. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘atha kho kokāliko bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamī’’tiādi.
世尊见他急匆匆赶来,即作意了知:“他是来辱骂上首弟子的。”又作意:“能阻止他吗?”结果了知:“无法阻止,他已对上座犯了过错,决定将堕入莲花地狱。”虽作是见,世尊为免他人非议:“听到有人诽谤舍利弗与目犍连,世尊竟不加阻止”,也为了彰显诽谤圣者的重大过患,便以“mā heva”等方式,再三遮止。此处,“mā heva”意为“莫作是说”,即“不要这样说”。“Pesalā”指好乐戒行之人。“Saddhāyikoti”意为令人信服,即生起净信。“Paccayikoti”意为堪为凭证,即能确定“正是如此”,也就是使人决断。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā taṃ turitaturitaṃ āgacchantaṃ disvāva āvajjetvā aññāsi – ‘‘aggasāvake akkositukāmo āgato’’ti. ‘‘Sakkā nu kho paṭisedhetu’’nti ca āvajjento ‘‘na sakkā, theresu aparajjhitvā āgato, ekaṃsena padumaniraye uppajjissatī’’ti addasa. Evaṃ disvāpi pana ‘‘sāriputtamoggallānepi nāma garahantaṃ sutvā na nisedhetī’’ti parūpavādamocanatthaṃ ariyūpavādassa mahāsāvajjabhāvadassanatthañca ‘‘mā heva’’ntiādinā nayena tikkhattuṃ paṭisedhesi. Tattha mā hevanti mā evamāha, mā evaṃ abhaṇīti attho. Pesalāti piyasīlā. Saddhāyikoti saddhāgamakaro, pasādāvahoti vuttaṃ hoti. Paccayikoti paccayakaro, ‘‘evameta’’nti sanniṭṭhāvahoti vuttaṃ hoti.
“Acirapakkantassa”是说当他离开后不久,整个身体即被脓疮布满,乃至连毛发尖那么小的空隙都不留——脓疮四起,遍覆全身,深至透骨。为何会如此?因为凭藉佛陀的威德力,那样的业在佛陀面前不会结出果报,然而刚一离开视线范围,当下即会感果。正因如此,当他才离开片刻,脓疮便生起,所以经文说“刚离去不久的拘迦利”。那么,他为何不远留该处?是业力的缘故。业一旦获得机缘,必定成熟,那业不容他留在那里。他受业力驱迫,从座而起,便离开了。“Kaḷāyamattiyo”是指如同鹰嘴豆般大小。“Beluvasalāṭukamattiyo”是指如同嫩木苹果般大小。“Pabhijjiṃsū”是指破裂。当这些脓疮破裂之时,整个身躯便如同熟透的波罗蜜果一般。他肢节溃烂,遭遇灾厄与不幸,被剧苦所逼,瘫卧在祇园的门屋中。当时,前来闻法的人们看见他,便说:“呸,拘迦利!呸,拘迦利!你做了不当之事,正是由于你这张口,才遭此灾厄与不幸。”显示巴利原文
Acirapakkantassāti pakkantassa sato na cireneva sabbo kāyo phuṭo ahosīti kesaggamattampi okāsaṃ avajjetvā sakalasarīraṃ aṭṭhīni bhinditvā uggatāhi pīḷakāhi ajjhotthaṭaṃ ahosi. Tattha yasmā buddhānubhāvena tathārūpaṃ kammaṃ buddhānaṃ sammukhībhāve vipākaṃ na deti, dassanūpacāre pana vijahitamatte deti, tasmā tassa acirapakkantassa pīḷakā uṭṭhahiṃsu. Teneva vuttaṃ ‘‘acirapakkantassa ca kokālikassā’’ti. Atha kasmā tattheva na aṭṭhāsīti ce? Kammānubhāvena. Okāsakatañhi kammaṃ avassaṃ vipaccati, taṃ tassa tattha ṭhātuṃ na deti. So kammānubhāvena codiyamāno uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Kaḷāyamattiyoti caṇakamattiyo . Beluvasalāṭukamattiyoti taruṇabeluvamattiyo. Pabhijjiṃsūti bhijjiṃsu. Tāsu bhinnāsu sakalasarīraṃ panasapakkaṃ viya ahosi. So pakkena gattena anayabyasanaṃ patvā dukkhābhibhūto jetavanadvārakoṭṭhake sayi. Atha dhammassavanatthaṃ āgatāgatā manussā taṃ disvā ‘‘dhi kokālika, dhi kokālika, ayuttamakāsi, attanoyeva mukhaṃ nissāya anayabyasanaṃ pattosī’’ti āhaṃsu. Tesaṃ sutvā ārakkhadevatā dhikkāraṃ akaṃsu, ārakkhadevatānaṃ ākāsaṭṭhadevatāti iminā upāyena yāva akaniṭṭhabhavanā ekadhikkāro udapādi.
那时,有位名叫都卢的比丘,是拘迦利的戒师,已证得不来果,生于净居天。他从等至中出定,听闻到那鄙弃之声,便前来教导拘迦利,希望令他对舍利弗与目犍连尊者生起净信。然而,拘迦利非但不接受他的话语,反而冒犯了这位戒师,命终之后堕入莲花地狱。因此才有这样的说法:“那时,拘迦利比丘便因那病……(中略)……心怀瞋恚而命终。”显示巴利原文
Tadā ca turū nāma bhikkhu kokālikassa upajjhāyo anāgāmiphalaṃ patvā suddhāvāsesu nibbatto hoti. Sopi samāpattiyā vuṭṭhito taṃ dhikkāraṃ sutvā āgamma kokālikaṃ ovadi sāriputtamoggallānesu cittappasādajananatthaṃ. So tassāpi vacanaṃ aggahetvā aññadatthu tameva aparādhetvā kālaṃ katvā padumaniraye uppajji. Tenāha – ‘‘atha kho kokāliko bhikkhu tenevābādhena…pe… āghātetvā’’ti.
那么,“那时,娑婆主梵天”这句经文是何义?这位梵天是谁?他为何来见世尊并说出这番话?原来,这位梵天于迦叶世尊的教法中出家,是名为萨哈咖的比丘,证得不来果后投生净居天,在那里人们称他为“娑婆主梵天”。他心想:“我去拜见世尊,向他讲明莲花地狱的情形。如此,世尊便会告知比丘们。那些善于把握法义脉络的比丘必会追问地狱的寿量,世尊在解说中便能揭示诽谤圣者的深重过患。”正是为此,他才来见世尊并说了这番话。后来,世尊果然如此而行,也恰好有位比丘就此提问。世尊以此因缘,才说出了“诸比丘,譬如……”这整篇开示。显示巴利原文
Atha kho brahmā sahampatīti ko ayaṃ brahmā, kasmā ca bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavocāti? Ayaṃ kassapassa bhagavato sāsane sahako nāma bhikkhu anāgāmī hutvā suddhāvāsesu uppanno, tattha naṃ ‘‘sahampati brahmā’’ti sañjānanti. So pana ‘‘ahaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā padumanirayaṃ kittessāmi, tato bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ ārocessati. Kathānusandhikusalā bhikkhū tatthāyuppamāṇaṃ pucchissanti, bhagavā ācikkhanto ariyūpavāde ādīnavaṃ pakāsessatī’’ti iminā kāraṇena bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca. Bhagavā tatheva akāsi, aññataropi bhikkhu pucchi. Tena ca puṭṭho ‘‘seyyathāpi bhikkhū’’tiādimāha.
在此,“二十迦利量”:以摩揭陀的量器“帕陀”计算,四个摩揭陀帕陀,等于㤭萨罗国的一个帕陀。再以这个帕陀算,四个帕陀为一“阿罗迦”,四个阿罗迦为一“东那”,四个东那为一“摩尼咖”,四个摩尼咖为一“迦利”。以这个迦利为单位,二十迦利就是“二十迦利量”。“一车芝麻”,指的是装满一辆车的芝麻。“阿浮陀地狱”:并非另有一个名为“阿浮陀”的别地狱,而是在无间地狱中,用“阿浮陀”这个数量单位算计寿量所得的一段时期,假名为“阿浮陀地狱”。这个道理,同样适用于“尼罗浮陀”等其他地狱的说法。显示巴利原文
Tattha vīsatikhārikoti māgadhakena patthena cattāro patthā kosalaraṭṭhe eko pattho hoti, tena patthena cattāro patthā āḷhakaṃ, cattāri āḷhakāni doṇaṃ, catudoṇā mānikā, catumānikā khārī, tāya khāriyā vīsatikhāriko. Tilavāhoti tilasakaṭaṃ. Abbudo nirayoti abbudo nāma koci paccekanirayo natthi, avīcimhiyeva abbudagaṇanāya paccanokāso pana ‘‘abbudo nirayo’’ti vutto. Esa nayo nirabbudādīsu.
其中,年数的计算方式应如此了知:正如一百个十万是一“俱胝”,同样地,一百个十万俱胝就称为一“钵俱胝”;一百个十万钵俱胝称为一“俱胝钵俱胝”;一百个十万俱胝钵俱胝称为一“那由他”;一百个十万那由他称为一“尼那由他”;一百个十万尼那由他是一“阿浮陀”。之后,阿浮陀的二十倍就是一“尼罗浮陀”。这个倍增的计算方法,适用于所有相关的名目。不过,也有论师说:“这些名称,是依各自地狱中嚎啕悲叹的形态差异,以及造业情形的不同而得。”另有一派说:“这些所指,全都是寒地狱。”显示巴利原文
Tattha vassagaṇanāpi evaṃ veditabbā – yatheva hi sataṃ satasahassāni koṭi hoti, evaṃ sataṃ satasahassakoṭiyo pakoṭi nāma hoti, sataṃ satasahassapakoṭiyo koṭippakoṭi nāma, sataṃ satasahassakoṭippakoṭiyo nahutaṃ, sataṃ satasahassanahutāni ninnahutaṃ, sataṃ satasahassaninnahutāni ekaṃ abbudaṃ, tato vīsatiguṇaṃ nirabbudaṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha. Keci pana ‘‘tattha tattha paridevanānattenapi kammakaraṇanānattenapi imāni nāmāni laddhānī’’ti vadanti, apare ‘‘sītanarakā eva ete’’ti.
而“此后”一词,是针对那些阐明前文义理和进一步差别义的偈颂组而说。因为在依照原文引述的这二十首偈颂中,这里的“一百个十万”这首偈,只是单纯说明前面已讲过的义理;其余的偈颂,全都用来阐明进一步差别义。只不过,这二十首中的最后两首偈,在《大注疏》审定过的传本里是没有的。正因如此,我们才说“在二十首偈颂中”。显示巴利原文
Athāparanti tadatthavisesatthadīpakaṃ gāthābandhaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Pāṭhavasena vuttavīsatigāthāsu hi ettha ‘‘sataṃ sahassāna’’nti ayamekā eva gāthā vuttatthadīpikā, sesā visesatthadīpikā eva, avasāne gāthādvayameva pana mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vinicchitapāṭhe natthi. Tenāvocumha ‘‘vīsatigāthāsū’’ti.
663 关于偈颂663,这里的“斧头”指粗恶语,它之所以像斧头,是因为同样具有“砍伤自己”的作用。而“切断”,则是指切断名为“善根”的自己的根本。显示巴利原文
663. Tattha kuṭhārīti attacchedakaṭṭhena kuṭhārisadisā pharusavācā. Chindatīti kusalamūlasaṅkhātaṃ attano mūlaṃyeva nikantati.
664 关于偈颂664,“应受指责的”指应被谴责的事。或者,“那指责应受称赞者的人”:在最高意义上值得称赞的人,若有人将邪欲等罪名加诸其身而诽谤他,便是“指责那应受称赞者”。“他积聚”指他不断累积恶业。“过失”即是罪过。显示巴利原文
664.Nindiyanti ninditabbaṃ. Taṃ vā nindati yo pasaṃsiyoti yo uttamaṭṭhena pasaṃsāraho puggalo, taṃ vā so pāpicchatādīni āropetvā garahati. Vicinātīti upacināti. Kalinti aparādhaṃ.
665 关于偈颂665,“这是过失”意为“这是罪过”。“在骰子中”,指在赌博的骰子游戏里。“连同自己一切所有及自己本身”是说,将自己的全部财产连同自己整个人一同押上。“对诸善逝”:善逝是指那些因已善巧到达、并到达了殊妙处而得名的佛、独觉佛与声闻弟子。“若是使心生嗔恚”,意思是若有人以此染污自心。这是说,针对他们所产生的这种心嗔恨,其招致的过失,远比前面赌博输光的过失严重得多。显示巴利原文
665.Ayaṃ kalīti ayaṃ aparādho. Akkhesūti jūtakīḷanaakkhesu. Sabbassāpi sahāpi attanāti sabbena attano dhanenapi attanāpi saddhiṃ. Sugatesūpi suṭṭhu gatattā, sundarañca ṭhānaṃ gatattā sugatanāmakesu buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakesu. Manaṃ padosayeti yo manaṃ padūseyya. Tassāyaṃ manopadoso eva mahattaro kalīti vuttaṃ hoti.
666 第666条。何以故?因为“纵有百千……恶业”,意思是:以年数计算,这段时间有多长久,他便将毁谤圣者的话语与心念导向恶,造下恶业而堕入地狱,于其处受报——这便是莲花地狱中寿量的略说。显示巴利原文
666. Kasmā? Yasmā sataṃ sahassānaṃ…pe… pāpakaṃ, yasmā vassagaṇanāya ettako so kālo, yaṃ kālaṃ ariyagarahīvācaṃ manañca paṇidhāya pāpakaṃ nirayaṃ upeti, tattha paccatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Idañhi saṅkhepena padumaniraye āyuppamāṇaṃ.
667 第667条。现在,再以另一种方式来阐明“于善逝心中生起嗔恨,是更大的过失”这一意义,故开始宣说“说不实语者”等语。此处,「说不实语者」:是指因毁谤圣者而说不实语之人。「地狱」:指莲花地狱等。「死后成为同类」:谓从此处舍报之后,依地狱化生而成为同类。「他世」:指来世。显示巴利原文
667. Idāni aparenapi nayena ‘‘ayameva mahattaro kali, yo sugatesu manaṃ padūsaye’’ti imamatthaṃ vibhāvento ‘‘abhūtavādī’’ti ādimāha. Tattha abhūtavādīti ariyūpavādavasena alikavādī. Nirayanti padumādiṃ. Pecca samā bhavantīti ito paṭigantvā nirayūpapattiyā samā bhavanti. Paratthāti paraloke.
668 再者——“若对无嗔害者……”。此处,因心中无有嗔恨,故为「无嗔害者」;因无无明之垢染,故为「清净者」;因无邪恶的欲望,故可知为「无可责难者」。或者,此处也可如此连结:因是无嗔害者,故是清净者;因是清净者,故是无可责难者。显示巴利原文
668. Kiñca bhiyyo – yo appaduṭṭhassāti. Tattha manopadosābhāvena appaduṭṭho, avijjāmalābhāvena suddho, pāpicchābhāvena anaṅgaṇoti veditabbo. Appaduṭṭhattā vā suddhassa, suddhattā anaṅgaṇassāti evampettha yojetabbaṃ.
669 如此阐明了于善逝起瞋恨是更重大的过患之后,现在说出名为“所遮止事偈”的十四首偈。据说这些偈是尊者大目犍连在拘迦利临终时教导他而说的,也有说这是大梵天所说。与这部经合摄的提要即是“yo lobhaguṇe anuyutto”等句。其中,在第一首偈中,首先“贪欲(lobhaguṇo)”一词:因为被指称为“贪”,又或者反复多次生起,所以贪本身就叫作“贪欲”,是渴爱的同义词。“不纳言者(Avadaññū)”指不能领受言语教导的人,因为他们不接受佛陀的教诫。“悭吝者(Maccharī)”指具有五种悭吝的人。“喜好离间语(pesuṇiyaṃ anuyutto)”指企图离间上首弟子们。其余的意义则很明显。这里说的是:拘迦利,像你这样的人,被与贪相应的渴爱所驱使,成为乐着贪欲者、无信者、吝啬者、不纳言者、悭吝者、好乐离间语者;你用言语辱骂其他不应被辱骂的人。因此我对你说“口恶者”等这三首偈。显示巴利原文
669. Evaṃ sugatesu manopadosassa mahattarakalibhāvaṃ sādhetvā idāni vāritavatthugāthā nāma cuddasa gāthā āha. Imā kira kokālikaṃ mīyamānameva ovadantenāyasmatā mahāmoggallānena vuttā, ‘‘mahābrahmunā’’ti eke. Tāsaṃ iminā suttena saddhiṃ ekasaṅgahatthaṃ ayamuddeso ‘‘yo lobhaguṇe anuyutto’’tiādi. Tattha paṭhamagāthāya tāva ‘‘guṇo’’ti niddiṭṭhattā anekakkhattuṃ pavattattā vā lobhoyeva lobhaguṇo, taṇhāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Avadaññūti avacanaññū buddhānampi ovādaṃ aggahaṇena. Maccharīti pañcavidhamacchariyena. Pesuṇiyaṃ anuyuttoti aggasāvakānaṃ bhedakāmatāya. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yo, āvuso kokālika, tumhādiso anuyuttalobhataṇhāya lobhaguṇe anuyutto assaddho kadariyo avadaññū maccharī pesuṇiyaṃ anuyutto, so vacasā paribhāsati aññaṃ abhāsaneyyampi puggalaṃ. Tena taṃ vadāmi ‘‘mukhaduggā’’ti gāthāttayaṃ.
670 其中含义不明显的地方,词义如下:「口恶者(mukhadugga)」:口出恶言者。「已消失(vibhūta)」:已坏灭无存。「妄语者(alikavādi)」:说虚妄之言者。「非圣者(anariya)」:非善人。「杀生者(bhūnahu)」:毁坏已生福者、破坏增长者。「最下人(purisanta)」:最卑劣者、最后之人。「厄运者(kali)」:不吉祥之人。「卑生子(avajāta)」:对于佛陀而言是卑劣之子。显示巴利原文
670. Tassāyaṃ anuttānapadattho – mukhadugga mukhavisama, vibhūta vigatabhūta, alikavādi, anariya asappurisa, bhūnahu bhūtihanaka, vuḍḍhināsaka, purisanta antimapurisa, kali alakkhipurisa, avajāta buddhassa avajātaputta.
671 「你扬尘(Rajamākirasī)」:你把烦恼的尘垢撒在自己身上。「堕入(Papatanti)」:坠入深坑。也有读作“Papāta”的,意义相同,指断崖。还有读作“Papada”的,意指大地狱。显示巴利原文
671.Rajamākirasīti kilesarajaṃ attani pakkhipasi. Papatanti sobbhaṃ. ‘‘Papāta’’ntipi pāṭho, so evattho. ‘‘Papada’’ntipi pāṭho, mahānirayanti attho.
672 「已去(Eti hata)」这句中,“ha”是一个叹词,“tan”指那些善或不善的业。或者,“已去(hata)”指已经行作、已经累积,意即已经积聚起来了。「自有(Suvāmī)」指因为造了那个业,所以该业便成为作者自己的;他必定会承受那个业,那个业不会从他那里消失——这是这句话所要表达的意思。而且正因为他会承受,所以说“愚人……乃至……造恶业之人,会见到苦”。显示巴利原文
672.Eti hatanti ettha ha-iti nipāto, tanti taṃ kusalākusalakammaṃ. Atha vā hatanti gataṃ paṭipannaṃ, upacitanti attho. Suvāmīti sāmi tassa kammassa katattā. So hi taṃ kammaṃ labhateva, nāssa taṃ nassatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Yasmā ca labhati, tasmā dukkhaṃ mando…pe… kibbisakārī.
673 现在,为了说明“愚人见苦”所指的那个苦,接着说“铁桩打入之处(ayosaṅkusamāhataṭṭhāna)”等。其中,前半首偈颂的意思是:世尊曾这样开示:“比丘们,狱卒对他施行名为‘五缚’的刑罚。”他遭受的就是这种刑罚;当被这样行刑时,他被按倒在烧得通红的铁地上,狱卒们把锐利坚硬的铁桩打入他身体的五个部位,对此世尊说:“把烧红的铁桩打入手中……”等等。后半首偈颂,是就他在那里受报百千年之后,为经历剩余的果报而逐渐来到灰水河边,针对这一点而说:他们“把烧红的铁丸塞进口中,把烧得通红的铜液灌进口中”。其中,「铁(ayo)」指金属。「如丸(Guḷasannibha)」指形状如同木苹果。在这里,“铁”这一句包含了铜液,“其余”那一句包含了铁丸,应当这样理解。「适当(Patirūpa)」指与所造作的业相应。显示巴利原文
673. Idāni yaṃ dukkhaṃ mando passati, taṃ pakāsento ‘‘ayosaṅkusamāhataṭṭhāna’’ntiādimāha. Tattha purimaupaḍḍhagāthāya tāva attho – yaṃ taṃ ayosaṅkusamāhataṭṭhānaṃ sandhāya bhagavatā ‘‘tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā pañcavidhabandhanaṃ nāma kāraṇaṃ karontī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.250; a. ni. 3.36) vuttaṃ, taṃ upeti, evaṃ upento ca tattheva ādittāya lohapathaviyā nipajjāpetvā nirayapālehi pañcasu ṭhānesu ākoṭiyamānaṃ tattaṃ khilasaṅkhātaṃ tiṇhadhāramayasūlamupeti, yaṃ sandhāya bhagavatā vuttaṃ ‘‘tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ hatthe gamentī’’tiādi. Tato parā upaḍḍhagāthā anekāni vassasahassāni tattha paccitvā pakkāvasesānubhavanatthaṃ anupubbena khārodakanadītīraṃ gatassa yaṃ taṃ ‘‘tattaṃ ayoguḷaṃ mukhe pakkhipanti, tattaṃ tambalohaṃ mukhe āsiñcantī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tattha ayoti lohaṃ. Guḷasannibhanti beluvasaṇṭhānaṃ. Ayogahaṇena cettha tambalohaṃ, itarena ayoguḷaṃ veditabbaṃ. Patirūpanti katakammānurūpaṃ.
674 在后面的偈颂中:「非悦耳(na hi vaggū)」是指狱卒们说着“抓住他!打他!”之类的话,不说任何悦耳动听的言语。「不奔来(Nābhijavanti)」是指他们并不带着和善的面容迎面而来,不是和颜悦色地靠近,而是带来不幸与灾祸而来——这是此句所要表达的意思。「不作庇护而来(Na tāṇamupenti)」是指他们不是作为救护者、隐覆处、皈依处而来,而是来捉拿、来扑杀的——这是此句所要表达的意思。「躺卧在铺开的炭火上(Aṅgāre santhate sayanti)」是指被扔上炭山之后,在无数千年中躺卧在铺开的炭火上。「普烧之火(Ginisampajjalita)」是指从周围燃烧、在一切方向上猛烈燃烧的火焰。「进入(Pavisanti)」是指被扔进大地狱,沉没于其中。所谓大地狱,就是那个称为“四门狱”的,站在一百由旬外观望的人,眼睛都会破裂。显示巴利原文
674. Tato parāsu gāthāsu na hi vaggūti ‘‘gaṇhatha, paharathā’’tiādīni vadantā nirayapālā madhuravācaṃ na vadanti. Nābhijavantīti na sumukhabhāvena abhimukhā javanti, na sumukhā upasaṅkamanti, anayabyasanamāvahantā eva upasaṅkamantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Na tāṇamupentīti tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ hutvā na upagacchanti, gaṇhantā hanantā eva upentīti vuttaṃ hoti. Aṅgāre santhate sayantīti aṅgārapabbataṃ āropitā samānā anekāni vassasahassāni santhate aṅgāre senti. Ginisampajjalitanti samantato jalitaṃ sabbadisāsu ca sampajjalitaṃ aggiṃ. Pavisantīti mahāniraye pakkhittā samānā ogāhanti. Mahānirayo nāma yo so ‘‘catukkaṇṇo’’ti (a. ni. 3.36) vutto, naṃ yojanasate ṭhatvā passataṃ akkhīni bhijjanti.
675 「并以网缠缚而击打」:即用铁网缠裹身体,如同猎鹿人击打鹿一般。此为《天使经》中未说到的刑罚方式。「如盲者趋入暗狱」:意指因造成黑暗而如同盲人,由于极为浓厚的黑暗而称为‘暗’,他们投生至名为‘烟焰流’的地狱。据说在那里,他们吸入刺鼻浓烟,双眼破裂,故说‘如盲人一般’。‘那实如浓雾般弥漫’:意指那盲暗的黑暗,犹如浓雾一般弥漫。又有读作‘已扩展’的。此亦为《天使经》中未说到的刑罚方式。显示巴利原文
675.Jālena ca onahiyānāti ayojālena paliveṭhetvā migaluddakā migaṃ viya hananti. Idaṃ devadūte avuttakammakāraṇaṃ. Andhaṃva timisamāyantīti andhakaraṇena andhameva bahalandhakārattā ‘‘timisa’’nti saññitaṃ dhūmaroruvaṃ nāma narakaṃ gacchanti. Tatra kira nesaṃ kharadhūmaṃ ghāyitvā akkhīni bhijjanti, tena ‘‘andhaṃvā’’ti vuttaṃ. Taṃ vitatañhi yathā mahikāyoti tañca andhatimisaṃ mahikāyo viya vitataṃ hotīti attho. ‘‘Vitthata’’ntipi pāṭho. Idampi devadūte avuttakammakāraṇameva.
676 「铜制的」:此铜锅深至地际,深二十万四千由旬,满盛铜液,与锅口齐平。「在那里长夜」:指在那些铜锅中长时被煎煮。「如火烧聚」:如同火聚。「沸腾翻滚」:即沸腾翻滚,忽而向上、忽而向下,据说犹如在泡沫中翻滚一般被煎煮。这些应依《天使经》所说而理解。显示巴利原文
676.Atha lohamayanti ayaṃ pana lohakumbhī pathavipariyantikā catunahutādhikāni dveyojanasatasahassāni gambhīrā samatittikā tatralohapūrā hoti. Paccanti hi tāsu cirarattanti tāsu kumbhīsu dīgharattaṃ paccanti. Agginisamāsūti aggisamāsu . Samuppilavāteti samuppilavantā , sakimpi uddhaṃ sakimpi adho gacchamānā pheṇuddehakaṃ paccantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Devadūte vuttanayeneva taṃ veditabbaṃ.
677 「脓血混合」:即于脓血混合的铜锅中。「在那里如何」:即在那铜锅中。「无论哪个方向」:指方向及副方向。「他躺卧」:即前往。亦有读作‘abhiseti’者,意为无论哪个方向,皆附着而无依无靠。「他受苦」:即受到逼迫。亦有读作‘kilijjati’者,意为腐烂。「接触」:即接触到那些脓血。此亦为《天使经》中未提及的刑罚方式。显示巴利原文
677.Pubbalohitamisseti pubbalohitamissāya lohakumbhiyā. Tattha kinti tattha. Yaṃ yaṃ disakanti disaṃ vidisaṃ. Adhisetīti gacchati. ‘‘Abhisetī’’tipi pāṭho, tattha yaṃ yaṃ disaṃ allīyati apassayatīti attho. Kilissatīti bādhīyati. ‘‘Kilijjatī’’tipi pāṭho, pūti hotīti attho. Samphusamānoti tena pubbalohitena phuṭṭho samāno. Idampi devadūte avuttakammakāraṇaṃ.
678 “蛆虫的住处”:蛆虫栖止之处。这同样是铜锅地狱,在《天使经》中名为“粪坑地狱”,堕入其中的众生,被针嘴众生割裂皮肤等,啮食骨髓。“去无处可岸”:无法离开,没有岸边。也有读作“tīravamatthi”,意义相同。此处“tīrava”即指河岸。“因为整个周围都是锅缘”:由于那铜锅上方同样封闭,四周完全如同锅缘一般,因此没有可以脱身离去的岸边。显示巴利原文
678.Puḷavāvasatheti puḷavānaṃ āvāse. Ayampi lohakumbhīyeva devadūte ‘‘gūthanirayo’’ti vuttā, tattha patitassa sūcimukhapāṇā chaviādīni chinditvā aṭṭhimiñjaṃ khādanti. Gantuṃ na hi tīramapatthīti apagantuṃ na hi tīraṃ atthi. ‘‘Tīravamatthī’’tipi pāṭho, soyevattho. Tīrameva ettha ‘‘tīrava’’nti vuttaṃ. Sabbasamā hi samantakapallāti yasmā tassā kumbhiyā uparibhāgepi nikujjitattā sabbattha samā samantato kaṭāhā, tasmā apagantuṃ tīraṃ natthīti vuttaṃ hoti.
679 “剑叶林”:如同《天使经》中所说的那样。它从远处看去,仿佛一座悦意的芒果树园,地狱众生为贪欲所诱走入其中,彼时被风扬起的叶片纷纷坠下,切割他们的各种肢体。因此说“他们走入其中,肢体被割截”,意思是他们进去之后,肢体便遭到彻底的割断。关于“钩着舌头,拖拽捶打”:在这剑叶林里,那些妄语的地狱众生急速奔跑后跌倒,地狱狱卒以钩将他们的舌头拉出来,就像人们把生兽皮铺在地上,用木桩钉牢捶打那样,钉住之后,又用利斧反复劈砍,将每块都切烂剁碎;已断碎的支分又会重新生长出来。也有读作“āracayāracayā”,意思是拖来拖去、拽来拽去。这便是《天使经》未曾提及的业因。显示巴利原文
679.Asipattavanaṃ devadūte vuttanayameva. Tañhi dūrato ramaṇīyaṃ ambavanaṃ viya dissati, athettha lobhena nerayikā pavisanti, tato nesaṃ vāteritāni pattāni patitvā aṅgapaccaṅgāni chindanti. Tenāha – ‘‘taṃ pavisanti samucchidagattā’’ti. Taṃ pavisanti tato suṭṭhu chinnagattā hontīti. Jivhaṃ baḷisena gahetvā ārajayārajayā vihanantīti tattha asipattavane vegena dhāvitvā patitānaṃ musāvādīnaṃ nerayikānaṃ nirayapālā jivhaṃ baḷisena nikkaḍḍhitvā yathā manussā allacammaṃ bhūmiyaṃ pattharitvā khilehi ākoṭenti, evaṃ ākoṭetvā pharasūhi phāletvā phāletvā ekamekaṃ koṭiṃ chindetvā vihananti, chinnachinnā koṭi punappunaṃ samuṭṭhāti. ‘‘Āracayāracayā’’tipi pāṭho, āviñchitvā āviñchitvāti attho. Etampi devadūte avuttakammakāraṇaṃ.
680 “韦答拉尼河”:即《天使经》中所说的“大碱水河”。据说此河看似如同恒河一般充满了水。地狱众生心想“我们下去沐浴、饮水吧”,便坠入其中。“锋利的刀刃”:即锐利的刃锋,意思是具有锋利刃锋的。据说那条河的上方、下方以及两岸,都如同密布着锋利刀刃一般,因此被称作“锋刃之河”。他们进入那充满锋利刀刃的水中,“进入”意即依附。当他们这样进入时,被恶业逼迫,那些愚痴者便沉坠其中。显示巴利原文
680.Vetaraṇinti devadūte ‘‘mahatī khārodakā nadī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.269) vuttanadiṃ. Sā kira gaṅgā viya udakabharitā dissati. Athettha nhāyissāma pivissāmāti nerayikā patanti. Tiṇhadhārakhuradhāranti tiṇhadhāraṃ khuradhāraṃ, tikkhadhārakhuradhāravatinti vuttaṃ hoti. Tassā kira nadiyā uddhamadho ubhayatīresu ca tiṇhadhārā khurā paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitā viya tiṭṭhanti, tena sā ‘‘tiṇhadhārā khuradhārā’’ti vuccati. Taṃ tiṇhadhārakhuradhāraṃ udakāsāya upenti allīyantīti attho. Evaṃ upentā ca pāpakammena coditā tattha mandā papatanti bālāti attho.
681 “黑色的、杂色的”:此语应与下文的“狗”连用,意为黑色与杂色的狗前来咬食。“鸦群”:即黑乌鸦群。“贪婪的”:指生起了强烈的贪欲,有些说是指“大鹫”。“鹰”:即鹰鸟,有些说此为“军队的名称”。“鸦”:指普通乌鸦。这些也是《天使经》未提及的业因。其中部分在前文已经提到,此处不再赘述,因属前后关联的内容,可视为已经说过了。显示巴利原文
681.Sāmā sabalāti etaṃ parato ‘‘soṇā’’ti iminā yojetabbaṃ. Sāmavaṇṇā kammāsavaṇṇā ca soṇā khādantīti vuttaṃ hoti . Kākolagaṇāti kaṇhakākagaṇā. Paṭigiddhāti suṭṭhu sañjātagedhā hutvā, ‘‘mahāgijjhā’’ti eke. Kulalāti kulalapakkhino, ‘‘senānametaṃ nāma’’nti eke. Vāyasāti akaṇhakākā. Idampi devadūte avuttakammakāraṇaṃ. Tattha vuttānipi pana kānici idha na vuttāni, tāni etesaṃ purimapacchimabhāgattā vuttāneva hontīti veditabbāni.
682 如今,展示了这一切地狱的生存方式之后,为作教导,说了这首偈颂:“实在是苦啊”。意思是:在这地狱中,种种业报各异的生存方式实在痛苦,造恶之人亲身领受。因此,在此尚有残余寿命、生命相续犹存之时,安住此世的人,应当通过皈依等善法的修行,成为精勤尽责之人。成为尽责之人,又应以相续不断的精进行持,不应有片刻放逸,不应陷入放逸。这是此处的总括注释。其余文句因前文已作解释,意义明显易懂,故不再逐词注释。显示巴利原文
682. Idāni sabbamevetaṃ narakavuttiṃ dassetvā ovadanto ‘‘kicchā vatāya’’nti gāthamāha. Tassattho – kicchā vata ayaṃ idha narake nānappakārakammakaraṇabhedā vutti, yaṃ jano phusati kibbisakārī. Tasmā idha jīvitasese jīvitasantatiyā vijjamānāya idha loke ṭhitoyeva samāno saraṇagamanādikusaladhammānuṭṭhānena kiccakaro naro siyā bhaveyya. Kiccakaro bhavantopi ca sātaccakāritāvaseneva bhaveyya, na pamajje muhuttampi na pamādamāpajjeyyāti ayamettha samuccayavaṇṇanā. Yasmā pana vuttāvasesāni padāni pubbe vuttanayattā uttānatthattā ca suviññeyyāneva, tasmā anupadavaṇṇanā na katāti.
《经集注释》里对《咖利咖经》的解说,到这里就结束了。显示巴利原文
Suttanipāta-aṭṭhakathāya kokālikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
第十一章 《那罗迦经》的解释显示巴利原文
11. Nālakasuttavaṇṇanā
685 这首以“喜悦生起”(Ānandajāte)开头的经文,即是《那罗迦经》。它的产生因缘是怎样的呢?据说,那罗迦看见莲花上佛的一位声闻弟子正在修习牟尼行道,心中渴望成就那样的境界。从那时起,他用了整整十万劫的时间,圆满了所有波罗蜜,后来成为阿私陀仙人的外甥——一位名叫那罗迦的苦行者。那罗迦于世间尊初转法轮后的第七天,以“所未知的……”等两首偈颂,向世尊请问牟尼行道。世尊便以“我将为你讲解牟尼行道……”的方式,为他作了开示。当世尊入般涅槃后,大迦叶尊者在主持结集时,阿难尊者被问及同样的牟尼行道,以及那罗迦是何时、因何因缘被劝导来请问世尊的。为了清楚地揭示这一切,阿难尊者先讲述了以“喜悦生起”等开头的那二十首缘起偈颂,接着便开示了这个法义。这些内容全部合在一起,就称为《那罗迦经》。显示巴利原文
685.Ānandajāteti nālakasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Padumuttarassa kira bhagavato sāvakaṃ moneyyapaṭipadaṃ paṭipannaṃ disvā tathattaṃ abhikaṅkhamāno tato pabhuti kappasatasahassaṃ pāramiyo pūretvā asitassa isino bhāgineyyo nālako nāma tāpaso bhagavantaṃ dhammacakkappavattitadivasato sattame divase ‘‘aññātameta’’ntiādīhi dvīhi gāthāhi moneyyapaṭipadaṃ pucchi. Tassa bhagavā ‘‘moneyyaṃ te upaññissa’’ntiādinā nayena taṃ byākāsi. Parinibbute pana bhagavati saṅgītiṃ karontenāyasmatā mahākassapena āyasmā ānando tameva moneyyapaṭipadaṃ puṭṭho yena yadā ca samādapito nālako bhagavantaṃ pucchi . Taṃ sabbaṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā dassetukāmo ‘‘ānandajāte’’tiādikā vīsati vatthugāthāyo vatvā abhāsi. Taṃ sabbampi ‘‘nālakasutta’’nti vuccati.
其中,“ānandajāta(喜悦生起)”指已经成就圆满、达到增长。“patīta(满意)”指愉悦。或者说,“喜悦生起”是极为欢喜,“满意”指心生喜悦。“sucivasana(穿着洁净衣)”指穿着无有染污的衣服。因为天界如意树所生的衣物,从不沾染灰尘与污垢。“dussaṃ gahetvā(拿起布)”在这里,由于与布料相似而得名为“布”,即天衣,将其拿起。“Asito isi(阿私陀仙人)”指因身体肤色黝黑而得此名的仙人。“divāvihāre(在日间住处)”指日间休息的处所。其余词句的意义,从字面即可明了。显示巴利原文
Tattha ānandajāteti samiddhijāte vuddhippatte. Patīteti tuṭṭhe. Atha vā ānandajāteti pamudite. Patīteti somanassajāte. Sucivasaneti akiliṭṭhavasane. Devānañhi kapparukkhanibbattāni vasanāni rajaṃ vā malaṃ vā na gaṇhanti. Dussaṃ gahetvāti idha dussasadisattā ‘‘dussa’’nti laddhavohāraṃ dibbavatthaṃ ukkhipitvā. Asito isīti kaṇhasarīravaṇṇattā evaṃladdhanāmo isi. Divāvihāreti divāvihāraṭṭhāne. Sesaṃ padato uttānameva.
就事缘关联而言:据说,这位阿私陀仙人曾是师子颊王(净饭王之父)的国师。净饭王尚未灌顶登基时,他担任净饭王的技艺老师;净饭王登基后,他仍任国师。他每日早晚前往侍奉,但净饭王已不像幼年时那样向他行谦恭之礼,仅以合掌为礼而已。据说,这是已登基的释迦族王者的惯例。因此,国师生起厌离心,对大王说:‘大王,我想出家。’净饭王知道其心意已决,便请求道:‘若是如此,老师,请您就住在我的御苑里,这样我便能时常见到您。’他应允后,便依苦行者的方式出家,由国王供养,住在御苑之中。他在那里修习遍处禅观的前行预备,随后证得了八种等至与五种神通。从那时起,他每天在王宫用过早斋后,便前往雪山或四天王天等处中的某一地,作为日间休息之处。有一天,他前往三十三天,进入宝殿,坐在天界的宝床座上,沉浸在定的安乐中。傍晚时分,他从定中出来,站在殿门口向四处眺望,看见以帝释天为首的诸天众,正在六十由旬宽阔的大街上,挥舞着布,唱着赞叹菩萨功德的赞歌,欢喜地游戏庆祝。显示巴利原文
Sambandhato pana – ayaṃ kira suddhodanassa pitu sīhahanurañño purohito suddhodanassapi anabhisittakāle sippācariyo hutvā abhisittakāle purohitoyeva ahosi. Tassa sāyaṃ pātaṃ rājupaṭṭhānaṃ āgatassa rājā daharakāle viya nipaccakāraṃ akatvā añjalikammamattameva karoti. Dhammatā kiresā pattābhisekānaṃ sakyarājūnaṃ. Purohito tena nibbijjitvā ‘‘pabbajjāmahaṃ mahārājā’’ti āha. Rājā tassa nicchayaṃ ñatvā ‘‘tena hi, ācariya, mameva uyyāne vasitabbaṃ, yathā te ahaṃ abhiṇhaṃ passeyya’’nti yāci. So ‘‘evaṃ hotū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā raññā upaṭṭhahiyamāno uyyāneyeva vasanto kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā aṭṭha samāpattiyo pañcābhiññāyo ca nibbattesi. So tato pabhuti rājakule bhattakiccaṃ katvā himavantacātumahārājikabhavanādīnaṃ aññataraṃ gantvā divāvihāraṃ karoti. Athekadivasaṃ tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ gantvā ratanavimānaṃ pavisitvā dibbaratanapallaṅke nisinno samādhisukhaṃ anubhavitvā sāyanhasamayaṃ vuṭṭhāya vimānadvāre ṭhatvā ito cito ca vilokento saṭṭhiyojanāya mahāvīthiyā celukkhepaṃ katvā bodhisattaguṇapasaṃsitāni thutivacanāni vatvā kīḷante sakkappamukhe deve addasa. Tenāha āyasmā ānando – ‘‘ānandajāte…pe… divāvihāre’’ti.
686 他如此看见天众后……是出于什么原因呢?其中,“udagga(兴奋)”指身体向上伸展的样子。“cittiṃ karitvāna(生起恭敬)”指生起了恭敬心。“kalyarūpo(容色美丽)”指面现欢喜的样子。其余的意义都很明显。显示巴利原文
686. Tato so evaṃ disvāna deve…pe… kiṃ paṭicca. Tattha udaggeti abbhunnatakāye. Cittiṃ karitvānāti ādaraṃ katvā. Kalyarūpoti tuṭṭharūpo. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
687 接下来,“Yadāpi āsī”等偈颂的关联一目了然。至于第一首偈颂的词义:其中“saṅgamo”指交战,“jayo surānaṃ”意为诸天获得了胜利。显示巴利原文
687. Idāni ‘‘yadāpi āsī’’tiādigāthā uttānasambandhā eva. Padattho pana paṭhamagāthāya tāva saṅgamoti saṅgāmo. Jayo surānanti devānaṃ jayo.
为阐明此义,当知如下次第之故事:据说,帝释天曾为摩揭陀国马村一位名为摩伽的青年,是三十三人中的首领。他圆满七项誓愿之后,便随眷属往生于三十三天。彼时,原先已住于彼处的天众说道:“这些是刚来的客居天众,我们应当款待他们。”便献上天界的莲花,延请他们共享天界的一半统治权。帝释天不满足于仅分得一半统治,便说服了自己的随从。某日,他们趁醉意抓住原住天众的脚,将他们从须弥山顶投落山腰。那些原住天众在须弥山底形成一处方圆一万由旬的阿修罗住处,那里有一株绚丽的彩画红檀树,被一棵巴利恰答咖树所遮蔽,显得格外庄严。待他们清醒后,找不见三十三天的踪影,便说道:“唉!我们因饮酒之过而彻底毁灭了!从今以后,我们喝的不是‘苏罗’(酒),而是‘阿修罗’(非酒);我们不再是‘苏罗’(天众),如今我们已成为‘阿修罗’(阿修罗)了。”从此,他们便以“阿修罗”之名闻世,又说道:“现在我们要与天众交战!”于是他们从四面八方登上须弥山。帝释天便以战斗将他们……显示巴利原文
Tassāvibhāvatthaṃ ayamanupubbikathā veditabbā – sakko kira magadharaṭṭhe macalagāmavāsī tettiṃsamanussaseṭṭho magho nāma māṇavo hutvā satta vattapadāni pūretvā tāvatiṃsabhavane nibbatti saddhiṃ parisāya. Tato pubbadevā ‘‘āgantukadevaputtā āgatā, sakkāraṃ nesaṃ karissāmā’’ti vatvā dibbapadumāni upanāmesuṃ, upaḍḍharajjena ca nimantesuṃ. Sakko upaḍḍharajjena asantuṭṭho sakaparisaṃ saññāpetvā ekadivasaṃ surāmadamatte te pāde gahetvā sinerupabbatapāde khipi. Tesaṃ sinerussa heṭṭhimatale dasasahassayojanaṃ asurabhavanaṃ nibbatti pāricchattakapaṭicchannabhūtāya citrapāṭaliyā upasobhitaṃ. Tato te satiṃ paṭilabhitvā tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ apassantā ‘‘aho re naṭṭhā mayaṃ pānamadadosena, na dāni mayaṃ suraṃ pivimhā, asuraṃ pivimhā, na dānimhā surā, asurā dāni jātamhā’’ti. Tato pabhuti ‘‘asurā’’icceva uppannasamaññā hutvā ‘‘handa dāni devehi saddhiṃ saṅgāmemā’’ti sineruṃ parito ārohiṃsu. Tato sakko asure yuddhena abbhuggantvā punapi samudde pakkhipitvā catūsu dvāresu attanā sadisaṃ indapaṭimaṃ māpetvā ṭhapesi. Tato asurā ‘‘appamatto vatāyaṃ sakko niccaṃ rakkhanto tiṭṭhatī’’ti cintetvā punadeva nagaraṃ agamiṃsu. Tato devā attano jayaṃ ghosentā mahāvīthiyaṃ celukkhepaṃ karontā nakkhattaṃ kīḷiṃsu. Atha asito atītānāgate cattālīsakappe anussarituṃ samatthatāya ‘‘kiṃ nu kho imehi pubbepi evaṃ kīḷitapubba’’nti āvajjento taṃ devāsurasaṅgāme devavijayaṃ disvā āha –
‘‘Yadāpi āsī asurehi saṅgamo, Jayo surānaṃ asurā parājitā; Tadāpi netādiso lomahaṃsano’’ti.
那时也未曾有这般令人毛发竖立的喜悦。‘天众见到何等稀有之事,竟如此喜悦?’意思是:今日究竟见到了何等稀有之事,令天众这般欢喜?显示巴利原文
Tasmimpi kāle etādiso lomahaṃsano pamodo na āsi. Kimabbhutaṃ daṭṭhu marū pamoditāti ajja pana kiṃ abbhutaṃ disvā evaṃ devā pamuditāti.
688 688. 第二首偈颂中,“seḷentī”(发出欢呼声)指从口中发出高亢的欢呼声。“Gāyanti”(歌唱)指唱诵种种不同的歌谣,“vādayanti”(演奏)指演奏六万八千种乐器,“phoṭentī”(拍手)指鼓掌拍手。“Pucchāmi vohanti”(我问你们)指虽然自己有能力思惟了知,但出于想听闻他们的话而发问。“Merumuddhavāsino”(住在须弥山顶者)指住在须弥山顶的众生。因为在须弥山的下层,有方圆一万由旬的阿修罗住处;在中层,有以二千小岛为眷属的四大部洲;在上层,有方圆一万由旬的三十三天住处。因此诸天被称为“住在须弥山顶者”。“Mārisā”(尊者)是对那些天的称呼,意思是“无苦无恼”。显示巴利原文
688. Dutiyagāthāya seḷentīti mukhena usseḷanasaddaṃ muñcanti. Gāyanti nānāvidhāni gītāni, vādayanti aṭṭhasaṭṭhi tūriyasahassāni, phoṭentīti apphoṭenti. Pucchāmi vohanti attanā āvajjetvā ñātuṃ samatthopi tesaṃ vacanaṃ sotukāmatāya pucchati. Merumuddhavāsineti sinerumuddhani vasante. Sinerussa hi heṭṭhimatale dasayojanasahassaṃ asurabhavanaṃ, majjhimatale dvisahassaparittadīpaparivārā cattāro mahādīpā, uparimatale dasayojanasahassaṃ tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ. Tasmā devā ‘‘merumuddhavāsino’’ti vuccanti. Mārisāti deve āmanteti, nidukkhā nirābādhāti vuttaṃ hoti.
689 689. 随后,诸天为了说明此事而说出的第三首偈颂中,“bodhisatto”(菩萨)指即将觉悟的有情,是值得证得无上正觉的众生,“ratanavaro”(最胜宝)指成为最胜之宝。“tenamha tuṭṭhā”(我们因他而喜悦),即由于这个原因我们喜悦。因为他成就佛位后,将如此说法,使得我们和其他天众都能证得有学与无学的境地。人间的众生听闻他的法后,那些不能般涅槃的,将行布施等而于天界圆满成就,据说这是他们的意图。在此,“tuṭṭhā kalyarūpā”(喜悦、美丽)这两个词虽然在意义上没有差别,但应知是为了回答这两个问题:“见何等稀有而天众欢喜?”(Kimabbhutaṃ daṭṭhu marū pamoditā)与“为何天众极为美丽?”(Kiṃ devasaṅgho atiriva kalyarūpo)而说的。显示巴利原文
689. Athassa tamatthaṃ ārocentehi devehi vuttāya tatiyagāthāya bodhisattoti bujjhanakasatto, sammāsambodhiṃ gantuṃ araho satto ratanavaroti vararatanabhūto. Tenamha tuṭṭhāti tena kāraṇena mayaṃ tuṭṭhā. So hi buddhattaṃ patvā tathā dhammaṃ desessati, yathā mayañca aññe ca devagaṇā sekkhāsekkhabhūmiṃ pāpuṇissāma. Manussāpissa dhammaṃ sutvā ye na sakkhissanti parinibbātuṃ, te dānādīni katvā devaloke paripūressantīti ayaṃ kira nesaṃ adhippāyo. Tattha ‘‘tuṭṭhā kalyarūpā’’ti kiñcāpi idaṃ padadvayaṃ atthato abhinnaṃ, tathāpi ‘‘kimabbhutaṃ daṭṭhu marū pamoditā, kiṃ devasaṅgho atiriva kalyarūpo’’ti imassa pañhadvayassa vissajjanatthaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
690 690. 现在,为了说明诸天因菩萨出生而欢喜的意图,他们以第四首偈颂宣明:“satta”(众生)一词包含人与天,“pajā”(生类)一词包含其余趣的众生。如此,这两个词显示了菩萨在五趣中的最胜地位。因为即使是畜生趣的狮子等,也具备无怖畏等功德,但菩萨仍超越它们,因此说“pajānamuttamo”(生类中最胜)。而在人天之中,在那些为自利而行等四种补特伽罗中,此菩萨是行自他利的最胜补特伽罗;在人之中,他如牛王般雄健,是“人中之牛王”(narāsabho)。因此,他们赞叹而说出了这两个词。显示巴利原文
690. Idāni yena adhippāyena bodhisatte jāte tuṭṭhā ahesuṃ, taṃ āvikarontehi vuttāya catutthagāthāya sattaggahaṇena devamanussaggahaṇaṃ, pajāgahaṇena sesagatiggahaṇaṃ. Evaṃ dvīhi padehi pañcasupi gatīsu seṭṭhabhāvaṃ dasseti. Tiracchānāpi hi sīhādayo asantāsādiguṇayuttā, tepi ayameva atiseti. Tasmā ‘‘pajānamuttamo’’ti vutto. Devamanussesu pana ye attahitāya paṭipannādayo cattāro puggalā, tesu ubhayahitapaṭipanno aggapuggalo ayaṃ, naresu ca usabhasadisattā narāsabho. Tenassa thutiṃ bhaṇantā idampi padadvayamāhaṃsu.
691 在第五首偈颂中,「taṃ saddaṃ」(那声音)指的是诸天所说的话语声。「Avasarī」(降临)意为下来。「Tada bhavanaṃ」(那时成为)意为那时成为。显示巴利原文
691. Pañcamagāthāya taṃ saddanti taṃ devehi vuttavacanasaddaṃ. Avasarīti otari. Tada bhavananti tadā bhavanaṃ.
692 在第六偈颂中,「tato」(于是)指紧接在阿私陀说话之后。「Ukkāmukheva」(如同在熔炉口)即“在熔炉口”,意指在坩埚口那样。「Sukusalasampahaṭṭhaṃ」(被善巧匠师锤炼)指被善巧的金匠反复捶打,意谓金匠一面捶打一面加热。「Daddallamānaṃ」(闪耀)指放射光芒。「Asitavhayassa」(阿私陀仙人)指那位名叫阿私陀、又名迦那提婆罗的仙人。显示巴利原文
692. Chaṭṭhagāthāya tatoti asitassa vacanato anantaraṃ. Ukkāmukhevāti ukkāmukhe eva, mūsāmukheti vuttaṃ hoti. Sukusalasampahaṭṭhanti sukusalena suvaṇṇakārena saṅghaṭṭitaṃ, saṅghaṭṭentena tāpitanti adhippāyo. Daddallamānanti vijjotamānaṃ. Asitavhayassāti asitanāmassa dutiyena nāmena kaṇhadevilassa isino.
693 在第七偈颂中,「tārāsabhaṃ vā」(或如星中牛王)指如同群星中的牛王,即指月亮。「Visuddhaṃ」(清净)指远离了云等垢染。「Saradariva」(如秋之月)指像秋天时的月亮。「Ānandajāto」(心生喜悦)指仅仅听闻便生起了欢喜。「Alattha pītiṃ」(获得喜悦)指见到后又再次获得喜悦。显示巴利原文
693. Sattamagāthāya tārāsabhaṃ vāti tārānaṃ usabhasadisaṃ, candanti adhippāyo. Visuddhanti abbhādiupakkilesarahitaṃ. Saradarivāti sarade iva. Ānandajātoti savanamatteneva uppannāya pītiyā pītijāto. Alattha pītinti disvā punapi pītiṃ labhi.
694 接着,在第八偈颂中,为了显示诸天恒常向菩萨呈献供养,而说:「anekasākhaṃ」(多枝骨)是说有许多伞骨;「Sahassamaṇḍalaṃ」(千辐轮相)是说伞盖上装饰着上千个红金制成的轮相;「Chattaṃ」(伞盖)是指天界的白色伞盖;「Vītipatantī」(来回飞旋)是指那些天众身体旋转,下降又飞升。显示巴利原文
694. Tato paraṃ bodhisattassa devehi sadā payujjamānasakkāradīpanatthaṃ vuttaaṭṭhamagāthāya anekasākhanti anekasalākaṃ. Sahassamaṇḍalanti rattasuvaṇṇamayasahassamaṇḍalayuttaṃ. Chattanti dibbasetacchattaṃ. Vītipatantīti sarīraṃ bījamānā patanuppatanaṃ karonti.
695 在第九偈颂中,「jaṭī(结发者)」是指结发的苦行者。「Kaṇhasirivhayoti(名为迦那尸利)」是指以“迦那”和“尸利”来称呼他。据说,他们也叫他“尸利迦那”,意思是以爱称来招呼他。「Paṇḍukambale(在黄毛毯上)」是指在红色毛毯上。此处依语境应补上“kumāra(童子)”一词,或者视为省略。前一偈颂针对还在伸手不及之处而说「disvā(看见)」,而这里是把童子送到了伸手可及的地方以便接取,所以又说了「disvā」。也可以这样理解:前面那个“看见”侧重于见而生喜,因为偈末说“获得了广大喜悦”;这里的“看见”侧重于接取,因为偈末说“心怀喜悦而接取”。前一个“看见”只与童子相关,这一个“看见”则还与白伞盖相关。「Disvā(看见)」是指看见童子就像放在价值十万的键陀罗红毛毯上的一块金子一样,而在头顶上正撑着前面提到的那种“天人伞盖”──也就是那白色伞盖。但也有人说:“这指的是人间的伞盖。”因为就像天人们那样,人间的众人也会手持伞、拂尘、孔雀羽扇、蕉叶扇、布风扇来亲近这位大人。即便这么说,这种说法也看不出有什么特别殊胜的地方,所以还是像前面那样解释为妥。「Paṭiggahe(接取)」是指用双手接取。据说,为了让童子向仙人敬礼,人们把孩子抱到仙人面前。这时,童子的双足却翻转过来,踏在了仙人的头顶上。仙人见到这样的稀有之相,心花怒放,满怀欣喜地接取了他。显示巴利原文
695. Navamagāthāya jaṭīti jaṭilo. Kaṇhasirivhayoti kaṇhasaddena ca sirisaddena ca avhayamāno. Taṃ kira ‘‘sirikaṇho’’tipi avhayanti āmantenti, ālapantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Paṇḍukambaleti rattakambale. Adhikārato cettha ‘‘kumāra’’nti vattabbaṃ, pāṭhaseso vā kātabbo. Purimagāthāya ca ahatthapāsagataṃ sandhāya ‘‘disvā’’ti vuttaṃ. Idha pana hatthapāsagataṃ paṭiggahaṇatthaṃ upanītaṃ, tasmā puna vacanaṃ ‘‘disvā’’ti. Purimaṃ vā dassanapītilābhāpekkhaṃ gāthāvasāne ‘‘vipulamalattha pīti’’nti vacanato, idaṃ paṭiggahāpekkhaṃ avasāne ‘‘sumano paṭiggahe’’ti vacanato. Purimañca kumārasambandhameva, idaṃ setacchattasambandhampi. Disvāti satasahassagghanake gandhārarattakambale suvaṇṇanikkhaṃ viya kumāraṃ ‘‘chattaṃ marū’’ti ettha vuttappakāraṃ setacchattaṃ dhāriyantaṃ muddhani disvā. Keci pana ‘‘idaṃ mānusakaṃ chattaṃ sandhāya vutta’’nti bhaṇanti. Yatheva hi devā, evaṃ manussāpi chattacāmaramorahatthatālavaṇṭavāḷabījanihatthā mahāpurisaṃ upagacchantīti. Evaṃ santepi na tassa vacanena kocipi atisayo atthi, tasmā yathāvuttameva sundaraṃ. Paṭiggaheti ubhohi hatthehi paṭiggahesi. Isiṃ kira vandāpetuṃ kumāraṃ upanesuṃ. Athassa pādā parivattitvā isissa matthake patiṭṭhahiṃsu. So tampi acchariyaṃ disvā udaggacitto sumano paṭiggahesi.
696 在第十偈颂中,「jigīsako(寻求者)」是指正在寻找、探索、调查的人,也就是仔细检查的意思。「Lakkhaṇamantapāragū(精通相术与圣典)」是指已经到达了相法和吠陀经典彼岸的人。「Anuttarāyaṃ(此人是无上的)」是指这个人毫无比伦、最为殊胜。据说,当这位大人迎面走来时,他看到了大人脚掌上的轮相,便依此轮相去一一寻找其余的特征,见到所有大人相都圆满具足,从而确定“此人必定将成佛”,于是说出了这番话。显示巴利原文
696. Dasamagāthāyaṃ jigīsakoti jigīsanto magganto pariyesanto, upaparikkhantoti vuttaṃ hoti. Lakkhaṇamantapāragūti lakkhaṇānaṃ vedānañca pāraṃ gato. Anuttarāyanti anuttaro ayaṃ. So kira attano abhimukhāgatesu mahāsattassa pādatalesu cakkāni disvā tadanusārena sesalakkhaṇāni jigīsanto sabbaṃ lakkhaṇasampattiṃ disvā ‘‘addhāyaṃ buddho bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā evamāha.
697 第十一偈中的「atha attano gaman」(而后自己的去处)是指他依结生而将前往无色界。「Akalyarūpo gaḷayati assukāni」(形容枯槁、泪流不止)是指他回忆起自己未来将生在无色界,心想“我如今不能听闻他说法了”,因此不悦而容颜憔悴,被强烈的忧愁所压倒,生起忧心,落下泪来。此处也有读作“garayati”(自责)的。如果说他把心转向色界,那为何不在色界结生,却在此哭泣呢?并非不能在色界结生,而是因不善巧,不知此法。即便如此,他既已靠得定镇伏了烦恼,生起忧愁难道合理吗?并非如此,正是因为只是镇伏而已。只有依修道而彻底断除的烦恼才不再生起,得定者遇到极强的缘时,烦恼仍会生起。若问:既然生起了烦恼,他的禅那便已退失,如何还能往无色界呢?因为他不难再次证得。得定者生起烦恼时,不会犯重大过失,只是烦恼的波浪暂时平息,不久他就能毫不费力地再证得那殊胜境界。这类人称为“退失殊胜者”,甚至难以被人察觉,阿私陀仙人正是如此。显示巴利原文
697. Ekādasāyaṃ athattano gamananti paṭisandhivasena arūpagamanaṃ. Akalyarūpo gaḷayati assukānīti taṃ attano arūpūpapattiṃ anussaritvā ‘‘na dānāhaṃ assa dhammadesanaṃ sotuṃ lacchāmī’’ti atuṭṭharūpo balavasokābhibhavena domanassajāto hutvā assūni pāteti gaḷayati. ‘‘Garayatī’’tipi pāṭho. Yadi panesa rūpabhave cittaṃ nameyya, kiṃ tattha na uppajjeyya, yenevaṃ rodatīti? Na na uppajjeyya, akusalatāya panetaṃ vidhiṃ na jānāti. Evaṃ santepi domanassuppattiyevassa ayuttā samāpattilābhena vikkhambhitattāti ce? Na, vikkhambhitattā eva. Maggabhāvanāya samucchinnā hi kilesā na uppajjanti, samāpattilābhīnaṃ pana balavapaccayena uppajjanti. Uppanne kilese parihīnajjhānattā kutassa arūpagamananti ce? Appakasirena punādhigamato. Samāpattilābhino hi uppanne kilese balavavītikkamaṃ anāpajjantā vūpasantamatteyeva kilesavege puna taṃ visesaṃ appakasirenevādhigacchanti, ‘‘parihīnavisesā ime’’tipi duviññeyyā honti, tādiso ca eso. No ce kumāre bhavissati antarāyoti na bhavissati nu kho imasmiṃ kumāre antarāyo.
698 第十二偈中的「na orakāyanti」是指这并不低劣、并不微小。他是针对下一偈将要说的成佛状态而作此说。显示巴利原文
698. Dvādasāyaṃ na orakāyanti ayaṃ orako paritto na hoti. Uttaragāthāya vattabbaṃ buddhabhāvaṃ sandhāyāha.
699 第十三偈中的「sambodhiyagganti」是指一切知智。此智因无颠倒而正确地觉知,故称「正觉」;又因于一切处无有障碍,于一切智中最为上首,故称「最上」。「Phusissatīti」就是达到。「Paramavisuddhadassīti」是指见涅槃者,因为涅槃绝对清净,故为最极清净。「Vitthārikassāti」是指他的梵行将会广大流布,而「brahmacariyanti」即是教法。显示巴利原文
699. Terasāyaṃ sambodhiyagganti sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tañhi aviparītabhāvena sammā bujjhanato sambodhi, katthaci āvaraṇābhāvena sabbañāṇuttamato ‘‘agga’’nti vuccati. Phusissatīti pāpuṇissati. Paramavisuddhadassīti nibbānadassī. Tañhi ekantavisuddhattā paramavisuddhaṃ. Vitthārikassāti vitthārikaṃ assa. Brahmacariyanti sāsanaṃ.
700 第十四偈颂中,「athantarāti」指在证得正觉之前,即尚处于未达正觉的阶段。「Na sossanti」指将不会听闻。「Asamadhurassāti」指精进不相称。「Aṭṭoti」指痛苦。「Byasanaṃ gatoti」指遭遇灾厄,即快乐被毁。「Aghāvīti」指受苦,这一切都是就忧的生起而说。他因忧而苦恼,他的快乐遭遇灾厄,故称为灾厄,即快乐的毁灭。正是由于这种心所层面的苦,他才成为‘有苦’者。显示巴利原文
700. Cuddasāyaṃ athantarāti antarāyeva assa, sambodhippattito orato evāti vuttaṃ hoti. Na sossanti na suṇissaṃ. Asamadhurassāti asamavīriyassa. Aṭṭoti āturo. Byasanaṃ gatoti sukhavināsaṃ patto. Aghāvīti dukkhito, sabbaṃ domanassuppādameva sandhāyāha. Domanassena hi so āturo. Tañcassa sukhabyasanato byasanaṃ, sukhavināsanatoti vuttaṃ hoti. Tena ca so cetasikaaghabhūtena aghāvī.
701 第十五颂中,「生起广大」指生起了广大之心。或这就是巴利原文的读法。「出离」指已出离。如此出离后,他对「自己的外甥」说,也就是指他姐妹的儿子。他教导说:他自知寿命不长,又凭着自己的能力了知幼妹的儿子那拉卡青年已积累功德。他想:「他长大后可能会放逸。」出于慈悯,他便前往姐妹的家中,问:「那拉卡在哪里?」回答:「尊者,他在外面玩耍。」他便吩咐:「把他带来。」当下就让他以苦行者的方式出家,并教诫、教授、教导他。如何教示的呢?就是说了那首第十六颂:「当你听到佛陀的音声……梵行……」显示巴利原文
701. Pannarasāyaṃ vipulaṃ janetvānāti vipulaṃ janetvā. Ayameva vā pāṭho. Niggamāti niggato. Evaṃ niggato ca so bhāgineyyaṃ sayanti sakaṃ bhāgineyyaṃ, attano bhaginiyā puttanti vuttaṃ hoti. Samādapesīti attano appāyukabhāvaṃ ñatvā kaniṭṭhabhaginiyā ca puttassa nālakassa māṇavakassa upacitapuññataṃ attano balena ñatvā ‘‘vuḍḍhippatto pamādampi āpajjeyyā’’ti naṃ anukampamāno bhaginiyā gharaṃ gantvā ‘‘kahaṃ nālako’’ti. ‘‘Bahi, bhante, kīḷatī’’ti. ‘‘Ānetha na’’nti āṇāpetvā taṅkhaṇaṃyeva tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbājetvā samādapesi ovadi anusāsi. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Buddhoti ghosaṃ…pe… brahmacariya’’nti soḷasamagāthamāha.
702 其中,「何时从他处」指什么时候从别处。「法道」指通往最上法——涅槃之道,或指最上之法连同通向涅槃的修行之道。「于此处」指在世尊面前。「梵行」指沙门法。显示巴利原文
702. Tattha yada paratoti yadā parato. Dhammamagganti paramadhammassa nibbānassa maggaṃ, dhammaṃ vā aggaṃ saha paṭipadāya nibbānaṃ. Tasminti tassa santike. Brahmacariyanti samaṇadhammaṃ.
703 第十七颂中,「如是者」指安住于彼境界之人,意谓:那时,他因烦恼已得镇伏且成就定,故为烦恼被镇伏、心安住于定之人。「未来见最清净者」——这位仙人已预见:「这个那拉卡于未来时,将在世尊面前亲见最极清净的涅槃。」因已如此洞见,故以此语称其为「未来见最清净者」。颂中正由此而说「由那位未来见最清净者」。「积集资粮蕴」指他从莲花上佛以来所累积的功德蕴。「期望」指他一直殷切等待。「安住」指出家后,他便以苦行者的方式居住。「守护根」指他善护耳根。据说从那时起,他便不再潜入水中,因他想:「进入水中恐会损伤耳根,如此一来,我将不得闻法,与法绝缘。」显示巴利原文
703. Sattarasāyaṃ tādināti tassaṇṭhitena, tasmiṃ samaye kilesavikkhambhane samādhilābhe ca sati vikkhambhitakilesena samāhitacittena cāti adhippāyo. Anāgate paramavisuddhadassināti ‘‘ayaṃ nālako anāgate kāle bhagavato santike paramavisuddhaṃ nibbānaṃ passissatī’’ti evaṃ diṭṭhattā so isi iminā pariyāyena ‘‘anāgate paramavisuddhadassī’’ti vutto. Tena anāgate paramavisuddhadassinā. Upacitapuññasañcayoti padumuttarato pabhuti katapuññasañcayo. Patikkhanti āgamayamāno. Parivasīti pabbajitvā tāpasavesena vasi. Rakkhitindriyoti rakkhitasotindriyo hutvā. So kira tato pabhuti udake na nimujji ‘‘udakaṃ pavisitvā sotindriyaṃ vināseyya, tato dhammassavanabāhiro bhaveyya’’nti cintetvā.
704 第十八颂中,「听闻音声后」——那位那拉卡依此安住,当世尊证得正觉、于波罗奈仙人堕处转法轮时,诸天为利益他而来告知:「世尊已转法轮,彼世尊、正自觉者确已出现于世」等语。他正是以此方式,听闻了这位胜者转动法轮的事迹与音声。「便去见了诸仙之牛」——诸天为牟尼出现的殊胜消息喧腾七日,至第七日,他前往仙人堕处,亲见世尊安坐于殊胜佛座之上。世尊心想:「那拉卡将要前来,我将为他说法。」正因世尊怀此意图,他得见如领头公牛般的诸仙之牛——世尊。「净信」指他仅仅睹见世尊,便生起了清净的信心。「牟尼最上」指智慧中最上者,即道智。「名为阿私陀的圣教临至」指阿私陀仙人教诫他的时机已到。因为他曾这样被教导:「当他开示法道时,你就去他那里,随问时节,于世尊座下修习梵行。」而今正是彼时,故颂中说「名为阿私陀的圣教临至」。其余文义,于此皆已明了。显示巴利原文
704. Aṭṭhārasāyaṃ sutvāna ghosanti so nālako evaṃ parivasanto anupubbena bhagavatā sambodhiṃ patvā bārāṇasiyaṃ dhammacakke pavattite taṃ ‘‘bhagavatā dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ, sammāsambuddho vata so bhagavā uppanno’’tiādinā nayena jinavaracakkavattane pavattaghosaṃ attano atthakāmāhi devatāhi āgantvā ārocitaṃ sutvā. Gantvāna disvā isinisabhanti sattāhaṃ devatāhi moneyyakolāhale kayiramāne sattame divase isipatanaṃ gantvā ‘‘nālako āgamissati, tassa dhammaṃ desessāmī’’ti iminā ca abhisandhinā varabuddhāsane nisinnaṃ disvā nisabhasadisaṃ isinisabhaṃ bhagavantaṃ. Pasannoti saha dassaneneva pasannacitto hutvā. Moneyyaseṭṭhanti ñāṇuttamaṃ, maggañāṇanti vuttaṃ hoti. Samāgate asitāvhayassa sāsaneti asitassa isino ovādakāle anuppatte. Tena hi – ‘‘yadā vivarati dhammamaggaṃ, tadā gantvā samayaṃ paripucchamāno carassu tasmiṃ bhagavati brahmacariya’’nti anusiṭṭho, ayañca so kālo. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘samāgate asitāvhayassa sāsane’’ti. Sesamettha pākaṭameva.
以上是本事偈的注释。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ tāva vatthugāthāvaṇṇanā.
705 在提问的两首偈颂中,“我已了知此事”指我已了知此事。“如实”指无颠倒。他是什么意思呢?阿私陀仙人知道“这位王子将触及最高的正觉”,所以告诉我:“当你从别处听到‘佛’的音声,他已证得正觉并开示法道时……”如今我亲眼见到世尊,证实阿私陀的话是“如实”的,绝无颠倒,所以我已了知。颂中说“彼”字,意为“因此,那个”。“到达一切法之彼岸”——依照《雪山经》中所说的方法,他以六种方式到达了一切法的彼岸。显示巴利原文
705. Pucchāgāthādvaye aññātametanti viditaṃ mayā etaṃ. Yathātathanti aviparītaṃ. Ko adhippāyo? Yaṃ asito ‘‘sambodhiyaggaṃ phusissatāyaṃ kumāro’’ti ñatvā ‘‘buddhoti ghosaṃ yada parato suṇosi, sambodhippatto vivarati dhammamagga’’nti maṃ avaca, tadetaṃ mayā asitassa vacanaṃ ajja bhagavantaṃ sakkhiṃ disvā ‘‘yathātathamevā’’ti aññātanti. Taṃ tanti tasmā taṃ. Sabbadhammāna pāragunti hemavatasutte vuttanayena chahi ākārehi. Sabbadhammānaṃ pāragataṃ.
706 “来到非家的人”指已进入非家生活的人,也就是出家人。“寻求乞食行”指寻求圣者们所行持、没有染污的乞食行。“牟尼性”指属于牟尼们的素质。“最上的行迹”指最上的修行道路。其余的意思在此都很清楚。显示巴利原文
706.Anagāriyupetassāti anagāriyaṃ upetassa, pabbajitassāti attho. Bhikkhācariyaṃ jigīsatoti ariyehi āciṇṇaṃ anupakkiliṭṭhaṃ bhikkhācariyaṃ pariyesamānassa. Moneyyanti munīnaṃ santakaṃ. Uttamaṃ padanti uttamapaṭipadaṃ. Sesamettha pākaṭameva.
707 当他这样被问时,世尊便以“我要为你开示牟尼性”等开头的方式,开示了牟尼性的修行道。其中,“upaññissaṃ”意为应当开示、应当阐明、应当说明。“难作”是指做起来困难;“难达成”是指要做到它很难,正在做的时候要达成、要承受也很困难——这是所说的意思。而此处还有这样的含义——我愿为你开示牟尼性,如果去做或达成是容易的,那倒也罢了,但它却如此难作、难达成,因为必须从凡夫阶段开始,就不生起杂染心,并依此而修行。正因如此,除了一位佛陀,就只有一位声闻弟子能行持和成就此道。显示巴利原文
707. Athassa evaṃ puṭṭho bhagavā ‘‘moneyyaṃ te upaññissa’’ntiādinā nayena moneyyapaṭipadaṃ byākāsi. Tattha upaññissanti upaññāpeyyaṃ, vivareyyaṃ paññāpeyyanti attho. Dukkaraṃ durabhisambhavanti kātuñca dukkhaṃ kayiramānañca sambhavituṃ sahituṃ dukkhanti vuttaṃ hoti. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo – ahaṃ te moneyyaṃ paññāpeyyaṃ, yadi naṃ kātuṃ vā abhisambhotuṃ vā sukhaṃ bhaveyya, evaṃ pana dukkaraṃ durabhisambhavaṃ puthujjanakālato pabhuti kiliṭṭhacittaṃ anuppādetvā paṭipajjitabbato. Tathā hi naṃ ekassa buddhassa ekova sāvako karoti ca sambhoti cāti.
世尊这样显示了牟尼行的难行与难以成就,激励那拉卡发起精进之后,想为他宣说此法,便说道:“且听,我将为你宣说,你当自我策励,成为坚固者。”其中,“且听”是表示决意的语气词。“我将为你宣说”即我将为你宣说那牟尼行。“你当自我策励”意为:应以堪行此难行之事的精进支撑自己。“成为坚固者”意为:应以能忍此难成之事、毫不松懈的勤勉而成为坚定者。为何如此说?因为你已是积集资粮之人,我因而一心决意:虽然此法如此难行、如此难成,我仍要为你宣说那牟尼行,你当自我策励,成为坚固者。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā moneyyassa dukkarabhāvaṃ durabhisambhavatañca dassento nālakassa ussāhaṃ janetvā tamassa vattukāmo āha ‘‘handa te naṃ pavakkhāmi, santhambhassu daḷho bhavā’’ti. Tattha handāti byavasāyatthe nipāto. Te naṃ pavakkhāmīti tuyhaṃ taṃ moneyyaṃ pavakkhāmi. Santhambhassūti dukkarakaraṇasamatthena vīriyūpatthambhena attānaṃ upatthambhaya. Daḷho bhavāti durabhisambhavasahanasamatthāya asithilaparakkamatāya thiro hoti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yasmā tvaṃ upacitapuññasambhāro, tasmāhaṃ ekantabyavasitova hutvā evaṃ dukkaraṃ durabhisambhavampi samānaṃ tuyhaṃ taṃ moneyyaṃ pavakkhāmi, santhambhassu daḷho bhavāti.
708 为了宣说这极为严苛的牟尼行持,世尊教导那拉卡自我策励、成为坚固者之后,为首先显示应舍断与村落相关联的烦恼,便说出“应等同对待”等上半首偈颂。其中,“应等同对待”意为等视齐观、无有差别。“辱骂与恭敬”是指辱骂与恭敬。显示巴利原文
708. Evaṃ paramasallekhaṃ moneyyavattaṃ vattukāmo nālakaṃ santhambhane daḷhībhāve ca niyojetvā paṭhamaṃ tāva gāmūpanibaddhakilesappahānaṃ dassento ‘‘samānabhāga’’nti upaḍḍhagāthamāha. Tattha samānabhāganti samabhāgaṃ ekasadisaṃ ninnānākaraṇaṃ. Akkuṭṭhavanditanti akkosañca vandanañca.
现在,为了说明如何做到平等对待的方法,他说出“心的嗔恨”等下半首偈颂。其含义是:遭受辱骂时,应守护心念,不起嗔怒;受到恭敬时,应安然处之,不因此而骄慢而行;即使被国王恭敬,心中也不可生起“他在恭敬我”的掉举。显示巴利原文
Idāni yathā taṃ samānabhāgaṃ kayirati, taṃ upāyaṃ dassento ‘‘manopadosa’’nti upaḍḍhagāthamāha. Tassattho – akkuṭṭho manopadosaṃ rakkheyya, vandito santo anuṇṇato care, raññāpi vandito samāno ‘‘maṃ vandatī’’ti uddhaccaṃ nāpajjeyya.
709 现在,为表明舍断与森林相关联的烦恼,他宣说了“高低种种”等偈颂。其含义是:在名为森林的林野中,由于有可爱与不可爱的对象,低劣、殊胜、种种不同的所缘便会以各种方式现起,进入眼等诸根的范围。而且这些所缘能引生热恼,故如同火焰。或者,犹如在燃烧的森林中,火焰因种类繁多而显现出高低、种种形态——有的有烟,有的无烟,有的蓝色,有的黄色,有的红色,有的大,有的小;同样地,在林野中,因为狮子、老虎、人、非人、种种鸟类啼叫,以及花、果、嫩叶等类别的不同,种种所缘便现起:有的令人恐惧,有的令人贪染,有的令人嗔恚,有的令人愚痴。因此说:“种种所缘在林野中现起,犹如火焰。”当种种所缘如此现起时,那些在园林或树林中游走的、本性喜爱林居的妇女,如拾薪女等,看见有人独处,便以嬉笑、谈话、哭泣、衣着不整等方式来引诱牟尼。愿她们不要引诱他,即那些妇女不要引诱他。意思是:应设法使她们无法引诱。显示巴利原文
709. Idāni araññūpanibaddhakilesappahānaṃ dassento ‘‘uccāvacā’’ti gāthamāha. Tassattho – araññasaññite dāyepi iṭṭhāniṭṭhavasena uccāvacā nānappakārā ārammaṇā niccharanti, cakkhādīnaṃ āpāthamāgacchanti, te ca kho aggisikhūpamā pariḷāhajanakaṭṭhena. Yathā vā ḍayhamāne vane aggisikhā nānappakāratāya uccāvacā niccharanti, sadhūmāpi, vidhūmāpi, nīlāpi, pītāpi, rattāpi, khuddakāpi, mahantāpi, evaṃ sīhabyagghamanussāmanussavividhavihaṅgavirutapupphaphalapallavādibhedavasena nānappakāratāya dāye uccāvacā ārammaṇā niccharanti bhiṃsanakāpi, rajanīyāpi, dosanīyāpi, mohanīyāpi. Tenāha – ‘‘uccāvacā niccharanti, dāye aggisikhūpamā’’ti. Evaṃ niccharantesu ca uccāvacesu ārammaṇesu yā kāci uyyānavanacārikaṃ gatā samānā pakatiyā vā vanacāriniyo kaṭṭhahārikādayo rahogataṃ disvā hasitalapitaruditadunnivatthādīhi nāriyo muniṃ palobhenti, tā su taṃ mā palobhayuṃ, tā nāriyo taṃ mā palobhayuṃ. Yathā na palobhenti, tathā karohīti vuttaṃ hoti.
710-11 世尊如此开示了在村落与森林中的行道方式后,现在为开示戒的防护,便说出“远离淫欲之法”等两首偈颂。其中,“舍断诸欲,无论胜劣”,意为:除淫欲法之外,对于其余五种欲功德,无论美妙或不美妙,也一并舍断。因为只有舍断那五种欲功德,不淫欲的远离才能圆满成就。因此说:“舍断诸欲,无论胜劣”。这是此处意趣。而“无有敌意”等词句,则是为显示在“不应杀,不应令杀”这句中所说的远离杀生的成就。此处简略解释为:对敌方阵营的有情,无有敌意;对己方阵营,并不贪着;对于一切由有渴爱与无渴爱而可区分为胆怯与安住的有情,因为它们都有乐生畏死、厌苦求乐的心,所以应想“如同我一样,它们也是如此;如同它们一样,我也是如此”,以此同理心消除对它们的敌意,同样也消除对自己的偏袒。如此,从两方面舍断偏袒与敌意之后,以自己畏惧死亡的心为譬喻,对于任何有情,无论是胆怯的还是安住的,都不应以亲手等方式去杀害,也不应教令他人去杀害。显示巴利原文
710-11. Evamassa bhagavā gāme ca araññe ca paṭipattividhiṃ dassetvā idāni sīlasaṃvaraṃ dassento ‘‘virato methunā dhammā’’ti gāthādvayamāha. Tattha hitvā kāme paropareti methunadhammato avasesepi sundare ca asundare ca pañca kāmaguṇe hitvā. Tappahānena hi methunavirati susampannā hoti. Tenāha – ‘‘hitvā kāme paropare’’ti. Ayamettha adhippāyo. ‘‘Aviruddho’’tiādīni pana padāni ‘‘na haneyya, na ghātaye’’ti ettha vuttāya pāṇātipātāveramaṇiyā sampattidassanatthaṃ vuttāni. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepavaṇṇanā – parapakkhiyesu pāṇesu aviruddho, attapakkhiyesu asāratto, sabbepi sataṇhanittaṇhatāya tasathāvare pāṇe jīvitukāmatāya amaritukāmatāya sukhakāmatāya dukkhapaṭikūlatāya ca ‘‘yathā ahaṃ tathā ete’’ti attasamānatāya tesu virodhaṃ vinento teneva pakārena ‘‘yathā ete tathā aha’’nti paresaṃ samānatāya ca attani anurodhaṃ vinento evaṃ ubhayathāpi anurodhavirodhavippahīno hutvā maraṇapaṭikūlatāya attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā pāṇesu ye keci tase vā thāvare vā pāṇe na haneyya sāhatthikādīhi payogehi, na ghātaye āṇattikādīhīti.
712 世尊这样以远离淫欲和远离杀生为开端,简要开示了巴帝摩卡律仪戒,并以“舍断诸欲”等开示了根律仪之后,现在为开示活命遍净,便说道:“舍断那欲求与贪爱”等。其含义是:那种渴爱,在得到一个后还想得第二个,得到两个后还想得第三个,得到十万后还想得更多,由于如此渴望尚未得到的对象,故称“欲求”;而对已得对象的贪染,则称“贪爱”。舍断那欲求与贪爱后,凡夫有情对于衣服等资具,正因这些欲求与贪爱而被系缚、黏着、捆绑而安住——牟尼应在这些资具上舍断这两者,这样既能不违背以资具为基础的活命遍净,又能以智慧之眼成为具眼者,而依此修行牟尼之道。因为如此修行,便能渡越这个地狱。意思是:那个难以填满、被称为地狱的、作为邪命之因的对资具的渴爱,他能渡越;或者说,即以此行道而得渡越。显示巴利原文
712. Evamassa methunaviratipāṇātipātaviratimukhena saṅkhepato pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ vatvā ‘‘hitvā kāme’’tiādīhi indriyasaṃvarañca dassetvā idāni ājīvapārisuddhiṃ dassento ‘‘hitvā icchañcā’’tiādimāha. Tassattho – yāyaṃ taṇhā ekaṃ laddhā dutiyaṃ icchati, dve laddhā tatiyaṃ, satasahassaṃ laddhā taduttarimpi icchatīti evaṃ appaṭiladdhavisayaṃ icchanato ‘‘icchā’’ti vuccati, yo cāyaṃ paṭiladdhavisayalubbhano lobho. Taṃ hitvā icchañca lobhañca yattha satto puthujjano, yasmiṃ cīvarādipaccaye tehi icchālobhehi puthujjano satto laggo paṭibaddho tiṭṭhati, tattha taṃ ubhayampi hitvā paccayatthaṃ ājīvapārisuddhiṃ avirodhento ñāṇacakkhunā cakkhumā hutvā imaṃ moneyyapaṭipadaṃ paṭipajjeyya. Evañhi paṭipanno tareyya narakaṃ imaṃ, duppūraṇaṭṭhena narakasaññitaṃ micchājīvahetubhūtaṃ imaṃ paccayataṇhaṃ tareyya, imāya vā paṭipadāya tareyyāti vuttaṃ hoti.
713 如是,世尊从舍断对资具的渴爱入手,开示了活命遍净之后,如今为了以饮食知量为门开示资具受用戒,并依此开示直达证得阿拉汉果的修行之道,便诵出了“腹不过满”等偈颂。它的意思是:对于以如法、公正的方式获得的各种衣服等资具,首先在进食时——显示巴利原文
713. Evaṃ paccayataṇhāpahānamukhena ājīvapārisuddhiṃ dassetvā idāni bhojane mattaññutāmukhena paccayaparibhogasīlaṃ tadanusārena ca yāva arahattappatti, tāva paṭipadaṃ dassento ‘‘ūnūdaro’’ti gāthamāha. Tassattho – dhammena samena laddhesu itarītaracīvarādīsu paccayesu āhāraṃ tāva āhārento –
“仅食四五口食团,便不再进食,只饮清水;
這足以令精勤堅定的比丘安住於安樂。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cattāro pañca ālope, abhutvā udakaṃ pive; Alaṃ phāsuvihārāya, pahitattassa bhikkhuno’’ti. (theragā. 983) –
依上述方法,他应成为「少腹者」(ūnaudaro):腹部不饱,不像被风灌满的皮囊那样鼓胀;意思是应避免因饮食过量而产生的昏沉睡眠。虽是少腹者,于食物上还应「知量」(mitāhāro):通过「不为嬉戏……」等的省察,从功德与过患两方面来限定所食。如此饮食知量之后,他仍应依资具少欲、头陀支少欲、教理少欲、证得少欲这四种少欲而成为「少欲者」(appiccha)。因为行于牟尼道的比丘,确实应当如此少欲。其中,「资具少欲」(paccayappicchatā):对每一种资具,以三种知足而满足。「头陀支少欲」(dhutaṅgappicchatā):虽然持守头陀支,却不希望他人知道「我持头陀」。「教理少欲」(pariyattiappicchatā):虽然多闻,却不希望他人知道「此人多闻」,就如日中长老那样。「证得少欲」(adhigamappicchatā):虽然具备证得,却不希望他人知道「此人已证得善法」。这种证得少欲,应知是在证得阿拉汉果之前,因为这条行道正是为了证得阿拉汉果。这样成为少欲者后,再通过阿拉显示巴利原文
Vuttanayena ūnaudaro assa, na vātabharitabhastā viya uddhumātudaro, bhattasammadapaccayā thinamiddhaṃ parihareyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Ūnūdaro hontopi ca mitāhāro assa bhojane mattaññū, ‘‘neva davāyā’’tiādinā paccavekkhaṇena guṇato dosato ca paricchinnāhāro. Evaṃ mitāhāro samānopi paccayadhutaṅgapariyattiadhigamavasena catubbidhāya appicchatāya appiccho assa. Ekaṃsena hi moneyyapaṭipadaṃ paṭipannena bhikkhunā evaṃ appicchena bhavitabbaṃ. Tattha ekekasmiṃ paccaye tīhi santosehi santussanā paccayappicchatā. Dhutaṅgadharasseva sato ‘‘dhutavāti maṃ pare jānantū’’ti anicchanatā dhutaṅgappicchatā. Bahussutasseva sato ‘‘bahussutoti maṃ pare jānantū’’ti anicchanatā pariyattiappicchatā majjhantikattherassa viya. Adhigamasampannasseva sato ‘‘adhigato ayaṃ kusalaṃ dhammanti maṃ pare jānantū’’ti anicchanatā adhigamappicchatā. Sā ca arahattādhigamato oraṃ veditabbā. Arahattādhigamatthañhi ayaṃ paṭipadāti. Evaṃ appicchopi ca arahattamaggena taṇhāloluppaṃ hitvā alolupo assa. Evaṃ alolupo hi sadā icchāya nicchāto aniccho hoti nibbuto, yāya icchāya chātā honti sattā khuppipāsāturā viya atittā, tāya icchāya aniccho hoti anicchattā ca nicchāto hoti anāturo paramatittippatto. Evaṃ nicchātattā nibbuto hoti vūpasantasabbakilesapariḷāhoti evamettha uppaṭipāṭiyā yojanā veditabbā.
714 如此,开示了从修行直至证得阿拉汉果的行道之后,现在为说明那位行道比丘以证得阿拉汉果为终极的头陀支受持及坐卧具规定,而说了「他游行乞食」等二偈。其中,「他游行乞食后」(sa piṇḍacāraṃ caritvā):那位比丘乞食后,或者完成了饮食义务后。「前往林野」(vanantamabhihāraye):远离在家的纷扰,独自前往林野。「立于树下」(upaṭṭhito rukkhamūlasmiṃ):在树下站立,或说「安住于树下」。「坐于座处」(āsanūpagato):前往座位或坐下,也就是安坐。「牟尼」(munī):已进入牟尼道的人。在这里,以「游行乞食后」这句,说示了常乞食支。然而,最上等的常乞食者,本身即是次第乞食者、一座食者、钵食者、午后不食者,也自然受持三衣支与粪扫衣支,因此这六种头陀支便被说到了。以「前往林野」这句,说示了阿兰若支;以「立于树下」说示树下住支;以「坐于座处」说示常坐支。依次相应,露地住支、随处住支、冢间住支也就被说到了。这样,通过这首显示巴利原文
714. Evaṃ yāva arahattappatti, tāvapaṭipadaṃ kathetvā idāni taṃ paṭipadaṃ paṭipannassa bhikkhuno arahattappattiniṭṭhaṃ dhutaṅgasamādānaṃ senāsanavattañca kathento ‘‘sa piṇḍacāra’’nti gāthādvayamāha. Tattha sa piṇḍacāraṃ caritvāti so bhikkhu bhikkhaṃ caritvā bhattakiccaṃ vā katvā. Vanantamabhihārayeti apapañcito gihipapañcena vanaṃ eva gaccheyya. Upaṭṭhito rukkhamūlasminti rukkhamūle ṭhito vā hutvā. Āsanūpagatoti āsanaṃ upagato vā hutvā, nisinnoti vuttaṃ hoti. Munīti moneyyapaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno. Ettha ca ‘‘piṇḍacāraṃ caritvā’’ti iminā piṇḍapātikaṅgaṃ vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana ukkaṭṭhapiṇḍapātiko sapadānacārī ekāsaniko pattapiṇḍiko khalupacchābhattiko ca hotiyeva, tecīvarikapaṃsukūlampi ca samādiyateva, tasmā imānipi cha vuttāneva honti. ‘‘Vanantamabhihāraye’’ti iminā pana āraññikaṅgaṃ vuttaṃ, ‘‘upaṭṭhito rukkhamūlasmi’’nti iminā rukkhamūlikaṅgaṃ, ‘‘āsanūpagato’’ti iminā nesajjikaṅgaṃ. Yathākkamaṃ pana etesaṃ anulomattā abbhokāsikayathāsanthatikasosānikaṅgāni vuttāniyeva hontīti evametāya gāthāya terasa dhutaṅgāni nālakattherassa kathesi.
715 「他勤奋于禅那,是为智者」(sa jhānapasuto dhīro):指对于未生起的禅那,令其生起;对于已生起的,通过转向、入定、决意、出定及省察等方式,于诸禅那中精勤专修。「智者」(dhīro):具备坚固慧的人。「应喜乐于林野」(vanante ramito siyā):应乐于森林,而不应喜乐村落边的坐卧处——这是此句之意。「他应在树下修习禅那,令自己极度欢喜」(jhāyetha rukkhamūlasmiṃ, attānam abhitosayaṃ):不仅应精勤于世间禅那,还应在彼树下,以与入流道等相应的出世间禅那修习禅那,令自己极度欢喜。因为达到最高的安稳,只有出世间禅那才能使心极度欢喜,其他禅那则不能。因此说「令自己极度欢喜」。如此,通过这首偈颂,开示了由精勤禅那而来的林野坐卧处喜乐,以及阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
715.Sa jhānapasuto dhīroti so anuppannassa jhānassa uppādanena uppannassa āvajjanasamāpajjanādhiṭṭhānavuṭṭhānapaccavekkhaṇehi ca jhānesu pasuto anuyutto. Dhīroti dhitisampanno. Vanante ramito siyāti vane abhirato siyā, gāmantasenāsane nābhirameyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Jhāyetharukkhamūlasmiṃ, attānamabhitosayanti na kevalaṃ lokiyajjhānapasutoyeva siyā, apica kho tasmiṃyeva rukkhamūle sotāpattimaggādisampayuttena lokuttarajjhānenāpi attānaṃ atīva tosento jhāyetha. Paramassāsappattiyā hi lokuttarajjhāneneva cittaṃ atīva tussati, na aññena. Tenāha – ‘‘attānamabhitosaya’’nti. Evamimāya gāthāya jhānapasutatāya vanantasenāsanābhiratiṃ arahattañca kathesi.
716 当时,那罗迦长老听闻此法后,前往林野,即使不进食也极为精进地修行,以求圆满行道。然而,不进食便无法修习沙门法;因为如果那样做,生命将不能维持。但是,为了不生起烦恼而应寻求食物,这才是此处的正理。因此,世尊为了教示他在往后的日子里也应游行乞食而不生起烦恼,便开示了以证得阿拉汉果为究竟的乞食规范,说出「于是,在夜间过后……」等六首偈颂。其中,「于是」指在‘他游行乞食后,前往林野’这句话中所说的乞食与前往林野之后,更进一步。「在夜间过后」指夜间已过,即第二天。「前往村落边际」:在完成适当的律仪后,于乞食时间之前,增修远离,依《去来规》所说的方法,作意业处,前往村落。「不应欣喜于邀请」:指对于像‘尊者,请来我家用餐’这样的邀请,以及‘他给不给呢?给的好不好呢?’这类寻思和食物,行于行道圆满的比丘不应欣喜、不应接受,这是这句话的意思。但如果有人强行握住钵,装满食物而显示巴利原文
716. Idāni yasmā imaṃ dhammadesanaṃ sutvā nālakatthero vanantamabhihāretvā nirāhāropi paṭipadāpūraṇe atīva ussukko ahosi, nirāhārena ca samaṇadhammaṃ kātuṃ na sakkā. Tathā karontassa hi jīvitaṃ nappavattati, kilese pana anuppādentena āhāro pariyesitabbo, ayamettha ñāyo. Tasmā tassa bhagavā aparāparesupi divasesu piṇḍāya caritabbaṃ, kilesā pana na uppādetabbāti dassanatthaṃ arahattappattiniṭṭhaṃyeva bhikkhācāravattaṃ kathento ‘‘tato ratyā vivasāne’’tiādikā cha gāthāyo abhāsi. Tattha tatoti ‘‘sa piṇḍacāraṃ caritvā, vanantamabhihāraye’’ti ettha vuttapiṇḍacāravanantābhihārato uttaripi. Ratyā vivasāneti rattisamatikkame, dutiyadivaseti vuttaṃ hoti. Gāmantamabhihārayeti ābhisamācārikavattaṃ katvā yāva bhikkhācāravelā, tāva vivekamanubrūhetvā gatapaccāgatavatte vuttanayena kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karonto gāmaṃ gaccheyya. Avhānaṃ nābhinandeyyāti ‘‘bhante, amhākaṃ ghare bhuñjitabba’’nti nimantanaṃ, ‘‘deti nu kho na deti nu kho sundaraṃ nu kho deti asundaraṃ nu kho detī’’ti evarūpaṃ vitakkaṃ bhojanañca paṭipadāpūrako bhikkhu nābhinandeyya, nappaṭiggaṇheyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yadi pana balakkārena pattaṃ gahetvā pūretvā denti, paribhuñjitvā samaṇadhammo kātabbo, dhutaṅgaṃ na kuppati, tadupādāya pana taṃ gāmaṃ na pavisitabbaṃ. Abhihārañca gāmatoti sace gāmaṃ paviṭṭhassa pātisatehipi bhattaṃ abhiharanti , tampi nābhinandeyya, tato ekasitthampi nappaṭiggaṇheyya, aññadatthu gharapaṭipāṭiyā piṇḍapātameva careyyāti.
717 「牟尼入村已,不应于诸家急行」:指那为牟尼义而行道的牟尼,到了村落后,不应在各家间急行,不应涉入急走、观望等不如法的在家交际,这是这句话的意思。「为乞食而如断语者,不发出有目的的言语」:应当如同断语者,不说与暗示、叙述、示相、请求相关的乞食言语。若有需要,在生病时可为了防护疾病而说。除了为坐卧处所作的请求,以及涉及暗示、叙述、示相的言语之外,对其它资具,无病者完全不应说什么。显示巴利原文
717.Namunī gāmamāgamma, kulesu sahasā careti so ca monatthāya paṭipannako muni gāmaṃ gato samāno kulesu sahasā na care, sahasokitādiananulomikaṃ gihisaṃsaggaṃ na āpajjeyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Ghāsesanaṃ chinnakatho, na vācaṃ payutaṃ bhaṇeti chinnakatho viya hutvā obhāsaparikathānimittaviññattipayuttaṃ ghāsesanavācaṃ na bhaṇeyya. Sace ākaṅkheyya, gilāno samāno gelaññapaṭibāhanatthāya bhaṇeyya. Senāsanatthāya vā viññattiṃ ṭhapetvā obhāsaparikathānimittapayuttaṃ, avasesapaccayatthāya pana agilāno neva kiñci bhaṇeyyāti.
718-9 「‘我得到此’」这一偈的含义是:入村乞食,若得到一点,应思惟‘我得到了,这很好’;若没得到,应思惟‘我没得到,那也很好’。具足这两种心态,无论得与不得,他都安住于如如不变的状态,无有变异而退回,犹如树木一般。犹如有人为了寻找果实而来到树下,无论是否得到果实,都不被牵动、也不抗拒,唯保持中舍而离去。同样,前往施主家,无论获得或不获利益,都唯保持中舍而离去。
「他手持钵」这一偈意义明显,不再解释。显示巴利原文
718-9.Alatthaṃ yadidanti imissā pana gāthāya ayamattho – gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho appamattakepi kismiñci laddhe ‘‘alatthaṃ yaṃ idaṃ sādhū’’ti cintetvā aladdhe ‘‘nālatthaṃ kusala’’nti tampi ‘‘sundara’’nti cintetvā ubhayeneva lābhālābhena so tādī nibbikāro hutvā rukkhaṃvupanivattati, yathāpi puriso phalagavesī rukkhaṃ upagamma phalaṃ laddhāpi aladdhāpi ananunīto appaṭihato majjhattoyeva hutvā gacchati, evaṃ kulaṃ upagamma lābhaṃ laddhāpi aladdhāpi majjhattova hutvā gacchatīti. Sa pattapāṇī ti gāthā uttānatthāva.
720 "高低"(Uccāvacā):这一偈的上下文联系是——即使比丘已圆满奉行乞食的规定,也不应以此为足,而应在修道上进一步提升。教法的核心正在于修行之道。而这条道,佛陀沙门开示它有"高低"的差别。其中,乐行道且能速证者为"高",苦行道而只能迟缓证悟者为"低"。其余两种行道,则在一个方面为高,在另一方面为低。或也可说,唯第一种行道为高,其余三种皆为低。依此高低各别的道,他们不会两次到达彼岸。或作"再次跨越",即不可能凭借同一条道两次证得涅槃。何以故?因为某条道所断除的烦恼,并不需要再去断除。由此表明无有退转。"并非一次":而那个彼岸,也并非仅触及一次便能到达。何以故?因为仅凭一条道不可能断尽一切烦恼。由此表明,不能只依一条道便证得阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
720.Uccāvacāti imissā gāthāya sambandho – evaṃ bhikkhācāravattasampanno hutvāpi tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhiṃ anāpajjitvā paṭipadaṃ ārodheyya. Paṭipattisārañhi sāsanaṃ. Sā cāyaṃ uccāvacā…pe… mutanti. Tassattho – sā cāyaṃ maggapaṭipadā uttamanihīnabhedato uccāvacā buddhasamaṇena pakāsitā. Sukhāpaṭipadā hi khippābhiññā uccā, dukkhāpaṭipadā dandhābhiññā avacā. Itarā dve ekenaṅgena uccā, ekena avacā. Paṭhamā eva vā uccā, itarā tissopi avacā. Tāya cetāya uccāya avacāya vā paṭipadāya na pāraṃ diguṇaṃ yanti. ‘‘Duguṇa’’nti vā pāṭho, ekamaggena dvikkhattuṃ nibbānaṃ na yantīti attho. Kasmā? Yena maggena ye kilesā pahīnā, tesaṃ puna appahātabbato. Etena parihānadhammābhāvaṃ dīpeti. Nayidaṃ ekaguṇaṃ mutanti tañca idaṃ pāraṃ ekakkhattuṃyeva phusanārahampi na hoti. Kasmā? Ekena maggena sabbakilesappahānābhāvato. Etena ekamaggeneva arahattābhāvaṃ dīpeti.
721 现在,为显示修道的利益,宣说了"若人已……"这一偈颂。其意为:对于这样修行的比丘,由于通过此修道已断除渴爱,那以百八渴爱行相而称为"扩散"的渴爱,确实不复存在。这样已断烦恼流、已舍善与不善、已尽应作与不应作之事的比丘,无论是贪所生还是嗔所生的热恼,哪怕极微细者,也都不会生起。显示巴利原文
721. Idāni paṭipadānisaṃsaṃ dassento ‘‘yassa ca visatā’’ti gāthamāha. Tassattho – yassa ca evaṃ paṭipannassa bhikkhuno tāya paṭipadāya pahīnattā aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritabhāvena visatattā visatā taṇhā natthi, tassa kilesasotacchedena chinnasotassa kusalākusalappahānena kiccākiccappahīnassa rāgajo vā dosajo vā appamattakopi pariḷāho na vijjatīti.
722 当时,那罗迦长老听了这些偈颂后,心中生起这样的念头:"如果这就是牟尼道,那是容易的,并非难行,稍加用功便能圆满。"因此,世尊为了显示"牟尼道实为难行",接着说道:"我将为你开示牟尼……"等等。其中,"开示"(upaññissa)的意思是令其了知,即为宣说。"以剃刀刃为喻"(khuradhārūpamo):犹如剃刀的刀刃。"应行"(bhaveti)指应当实践。其要旨为:修持牟尼道的比丘,应以剃刀刃为喻,对资具如法行持。犹如有人舔食涂蜜的剃刀刃口,须防护舌头不被割伤;同样,在受用依法得来的资具时,应当防护自心,不让烦恼生起,这便是其中的含义。因为资具既要以清净的方式获得,又要以无过失的方式受用,实属不易,所以世尊反复围绕资具来教导。"舌抵上腭,于腹部自制":以舌抵住上腭,如此除遣对味的渴爱,不享用以染污方式得来的资具,对腹部亦当加以节制。显示巴利原文
722. Idāni yasmā imā gāthāyo sutvā nālakattherassa cittaṃ udapādi – ‘‘yadi ettakaṃ moneyyaṃ sukaraṃ na dukkaraṃ, sakkā appakasirena pūretu’’nti, tasmāssa bhagavā ‘‘dukkarameva moneyya’’nti dassento puna ‘‘moneyyaṃ te upaññissa’’ntiādimāha. Tattha upaññissanti upaññāpeyyaṃ, kathayissanti vuttaṃ hoti. Khuradhārā upamā assāti khuradhārūpamo. Bhaveti bhaveyya. Ko adhippāyo? Moneyyaṃ paṭipanno bhikkhu khuradhāraṃ upamaṃ katvā paccayesu vatteyya. Yathā madhudiddhaṃ khuradhāraṃ lihanto, chedato, jivhaṃ rakkhati, evaṃ dhammena laddhe paccaye paribhuñjanto cittaṃ kilesuppattito rakkheyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Paccayā hi parisuddhena ñāyena laddhuñca anavajjaparibhogena paribhuñjituñca na sukhena sakkāti bhagavā paccayanissitameva bahuso bhaṇati. Jivhāya tālumāhacca, udare saññato siyāti jivhāya tāluṃ uppīḷetvāpi rasataṇhaṃ vinodento kiliṭṭhena maggena uppannapaccaye asevanto udare saṃyato siyā.
723 「应无懈怠心」(alīnacitto):意为恒常精进修习善法,毫不松懈,心无懈怠。「亦不应多思惟」:指不应依于亲属寻、地域寻、不死寻而过多思惟。「无秽恶、无依著,以梵行为归宿」:意为成为无烦恼者,不依止于任何存在中的渴爱与邪见,唯以三学、一切教法的梵行为最终归宿。显示巴利原文
723.Alīnacitto ca siyāti niccaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya aṭṭhitakāritāya akusītacitto ca bhaveyya. Na cāpi bahu cintayeti ñātijanapadāmaravitakkavasena ca bahuṃ na cinteyya. Nirāmagandho asito, brahmacariyaparāyaṇoti nikkileso ca hutvā taṇhādiṭṭhīhi kismiñci bhave anissito sikkhāttayasakalasāsanabrahmacariyaparāyaṇo eva bhaveyya.
724-5 「一坐」(ekāsana)的意思是独一坐处。这里以“坐”为代表,实际涵盖一切威仪。应知这是说:应在一切威仪中修习独一的状态。而ekāsana在这里是与格词。「沙门应亲近」(samaṇūpāsana)的意思,是沙门应当亲近的三十八所缘禅修,或是作为沙门亲近处的三十八所缘差别。这也是与格词,意为“为了亲近”。在此,应知:通过「一坐」说明了身远离,通过「沙门应亲近」说明了心远离。「独一被称为牟尼行」:如此,依于身、心远离,即称为“独一就是牟尼行”。至于“若独乐住”(eko ce abhiramissasi)这一句,则是关联到后面偈颂的句子,与“那时你将说于十方”(atha bhāhisi dasadisā)这一句相关联。显示巴利原文
724-5.Ekāsanassāti vivittāsanassa. Āsanamukhena cettha sabbairiyāpathā vuttā. Yato sabbairiyāpathesu ekībhāvassa sikkheyyāti vuttaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Ekāsanassāti ca sampadānavacanametaṃ. Samaṇūpāsanassacāti samaṇehi upāsitabbassa aṭṭhatiṃsārammaṇabhāvanānuyogassa, samaṇānaṃ vā upāsanabhūtassa aṭṭhatiṃsārammaṇabhedasseva. Idampi sampadānavacanameva, upāsanatthanti vuttaṃ hoti. Ettha ca ekāsanena kāyaviveko, samaṇūpāsanena cittaviveko vutto hotīti veditabbo. Ekattaṃ monamakkhātanti evamidaṃ kāyacittavivekavasena ‘‘ekattaṃ mona’’nti akkhātaṃ. Eko ce abhiramissasīti idaṃ pana uttaragāthāpekkhaṃ padaṃ, ‘‘atha bhāhisi dasadisā’’ti iminā assa sambandho.
「你将说」(bhāhisi)的意思是:你将宣说、彰显。修习此道者,将在一切方所因其名声而显耀,就是此义。而“听闻了贤者们……”等四句的含义是:你将以那种称誉之声,在十方中宣说。听闻了那些贤者、修习禅那者、舍离欲者的称誉之声后,你应不因此而生掉举,反而更应增长惭愧与信心。对于那样的名声感到惭耻,并生起“这是能导出的修行道”的信心后,应更精进于修行。「我的」(māmaka):因为若能如此,他就是我的弟子。显示巴利原文
Bhāhisīti bhāsissasi pakāsessasi. Imaṃ paṭipadaṃ bhāvento sabbadisāsu kittiyā pākaṭo bhavissasīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sutvā dhīrānantiādīnaṃ pana catunnaṃ padānaṃ ayamattho – yena ca kittighosena bhāhisi dasadisā taṃ dhīrānaṃ jhāyīnaṃ kāmacāginaṃ nighosaṃ sutvā atha tvaṃ tena uddhaccaṃ anāpajjitvā bhiyyo hiriñca saddhañca kareyyāsi, tena ghosena harāyamāno ‘‘niyyānikapaṭipadā aya’’nti saddhaṃ uppādetvā uttari paṭipattimeva brūheyyāsi. Māmakoti evañhi sante mama sāvako hotīti.
726 “彼以诸河”(taṃ nadīhi):我所说“应当更为增长惭与信”以及“不应有掉举”,你们依此河的譬喻便可了知,反之,从沟渠与岩隙中亦可了知。“沟渠中”(sobbhesu)指水渠。“岩隙中”(padaresu)指洞穴。如何了知呢?所谓“小水喧流,大海默然”。因小沟、岩隙等一切小水,皆哗哗作响,挟掉举而流;而恒河等大水,则默然无声而流。同样,若人因“我已圆满牟尼行”而生掉举,便非佛弟子;佛弟子则因生起了惭与信,心便谦下。显示巴利原文
726.Taṃ nadīhīti yaṃ taṃ mayā ‘‘hiriñca saddhañca bhiyyo kubbethā’’ti vadatā ‘‘uddhaccaṃ na kātabba’’nti vuttaṃ, taṃ iminā nadīnidassanenāpi jānātha, tabbipariyāyañca sobbhesu ca padaresuca jānātha. Sobbhesūti mātikāsu . Padaresūti darīsu. Kathaṃ? Saṇantā yanti kusobbhā, tuṇhī yanti mahodadhīti. Kusobbhā hi sobbhapadarādibhedā sabbāpi kunnadiyo saṇantā saddaṃ karontā uddhatā hutvā yanti, gaṅgādibhedā pana mahānadiyo tuṇhī yanti, evaṃ ‘‘moneyyaṃ pūremī’’ti uddhato hoti amāmako, māmako pana hiriñca saddhañca uppādetvā nīcacittova hoti.
727-9 再说——“若是有所不足……是为智者”(yadūnakaṃ …pe… paṇḍito)等。于此或有人问:若愚者如未满之瓶哗然作响,智者如盈满之湖寂然不动,为何身为佛陀沙门却如此忙于说法,说如此多的话呢?基于这一关联,故说“凡沙门”(yaṃ samaṇo)一偈。其意为:佛陀沙门虽多有所说,其所言皆与义利相系、与法相系、饶益相连。此非出于掉举,而是了知之后方为说法,纵使终日说法,亦毫无戏论。因为他的一切语业皆随智慧而转。如此说法时,他以种种方式了知“此法利益此人,彼法利益彼人”,故多说,而非但为人多口杂。结尾偈颂的关联:如此,具足一切知智的佛陀沙门,了知而后说法,了知而后广说。然而,对于他所开示的法,若有人能以抉择分智了知,又能自制,了知之后并不多说,那样的牟尼才配得上牟尼行,那样的牟尼才算证得了牟尼行。其意为:他了知那个法,却能自制守护其心,凡明了却无益于众生之利益与安乐者,便不多言。如是,为成就牟尼之义而修行者,方才配得上名为牟尼道的‘牟尼’。显示巴利原文
727-9. Kiñca bhiyyo – yadūnakaṃ…pe… paṇḍitoti. Tattha siyā – sace aḍḍhakumbhūpamo bālo saṇantatāya, rahado pūrova paṇḍito santatāya, atha kasmā buddhasamaṇo evaṃ dhammadesanābyāvaṭo hutvā bahuṃ bhāsatīti iminā sambandhena ‘‘yaṃ samaṇo’’ti gāthamāha. Tassattho – yaṃ buddhasamaṇo bahuṃ bhāsati upetaṃ atthasañhitaṃ, atthupetaṃ dhammupetañca hitena ca saṃhitaṃ, taṃ na uddhaccena, apica kho jānaṃ so dhammaṃ deseti divasampi desento nippapañcova hutvā. Tassa hi sabbaṃ vacīkammaṃ ñāṇānuparivatti. Evaṃ desento ca ‘‘idamassa hitaṃ idamassa hita’’nti nānappakārato jānaṃ so bahu bhāsati, na kevalaṃ bahubhāṇitāya. Avasānagāthāya sambandho – evaṃ tāva sabbaññutaññāṇena samannāgato buddhasamaṇo jānaṃ so dhammaṃ deseti, jānaṃ so bahu bhāsati. Tena desitaṃ pana dhammaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyeneva ñāṇena yo ca jānaṃ saṃyatatto, jānaṃ na bahu bhāsati, sa muni monamarahati, sa muni monamajjhagāti. Tassattho – taṃ dhammaṃ jānanto saṃyatatto guttacitto hutvā yaṃ bhāsitaṃ sattānaṃ hitasukhāvahaṃ na hoti, taṃ jānaṃ na bahu bhāsati. So evaṃvidho monatthaṃ paṭipannako muni moneyyapaṭipadāsaṅkhātaṃ monaṃ arahati. Na kevalañca arahatiyeva, apica kho pana sa muni arahattamaggañāṇasaṅkhātaṃ monaṃ ajjhagā icceva veditabboti arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.
闻此法后,那罗迦长老在三个方面成就了少欲:于见少欲、于闻少欲、于问少欲。原来,他在说法结束时,以清净信心顶礼世尊后,便进入森林,更不复生起‘愿我复得见世尊’的贪求。此即其于见之少欲。同样,亦不复生起‘愿我复得闻说法’的贪求。此即其于闻之少欲。同样,亦不复生起‘愿我复得请问牟尼行’的贪求。此即其于问之少欲。显示巴利原文
Taṃ sutvā nālakatthero tīsu ṭhānesu appiccho ahosi dassane savane pucchāyāti. So hi desanāpariyosāne pasannacitto bhagavantaṃ vanditvā vanaṃ paviṭṭho, puna ‘‘aho vatāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ passeyya’’nti lolabhāvaṃ na janesi. Ayamassa dassane appicchatā. Tathā ‘‘aho vatāhaṃ puna dhammadesanaṃ suṇeyya’’nti lolabhāvaṃ na janesi. Ayamassa savane appicchatā. Tathā ‘‘aho vatāhaṃ puna moneyyapaṭipadaṃ puccheyya’’nti lolabhāvaṃ na janesi. Ayamassa pucchāya appicchatā.
他如是行于少欲,便入山麓,不于同一林丛连住两夜,不于同一树下连坐两日,亦不于同一村落连行乞食两日。如是,从此林至彼林,从此树至彼树,从此村至彼村,遍历游方,修习随顺之行道,最终安住于无上果位,即阿拉汉果。当知:以‘上等’方式修满牟尼道者,住世唯七个月;以‘中等’方式修满者,住世七年;以‘下等’方式修满者,住世十六年。而此长老正是以上等方式修满者,故住世七个月时,自知寿行将尽,乃沐浴、着下裙、系腰带、披复僧伽梨衣,面朝十力世尊所在方向,五体投地作礼,合掌,倚欣伽拉卡山而立,即于无余涅槃界中般涅槃。世尊闻其般涅槃,便与比丘僧团同往其处,办理后事,教人收取舍利,起塔庙已,方始离去。显示巴利原文
So evaṃ appiccho samāno pabbatapādaṃ pavisitvā ekavanasaṇḍe dve divasāni na vasi , ekarukkhamūle dve divasāni na nisīdi, ekagāme dve divasāni piṇḍāya na pāvisi. Iti vanato vanaṃ, rukkhato rukkhaṃ, gāmato gāmaṃ āhiṇḍanto anurūpapaṭipadaṃ paṭipajjitvā aggaphale patiṭṭhāsi. Atha yasmā moneyyapaṭipadaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ katvā pūrento bhikkhu satteva māsāni jīvati, majjhimaṃ katvā pūrento satta vassāni, mandaṃ katvā pūrento soḷasa vassāni. Ayañca ukkaṭṭhaṃ katvā pūresi, tasmā satta māse ṭhatvā attano āyusaṅkhāraparikkhayaṃ ñatvā nhāyitvā nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā diguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ pārupitvā dasabalābhimukho pañcapatiṭṭhitaṃ vanditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā hiṅgulakapabbataṃ nissāya ṭhitakova anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyi. Tassa parinibbutabhāvaṃ ñatvā bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ tattha gantvā sarīrakiccaṃ katvā dhātuyo gāhāpetvā cetiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā agamāsīti.
第十二 双观经解释显示巴利原文
12. Dvayatānupassanāsuttavaṇṇanā
「如是我闻」等,这是《双观经》。它的「因缘」是什么?这部经的因缘是出自世尊自己的意欲。因为世尊是随着自己的意欲而开示这部经的。这里说的是要点,详细的解释将会在义释中展现。在这当中,「如是我闻」等,都和前面解释过的方式一样。 「东园」指的是舍卫城东方的园林。「在弥嘎喇之母的殿堂」:在这里,近事女毗舍佉被她自己的家翁弥嘎喇长者安置在母亲的位置上,所以尊称她为「弥嘎喇之母」。这位弥嘎喇之母舍弃了价值九亿的大蔓饰,建造了这座殿堂,下面和上面各造了五百个房间,总共有一千间尖顶阁楼的房间,所以它就叫做「弥嘎喇之母殿堂」。就在那座弥嘎喇之母殿堂中。显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti dvayatānupassanāsuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Imassa suttassa attajjhāsayato uppatti. Attajjhāsayena hi bhagavā imaṃ suttaṃ desesi. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro panassa atthavaṇṇanāyameva āvi bhavissati. Tattha evaṃ me sutantiādīni vuttanayāneva. Pubbārāmeti sāvatthinagarassa puratthimadisāyaṃ ārāme. Migāramātu pāsādeti ettha visākhā upāsikā attano sasurena migārena seṭṭhinā mātuṭṭhāne ṭhapitattā ‘‘migāramātā’’ti vuccati. Tāya migāramātuyā navakoṭiagghanakaṃ mahālatāpiḷandhanaṃ vissajjetvā kārāpito pāsādo heṭṭhā ca upari ca pañca pañca gabbhasatāni katvā sahassakūṭāgāragabbho, so ‘‘migāramātupāsādo’’ti vuccati. Tasmiṃ migāramātu pāsāde.
「尔时,世尊」这句,指的就是世尊那时正依止舍卫城,住在东园弥嘎喇之母的殿堂里的那个时刻。「那天是布萨日」:在那一天,恰好是布萨日,也就是说,那天是布萨的日子。「十五日」:这是通过点明布萨日,从而排除了其他的布萨日期的说法。「在圆满的望月之夜」:由于是十五日,按日子的计算,这在去除云雾等垢染方面是圆满的,在夜晚的殊胜功德方面也是圆满的,所以称为“圆满的”;又因为月亮圆圆满满,所以也说是“望月之夜”。「被比丘僧团围绕」:就是被比丘僧团所环绕簇拥着。「在露天处坐下」:是指在弥嘎喇之母的宝殿庭院内,一个露天、上方没有遮盖的地方,世尊安坐在已为他铺设好的殊胜佛座上。「极度默然、默然的比丘僧团」:意思是比丘僧团极其寂静,无论世尊望向哪一边,所到之处都是默然寂静,而且是语业也默然、身业也默然。在「观察比丘僧团后」:世尊环顾了这围绕而坐、数千比丘之多的、极为寂静默然的比丘僧团,他心中思惟、抉择着合适的教法:“这里面有多少是入流者,有多少是一来者,有多少是不来者,又有多少是已开始修观、具足善根资粮的凡夫?对于这比丘僧团来说,什么样的法义开示才最为适宜呢?”——如此由前到后、由左到右地观察之后。显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena bhagavāti yaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiṃ nissāya pubbārāme migāramātu pāsāde viharati, tena samayena. Tadahuposatheti tasmiṃ ahu uposathe, uposathadivaseti vuttaṃ hoti. Pannaraseti idaṃ uposathaggahaṇena sampattāvasesuposathapaṭikkhepavacanaṃ. Puṇṇāya puṇṇamāya rattiyāti pannarasadivasattā divasagaṇanāya abbhādiupakkilesavirahattā rattiguṇasampattiyā ca puṇṇattā puṇṇāya, paripuṇṇacandattā puṇṇamāya ca rattiyā. Bhikkhusaṅghaparivutoti bhikkhusaṅghena parivuto. Abbhokāse nisinno hotīti migāramātu ratanapāsādapariveṇe abbhokāse upari appaṭicchanne okāse paññattavarabuddhāsane nisinno hoti. Tuṇhībhūtaṃ tuṇhībhūtanti atīva tuṇhībhūtaṃ, yato yato vā anuviloketi , tato tato tuṇhībhūtaṃ, tuṇhībhūtaṃ vācāya, puna tuṇhībhūtaṃ kāyena. Bhikkhusaṅghaṃ anuviloketvāti taṃ parivāretvā nisinnaṃ anekasahassabhikkhuparimāṇaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ‘‘ettakā ettha sotāpannā, ettakā sakadāgāmino, ettakā anāgāmino ettakā āraddhavipassakā kalyāṇaputhujjanā, imassa bhikkhusaṅghassa kīdisī dhammadesanā sappāyā’’ti sappāyadhammadesanāparicchedanatthaṃ ito cito ca viloketvā.
“诸比丘,那些善法”:即三十七菩提分法——因无病之义、无过失之义、可爱果报之义、从善巧而生之义,故称为善;或指阐明这些法的教法。“是圣的、能出离的、导向正觉的”:以应亲近之义为圣,以从世间出离之义为能出离,以导向称为正觉的阿罗汉果之义为导向正觉。诸比丘,对于这些……听闻:这是说——诸比丘,对于这些善的……导向正觉的法,什么是听闻它们的近因?什么是原因?什么是目的?你们听闻它们是为了什么?你们为什么听闻这些法?所谓“仅仅是为了如实地了知二法”:在此,“仅仅”是限定与决断之词。具有二支分的,称为“二”;二本身即是“二法”,指那些二法。也有文本读作“二法”。“为了如实地了知”:即为了无颠倒的智慧。说的是什么呢?那些依世间、出世间等分类而分为二类的诸法,为了对它们生起称为观的如实智慧,正是为此目的,而非更过此。因为仅凭听闻即可达成此目的,更上的殊胜证得则须依修习而成。而“那么,你们说二法是什么呢?”:在此,其意趣是——诸比丘,如果你们会这样问:“那么,尊者,您说二法是什么呢?”但词义则是“那么,你们说二法性是什么吧”。显示巴利原文
Yete, bhikkhave, kusalā dhammāti ye te ārogyaṭṭhena anavajjaṭṭhena iṭṭhaphalaṭṭhena kosallasambhūtaṭṭhena ca kusalā sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammā, tajjotakā vā pariyattidhammā. Ariyāniyyānikā sambodhagāminoti upagantabbaṭṭhena ariyā, lokato niyyānaṭṭhena niyyānikā, sambodhasaṅkhātaṃ arahattaṃ gamanaṭṭhena sambodhagāmino. Tesaṃ vo bhikkhave…pe… savanāya, tesaṃ bhikkhave kusalānaṃ…pe… sambodhagāmīnaṃ kā upanisā, kiṃ kāraṇaṃ, kiṃ payojanaṃ tumhākaṃ savanāya, kimatthaṃ tumhe te dhamme suṇāthāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yāvadeva dvayatānaṃ dhammānaṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāyāti ettha yāvadevāti paricchedāvadhāraṇavacanaṃ. Dve avayavā etesanti dvayā, dvayā eva dvayatā, tesaṃ dvayatānaṃ. ‘‘Dvayāna’’ntipi pāṭho. Yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāyāti aviparītañāṇāya. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yadetaṃ lokiyalokuttarādibhedena dvidhā vavatthitānaṃ dhammānaṃ vipassanāsaṅkhātaṃ yathābhūtañāṇaṃ, etadatthāya na ito bhiyyoti, savanena hi ettakaṃ hoti, taduttari visesādhigamo bhāvanāyāti. Kiñca dvayataṃ vadethāti ettha pana sace, vo bhikkhave, siyā, kiñca tumhe, bhante, dvayataṃ vadethāti ayamadhippāyo. Padattho pana ‘‘kiñca dvayatābhāvaṃ vadethā’’ti.
然后,世尊为了阐明二法,宣说了“这是苦”等开示。在此,二法即是四圣谛法:通过显示“这是苦,这是苦集”——即世间一面的、有因的苦——这是第一随观;通过显示另一面——出世间的、有方便可至的灭——这是第二随观。其中,第一随观依第三和第四清净而成就,第二随观依第五清净而成就。如此,能依前说方式正确地随观二法者,以正念无远离而安住不放逸,以身心精进之热勤而具足热忱,于身与命无所顾恋而舍遣其心——此人可期望“于现法中证知”,即于此自体证得阿罗汉果。或者,若有余依,则有不来果。“有余依”是指因再有而应取的蕴之残余;若彼存在,则可期望不来果的状态。这是所示之义。在此,虽然较低果位者亦如此随观二法,但佛是为了策励上果而如此宣说。显示巴利原文
(1) Tato bhagavā dvayataṃ dassento ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti evamādimāha. Tattha dvayatānaṃ catusaccadhammānaṃ ‘‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ, ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti evaṃ lokiyassa ekassa avayavassa sahetukassa vā dukkhassa dassanena ayaṃ ekānupassanā, itarā lokuttarassa dutiyassa avayavassa saupāyassa vā nirodhassa dassanena dutiyānupassanā. Paṭhamā cettha tatiyacatutthavisuddhīhi hoti, dutiyā pañcamavisuddhiyā. Evaṃ sammā dvayatānupassinoti iminā vuttanayena sammā dvayadhamme anupassantassa satiyā avippavāsena appamattassa, kāyikacetasikavīriyātāpena ātāpino kāye ca jīvite ca nirapekkhattā , pahitattassa. Pāṭikaṅkhanti icchitabbaṃ. Diṭṭheva dhamme aññāti asmiṃyeva attabhāve arahattaṃ. Sati vā upādisese anāgāmitāti ‘‘upādisesa’’nti punabbhavavasena upādātabbakkhandhasesaṃ vuccati, tasmiṃ vā sati anāgāmibhāvo paṭikaṅkhoti dasseti. Tattha kiñcāpi heṭṭhimaphalānipi evaṃ dvayatānupassinova honti, uparimaphalesu pana ussāhaṃ janento evamāha.
“世尊说了这个”等,是结集者的话。在此,“这个”是指示前文所宣说的“诸比丘,那些……”等。“此”是指示现在将以偈颂形式宣说“哪些是苦……”等的结颂。而这些偈颂因阐明四圣谛,故正是阐明前说之义。虽然如此,这些偈颂是为了那些喜好偈颂、后来才到的人——因未能掌握前说,心中期望“现在若能宣说,则为善妙”——以及心意散乱者而宣说的。或者,是为了显示差别义:通过显示无观者与有观者,观察他们的轮回与还灭,故正是为了显示差别义而说。此理亦适用于此后所有偈颂的宣说。显示巴利原文
Idamavocātiādi saṅgītikārānaṃ vacanaṃ. Tattha idanti ‘‘ye te, bhikkhave’’tiādivuttanidassanaṃ. Etanti idāni ‘‘ye dukkha’’nti evamādivattabbagāthābandhanidassanaṃ. Imā ca gāthā catusaccadīpakattā vuttatthadīpikā eva, evaṃ santepi gāthārucikānaṃ pacchā āgatānaṃ pubbe vuttaṃ asamatthatāya anuggahetvā ‘‘idāni yadi vadeyya sundara’’nti ākaṅkhantānaṃ vikkhittacittānañca atthāya vuttā. Visesatthadīpikā vāti avipassake vipassake ca dassetvā tesaṃ vaṭṭavivaṭṭadassanato, tasmā visesatthadassanatthameva vuttā. Esa nayo ito parampi gāthāvacanesu.
730 在这里,“而且,在哪里”指的是涅槃。因为在涅槃中,苦完全止息,一切种类的苦都止息,有因的苦也止息,毫无残余地彻底止息。“而且那条道”即指八支圣道。显示巴利原文
730. Tattha yattha cāti nibbānaṃ dasseti. Nibbāne hi dukkhaṃ sabbaso uparujjhati, sabbappakāraṃ uparujjhati, sahetukaṃ uparujjhati, asesañca uparujjhati. Tañca magganti tañca aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ.
731-3 “他们心解脱低劣,以及慧解脱低劣”——此处应知:阿罗汉果定,由离贪故,为心解脱;阿罗汉果慧,由离无明故,为慧解脱。或者,贪行者依止定力镇伏烦恼后所证得的阿罗汉果,由离贪故,为心解脱;见行者仅生起近行定后,修观而证得的阿罗汉果,由离无明故,为慧解脱。或者,不来果针对欲贪,由离贪故,为心解脱;阿罗汉果于一切方面,由离无明故,为慧解脱。“为了作边际”——即为了作轮回苦的边际。“经历生老”——他们到达了生老,或被生老所到达,他们未从生老解脱——应如此了知。其余的内容,从最初起便已明了。偈颂结束时,约有六十位比丘领受彼教法,修观,即于其座证得阿罗汉果。如此处所说,一切处亦然。显示巴利原文
731-3.Cetovimuttihīnā te, atho paññāvimuttiyāti ettha arahattaphalasamādhi rāgavirāgā cetovimutti, arahattaphalapaññā avijjāvirāgā paññāvimuttīti veditabbā. Taṇhācaritena vā appanājhānabalena kilese vikkhambhetvā adhigataṃ arahattaphalaṃ rāgavirāgā cetovimutti, diṭṭhicaritena upacārajjhānamattaṃ nibbattetvā vipassitvā adhigataṃ arahattaphalaṃ avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti. Anāgāmiphalaṃ vā kāmarāgaṃ sandhāya rāgavirāgā cetovimutti, arahattaphalaṃ sabbappakārato avijjāvirāgā paññāvimuttīti. Antakiriyāyāti vaṭṭadukkhassa antakaraṇatthāya . Jātijarūpagāti jātijaraṃ upagatā, jātijarāya vā upagatā, na parimuccanti jātijarāyāti evaṃ veditabbā. Sesamettha ādito pabhuti pākaṭameva. Gāthāpariyosāne ca saṭṭhimattā bhikkhū taṃ desanaṃ uggahetvā vipassitvā tasmiṃyeva āsane arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Yathā cettha, evaṃ sabbavāresu.
正因如此,世尊以“可能还有其他的方式”等方法,从种种方面宣说了二法随观。此处,在第二理趣中:“以依为缘”——即以有漏业为缘。在这里,有漏业正是“依”之所指。“无余离贪灭尽”——即由离贪而无余灭尽,或指称为无余离贪的灭尽。显示巴利原文
(2) Ato eva bhagavā ‘‘siyā aññenapi pariyāyenā’’tiādinā nayena nānappakārato dvayatānupassanaṃ āha. Tattha dutiyavāre upadhipaccayāti sāsavakammapaccayā. Sāsavakammañhi idha ‘‘upadhī’’ti adhippetaṃ. Asesavirāganirodhāti asesaṃ virāgena nirodhā, asesavirāgasaṅkhātā vā nirodhā.
734 “依著为因”:即以业为缘。“随观苦之生起根源”:即随观轮回之苦的生起因,也就是“依著”。其余内容都很明显。如此,这一理趣也阐明了四圣谛,且以证得阿拉汉果为顶点而说。如同这一理趣,所有理趣都是如此。显示巴利原文
734.Upadhinidānāti kammapaccayā. Dukkhassa jātippabhavānupassīti vaṭṭadukkhassa jātikāraṇaṃ ‘‘upadhī’’ti anupassanto. Sesamettha pākaṭameva. Evaṃ ayampi vāro cattāri saccāni dīpetvā arahattanikūṭeneva vutto. Yathā cāyaṃ, evaṃ sabbavārā.
在第三理趣中,“无明缘”:即以招感“有”的业资粮之无明为缘。此处的苦,一概都是轮回之苦。显示巴利原文
(3) Tattha tatiyavāre avijjāpaccayāti bhavagāmikammasambhāraavijjāpaccayā. Dukkhaṃ pana sabbattha vaṭṭadukkhameva.
735 “经历生、死、轮回”:指蕴的生起为“生”,蕴的坏灭为“死”,蕴的相续为“轮回”。“去往”:即走向、到达。“如是状态与异状态”:即现前的人身状态,以及此后转生为其他种类众生的状态。“趣”:即作为缘的状态。显示巴利原文
735.Jātimaraṇasaṃsāranti khandhanibbattiṃ jātiṃ khandhabhedaṃ maraṇaṃ khandhapaṭipāṭiṃ saṃsārañca. Vajantīti gacchanti upenti. Itthabhāvaññathābhāvanti imaṃ manussabhāvaṃ ito avasesaaññanikāyabhāvañca. Gatīti paccayabhāvo.
736 “无明衰亡”:此即指无明。“那些已具明者”:即以阿拉汉道之明洞穿烦恼、从而到达的诸漏尽者。其余含义可知。显示巴利原文
736.Avijjā hāyanti avijjā hi ayaṃ. Vijjāgatā ca ye sattāti ye ca arahattamaggavijjāya kilese vijjhitvā gatā khīṇāsavasattā. Sesamuttānatthameva.
第四种情况中,“以行为缘”即是以福行、非福行、不动行为缘。显示巴利原文
(4) Catutthavāre saṅkhārapaccayāti puññāpuññāneñjābhisaṅkhārapaccayā.
738-9 “知此过患”:即了知这由行之缘所生的苦便是过患。“一切行的寂止”:即所有前述类别的行,由道智而寂止,意为它们被破坏而获得果的寂止作用。“想之灭”:即欲想等想,唯由道而遮止。“如是知此”:即如实、无颠倒地了知这苦的灭尽。“正见”:即正见。“正智”:即了知有为法为无常等,了知无为法为常等。“魔系缚”:指三界流转。其余含义可知。显示巴利原文
738-9.Etamādīnavaṃ ñatvāti yadidaṃ dukkhaṃ saṅkhārapaccayā, etaṃ ādīnavanti ñatvā. Sabbasaṅkhārasamathāti sabbesaṃ vuttappakārānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ maggañāṇena samathā, upahatatāya phalasamatthatāyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Saññānanti kāmasaññādīnaṃ maggeneva uparodhanā. Etaṃ ñatvā yathātathanti etaṃ dukkhakkhayaṃ aviparītaṃ ñatvā. Sammaddasāti sammādassanā. Sammadaññāyāti saṅkhataṃ aniccādito, asaṅkhatañca niccādito ñatvā. Mārasaṃyoganti tebhūmakavaṭṭaṃ. Sesamuttānatthameva.
第五种情况:‘由识之缘’是指以业俱生的行之识为缘。显示巴利原文
(5) Pañcamavāre viññāṇapaccayāti kammasahajātaabhisaṅkhāraviññāṇapaccayā.
741 「无渴者」:即离渴爱之人。「般涅槃者」:以烦恼般涅槃而般涅槃。其余文义易明。显示巴利原文
741.Nicchātoti nittaṇho. Parinibbutoti kilesaparinibbānena parinibbuto hoti. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
第六种情况:‘由触之缘’是指与行之识相应的触为缘。此处未依语序说名色、六处,而直说触,因名色、六处杂有色法,并非唯与业相应,而此轮回之苦,或从业生,或从业相应之法生。显示巴利原文
(6) Chaṭṭhavāre phassapaccayāti abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇasampayuttaphassapaccayāti attho. Evaṃ ettha padapaṭipāṭiyā vattabbāni nāmarūpasaḷāyatanāni avatvā phasso vutto. Tāni hi rūpamissakattā kammasampayuttāneva na honti, idañca vaṭṭadukkhaṃ kammato vā sambhaveyya kammasampayuttadhammato vāti.
742-3 “随有流者”:即随渴爱之流者。“遍知”:即以三种遍知而遍知。“了知”:即以阿拉汉道智了知。“乐于寂止”:即由证得果定而乐于涅槃。“触现观”:指触的灭尽。其余意义已明。显示巴利原文
742-3.Bhavasotānusārinanti taṇhānusārinaṃ. Pariññāyāti tīhi pariññāhi parijānitvā. Aññāyāti arahattamaggapaññāya ñatvā. Upasame ratāti phalasamāpattivasena nibbāne ratā. Phassābhisamayāti phassanirodhā. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
第七种情况:“由受之缘”指与业相应的受为缘。显示巴利原文
(7) Sattamavāre vedanāpaccayāti kammasampayuttavedanāpaccayā.
744-5 “与不苦不乐俱”:即与不苦不乐受俱行。“知此为苦”:即了知一切感受为‘苦之因’,或因变易、暂住及无明之苦性而视为苦。“虚妄法”:指坏灭之法。“坏灭”:指因老死而崩坏之法。“触触”:即依生灭智反复触证。“见灭”:即唯见诸行之坏灭。“如是彼知”:即如此了知诸受,或了知其中苦性。“受之灭”:此后,由道智而令彼相应于业之受灭尽。其余意义已明。显示巴利原文
744-5.Adukkhamasukhaṃ sahāti adukkhamasukhena saha. Etaṃ dukkhanti ñatvānāti etaṃ sabbaṃ vedayitaṃ ‘‘dukkhakāraṇa’’nti ñatvā, vipariṇāmaṭṭhitiaññāṇadukkhatāhi vā dukkhaṃ ñatvā. Mosadhammanti nassanadhammaṃ. Palokinanti jarāmaraṇehi palujjanadhammaṃ. Phussa phussāti udayabbayañāṇena phusitvā phusitvā. Vayaṃ passanti ante bhaṅgameva passanto. Evaṃ tattha vijānatīti evaṃ tā vedanā vijānāti, tattha vā dukkhabhāvaṃ vijānāti. Vedanānaṃ khayāti tato paraṃ maggañāṇena kammasampayuttānaṃ vedanānaṃ khayā. Sesamuttānameva.
第八种情况中所说的“由渴爱之缘”,是指以作为业资粮的渴爱为缘。显示巴利原文
(8) Aṭṭhamavāre taṇhāpaccayāti kammasambhārataṇhāpaccayā .
747 “如此了知过患后”:即了知“渴爱是苦的生起”,也就是了知这苦的生起正是渴爱的过患。余义已明。显示巴利原文
747.Etamādīnavaṃ ñatvā, taṇhaṃ dukkhassa sambhavanti etaṃ dukkhassa sambhavaṃ taṇhāya ādīnavaṃ ñatvā. Sesamuttānameva.
第九种情况中所说的“以取为缘”,是指以作为业资粮的取为缘。显示巴利原文
(9) Navamavāre upādānapaccayāti kammasambhāraupādānapaccayā.
748-9 “有”:指果报有,即诸蕴的显现。“已生是苦”:已生者、已生起者,即遭受轮回之苦。“生者必有死”:即使在愚人认为“已生者得享快乐”之处,为了表明那里也唯是苦,才说“生者必有死”。第二偈的衔接:智者以正智善见无常等理,因取灭尽,彻知“生已灭尽的涅槃”,便不再走向后有。显示巴利原文
748-9.Bhavoti vipākabhavo khandhapātubhāvo. Bhūto dukkhanti bhūto sambhūto vaṭṭadukkhaṃ nigacchati. Jātassa maraṇanti yatrāpi ‘‘bhūto sukhaṃ nigacchatī’’ti bālā maññanti, tatrāpi dukkhameva dassento āha – ‘‘jātassa maraṇaṃ hotī’’ti. Dutiyagāthāya yojanā – aniccādīhi sammadaññāya paṇḍitā upādānakkhayā jātikkhayaṃ nibbānaṃ abhiññāya na gacchanti punabbhavanti.
在第十种情况中,“以精进为缘”,是指以与业相应的精进为缘。显示巴利原文
(10) Dasamavāre ārambhapaccayāti kammasampayuttavīriyapaccayā.
751 “于无精进中解脱者”:即在无精进的涅槃中获得解脱的人。余义已明。显示巴利原文
751.Anārambhe vimuttinoti anārambhe nibbāne vimuttassa. Sesamuttānameva.
第十一次问答中的“以食为缘”,指以与业相应的食为缘。另有解释:众生可分四种——依止色者、依止受者、依止想者、依止行者。其中,在十一种欲界中,众生因受用段食,故为依止色者。在色界中,除无想有情外,众生因受用触食,故为依止受者。在下方三种无色界中,众生因受用想所生的思食,故为依止想者。在有顶天,众生因受用行所生的识食,故为依止行者。如是可知:任何苦的生起,皆是以食为缘。显示巴利原文
(11) Ekādasamavāre āhārapaccayāti kammasampayuttāhārapaccayā. Aparo nayo – catubbidhā sattā rūpūpagā, vedanūpagā, saññūpagā, saṅkhārūpagāti. Tattha ekādasavidhāya kāmadhātuyā sattā rūpūpagā kabaḷīkārāhārasevanato. Rūpadhātuyā sattā aññatra asaññehi vedanūpagā phassāhārasevanato. Heṭṭhā tividhāya arūpadhātuyā sattā saññūpagā saññābhinibbattamanosañcetanāhārasevanato . Bhavagge sattā saṅkhārūpagā saṅkhārābhinibbattaviññāṇāhārasevanatoti. Evampi yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ āhārapaccayāti veditabbaṃ.
755 “无病”:指涅槃。“计数而受用者”:即审察四种资具而受用之人,或以智慧观察世间为“五蕴、十二处、十八界”,了知“无常、苦、无我”而受用之人。“安住于法”:指安住于四圣谛法。“不堕计数”:指不落入“天”或“人”等名称的计数。其余文义已明。显示巴利原文
755.Ārogyanti nibbānaṃ. Saṅkhāya sevīti cattāro paccaye paccavekkhitvā sevamāno, ‘‘pañcakkhandhā dvādasāyatanāni aṭṭhārasadhātuyo’’ti evaṃ vā lokaṃ saṅkhāya ‘‘aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattā’’ti ñāṇena sevamāno. Dhammaṭṭhoti catusaccadhamme ṭhito. Saṅkhyaṃ nopetīti ‘‘devo’’ti vā ‘‘manusso’’ti vā ādikaṃ saṅkhyaṃ na gacchati. Sesamuttānameva.
第十二次问答中,“以动转为缘”:在渴爱、慢、见、业、烦恼诸动转中,以某一种业资粮的动转为缘。显示巴利原文
(12) Dvādasamavāre iñjitapaccayāti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhikammakilesaiñjitesu yato kutoci kammasambhāriñjitapaccayā.
757 「舍弃动摇」:即舍离渴爱。「制止诸行」:即灭尽业及与业相应之诸行。其余如前所述。显示巴利原文
757.Ejaṃ vossajjāti taṇhaṃ cajitvā. Saṅkhāre uparundhiyāti kammaṃ kammasampayutte ca saṅkhāre nirodhetvā. Sesamuttānameva.
在第十三次问答中,「依著者动摇」:对于依著于蕴者——或以渴爱,或以渴爱、见、慢而依著——会生起怖畏动摇,如同《狮子经》(相应部3.78)中所说的诸天那样。其余如前所述。显示巴利原文
(13) Terasamavāre nissitassa calitanti taṇhāya taṇhādiṭṭhimānehi vā khandhe nissitassa sīhasutte (saṃ. ni. 3.78) devānaṃ viya bhayacalanaṃ hoti. Sesamuttānameva.
在第十四次问答中,「以色」:指色界有或色等至;「无色」:指无色界有或无色等至;「灭」:指涅槃。显示巴利原文
(14) Cuddasamavāre rūpehīti rūpabhavehi rūpasamāpattīhi vā. Arūpāti arūpabhavā arūpasamāpattiyo vā. Nirodhoti nibbānaṃ.
761 「超越死神者」:意指超越死主死神、烦恼死神、天子死神,亦即舍弃此三种死神而前进的人。其余内容如前所述。显示巴利原文
761.Maccuhāyinoti maraṇamaccu kilesamaccu devaputtamaccuhāyino, tividhampi taṃ maccuṃ hitvā gāminoti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamuttānameva.
在第十五次问答中,第一个「去」是针对名色而说。因为世人以恒常、净、乐、我的方式审察思惟这名色,认为「这是真实的」,视为已见、已观。而「那是圣者们的」意思是「这是圣者们的」,此处省略了鼻音字母‘i’而作此表述。「此」(名色)是「虚妄」:以恒常等方式所执取的名色,并非那样存在,故是虚妄。后面第二个「去」则是针对涅槃而说。因为世人认为色、受等不存在,便审察思惟说「这是虚妄,什么都没有」。而「那是圣者们的,这是真实的」:对于圣者们,由于涅槃具有无烦恼的清净性、与流转之苦相对的乐性,以及究竟寂静的恒常性,从无变异,因此从究竟义上被如实正见彻底照见为「真实」。显示巴利原文
(15) Pannarasamavāre yanti nāmarūpaṃ sandhāyāha. Tañhi lokena dhuvasubhasukhattavasena ‘‘idaṃ sacca’’nti upanijjhāyitaṃ diṭṭhamālokitaṃ. Tadamariyānanti idaṃ ariyānaṃ, anunāsikaikāralopaṃ katvā vuttaṃ. Etaṃ musāti etaṃ dhuvādivasena gahitampi musā, na tādisaṃ hotīti. Puna yanti nibbānaṃ sandhāyāha. Tañhi lokena rūpavedanādīnamabhāvato ‘‘idaṃ musā natthi kiñcī’’ti upanijjhāyitaṃ. Tadamariyānaṃ etaṃ saccanti taṃ idaṃ ariyānaṃ etaṃ nikkilesasaṅkhātā subhabhāvā, pavattidukkhapaṭipakkhasaṅkhātā sukhabhāvā, accantasantisaṅkhātā niccabhāvā ca anapagamanena paramatthato ‘‘sacca’’nti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhaṃ.
762-3 「于无我中认为有我」:在无我的名色中执取有我。「认为这是真实的」:以恒常等方式认为这名色是「真实的」。「无论以何种方式」:无论以何种方式,比如就色身或感受等,按照「我的色身、我的感受」这样的理路去执取。从那种执取的方式,那名色就成了别样。何以故?因为那种执取是虚妄的,并不像所执取的那样存在,所以成了别样。为何它是虚妄的呢?因为它是虚妄法、短暂法。凡是短暂、现起微劣者,即是虚妄法、坏灭法,而名色正是如此。「由于现观谛」:由于觉悟圣谛。其余内容如前所述。显示巴利原文
762-3.Anattani attamāninti anattani nāmarūpe attamāniṃ. Idaṃ saccanti maññatīti idaṃ nāmarūpaṃ dhuvādivasena ‘‘sacca’’nti maññati. Yena yena hīti yena yena rūpe vā vedanāya vā ‘‘mama rūpaṃ, mama vedanā’’tiādinā nayena maññanti. Tato tanti tato maññitākārā taṃ nāmarūpaṃ hoti aññathā. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Tañhi tassa musā hoti, yasmā taṃ yathāmaññitākārā musā hoti, tasmā aññathā hotīti attho. Kasmā pana musā hotīti? Mosadhammañhi ittaraṃ, yasmā yaṃ ittaraṃ parittapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, taṃ mosadhammaṃ nassanadhammaṃ hoti, tathārūpañca nāmarūpanti. Saccābhisamayāti saccāvabodhā. Sesamuttānameva.
在第十六次问答中,「去」是就六种可爱的所缘而说。世间人就像用灯火、钓钩、胶汁作诱饵捕鱼、捉猴那样,将这六种所缘审察思惟为「乐」。而「那是圣者们的,这是苦」是说:圣者们依「诸欲虽然绚丽、甜蜜、悦意,却能以种种形相搅乱人心」等道理,以正智如实观见,这就是「苦」。再次提到「去」,则是针对涅槃而说。世间人认为没有五欲就是「苦」,因而如此审察思惟。而「那是圣者们的」意思是:圣者们从毕竟乐的角度,以正智如实观见,这就是「乐」。显示巴利原文
(16) Soḷasamavāre yanti chabbidhamiṭṭhārammaṇaṃ sandhāyāha. Tañhi lokena salabhamacchamakkaṭādīhi padīpabaḷisalepādayo viya ‘‘idaṃ sukha’’nti upanijjhāyitaṃ. Tadamariyānaṃ etaṃ dukkhanti taṃ idaṃ ariyānaṃ ‘‘kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā, virūparūpena mathenti citta’’ntiādinā (su. ni. 50; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 136) nayena ‘‘etaṃ dukkha’’nti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhaṃ. Puna yanti nibbānameva sandhāyāha. Tañhi lokena kāmaguṇābhāvā ‘‘dukkha’’nti upanijjhāyitaṃ. Tadamariyānanti taṃ idaṃ ariyānaṃ paramatthasukhato ‘‘etaṃ sukha’’nti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhaṃ.
765-6 「全部的」:无余。「可爱的」:指所希求、所愿求的。「可意的」:即令人喜爱的。「令心增长的」:指能使心增长。所谓「如其所存」,意思是这六种所缘随其存在而被称为「有」。须知此为用语之别。至于「voti」,仅是一个小品词。显示巴利原文
765-6.Kevalāti anavasesā. Iṭṭhāti icchitā patthitā. Kantāti piyā. Manāpāti manavuḍḍhikarā. Yāvatatthīti vuccatīti yāvatā ete cha ārammaṇā atthīti vuccanti. Vacanabyattayo veditabbo. Ete voti ettha voti nipātamattaṃ.
767-8 「乐」:已为圣者们所洞见;「即自身灭尽」是说,圣者们见到五蕴的灭就是「乐」,也就是涅槃。「此是相反的」:这是颠倒的见解。「对于见者」:即见者们,也就是诸智者。其中,前一个「去」是就事欲而言,后一个「再次去」是就涅槃而言。显示巴利原文
767-8.Sukhanti diṭṭhamariyehi, sakkāyassuparodhananti ‘‘sukha’’miti ariyehi pañcakkhandhanirodho diṭṭho, nibbānanti vuttaṃ hoti. Paccanīkamidaṃ hotīti paṭilomamidaṃ dassanaṃ hoti. Passatanti passantānaṃ, paṇḍitānanti vuttaṃ hoti. Yaṃ pareti ettha yanti vatthukāme sandhāyāha. Puna yaṃ pareti ettha nibbānaṃ.
769-71 “看吧”是对听众的呼唤。“法”指涅槃法。“在此蒙昧无见者”指那些在此处蒙昧无见的人,也就是愚者。他们为何蒙昧?因为对于被覆盖者,便有了黑暗;对于不见者,便有了暗冥。愚者被无明覆盖、遮蔽,以致变成盲目,这便是黑暗,正因如此,他们无法见到涅槃法。“而对于圣者们,它是敞开的,犹如光明于见者”:意思是,对于善士而言,依于智慧所见,涅槃就像光明一样敞然显现。“它近在咫尺,他们却不知晓;如同兽类,不识法理”:意思是,涅槃就在自己的身体之中,仅隔薄薄的五层皮肤,或就在自身五蕴灭尽之处,如此近在咫尺,他们却浑然不知。那些人犹如兽类,无法辨别正道与非正道之法,或真实之法,于一切处……善自觉者。其中,“未入魔境者”指尚未进入三界轮回的人。显示巴利原文
769-71.Passāti sotāraṃ ālapati. Dhammanti nibbānadhammaṃ. Sampamūḷhetthaviddasūti sampamūḷhā ettha aviddasū bālā. Kiṃkāraṇaṃ sampamūḷhā? Nivutānaṃ tamo hoti, andhakāro apassataṃ, bālānaṃ avijjāya nivutānaṃ otthaṭānaṃ andhabhāvakaraṇo tamo hoti, yena nibbānadhammaṃ daṭṭhuṃ na sakkonti. Satañca vivaṭaṃ hoti, āloko passatāmivāti satañca sappurisānaṃ paññādassanena passataṃ ālokova vivaṭaṃ hoti nibbānaṃ. Santike na vijānanti, magā dhammassakovidāti yaṃ attano sarīre tacapañcakamattaṃ paricchinditvā anantarameva adhigantabbato, attano khandhānaṃ vā nirodhamattato santike nibbānaṃ, taṃ evaṃ santike santampi na vijānanti magabhūtā janā maggāmaggadhammassa saccadhammassa vā akovidā, sabbathā bhavarāga…pe… susambudho. Tattha māradheyyānupannehīti tebhūmakavaṭṭaṃ anupannehi.
772 最后一首偈颂的关联是:“如此,未善自觉者,除圣者外,还有谁能知?”其意为:除了圣者,还有谁能了知涅槃呢?那涅槃,经由第四圣道正确了知后,便即刻成为无漏,以烦恼般涅槃而般涅槃;或者,正确了知后成为无漏,最终在无余涅槃界中般涅槃。教说便这样以阿拉汉果为顶峰而结束。显示巴利原文
772. Pacchimagāthāya sambandho ‘‘evaṃ asusambudhaṃ ko nu aññatra mariyehī’’ti. Tassattho – ṭhapetvā ariye ko nu añño nibbānapadaṃ jānituṃ arahati, yaṃ padaṃ catutthena ariyamaggena sammadaññāya anantarameva anāsavā hutvā kilesaparinibbānena parinibbanti, sammadaññāya vā anāsavā hutvā ante anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbantīti arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.
“Attamanā”指内心喜悦。“Abhinandunti”指他们欢喜。当这第十六种记说被宣说时,其余的内容是显而易知的。显示巴利原文
Attamanāti tuṭṭhamanā. Abhinandunti abhinandiṃsu. Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasminti imasmiṃ soḷasame veyyākaraṇe. Bhaññamāneti bhaṇiyamāne. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
就这样,在所有十六种记说中,每一处约有六十位比丘,总计九百六十位比丘无所取著,心从诸漏解脱;于此,十六次宣说四圣谛,合为六十四谛,随所度众生的根器,以种种方便而作开示。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sabbesupi soḷasasu veyyākaraṇesu saṭṭhimatte saṭṭhimatte katvā saṭṭhiadhikānaṃ navannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu, soḷasakkhattuṃ cattāri cattāri katvā catusaṭṭhi saccānettha veneyyavasena nānappakārato desitānīti.